13.07.2015 Views

Kitchen Equipment Cut Sheets - Christenson Corporation

Kitchen Equipment Cut Sheets - Christenson Corporation

Kitchen Equipment Cut Sheets - Christenson Corporation

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

5/2/2013Project:PIONEER MANOR -EQUIPMENTFrom:United RestaurantSupplyJon Bluhm725 Clark Pl.Colorado Spgs CO80915-4100(719) 574-3200(719) 574-3200(Contact)


Table of ContentsWALK-IN COMBO BOX - KOLPAK WALK-IN COOLER / FREEZER (ITEM 1) 1WALK-IN REFRIGERATION (ITEM 2-6) 2PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING - METRO MQ1836G (ITEM 7) 3PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING - METRO MQ1848G (ITEM 8) 12PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING - METRO MQ1848G (ITEM 9) 21CAN RACK - PIPER PRODUCTS CSR-210 (ITEM 10) 30DUNNAGE RACK - CAMBRO DRS360131 (ITEM 11) 32PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING - METRO MQ2448G (ITEM 12) 34BUN PAN RACK - ADVANCE TABCO PR30-2W-X (ITEM 13) 44OVERSHELF - EAGLE GROUP SWS1224-14/3 (ITEM 14) 48THREE (3) COMPARTMENT SINK - EAGLE GROUP FN2472-3-18-14/3 (ITEM15)OVERSHELF - EAGLE GROUP SWS1272-14/3 (ITEM 16) 59DISHWASHER, DOOR TYPE - HOBART AM15VLT-2 (ITEM 17) 62PRE-RINSE - FISHER 2210-WB (ITEM 18) 73DISPOSER - INSINKERATOR SS-200-18A-MRS (ITEM 19) 75SOILED DISHTABLE - EAGLE GROUP SDTR-96-14/3 (ITEM 20) 79OVERSHELF - EAGLE GROUP SWS1260-14/3 (ITEM 21) 87(ITEM 22) 90CLEAN DISHTABLE - EAGLE GROUP CDTL-96-14/3 (ITEM 23) 91OVERSHELF - EAGLE GROUP WS1284-14/3 (ITEM 24) 98HAND SINK - ADVANCE TABCO 7-PS-60 (ITEM 25) 101(ITEM 26) 104(ITEM 27) 105WORK TABLE - EAGLE GROUP T30144SEM-BS (ITEM 28) 106OVERSHELF - EAGLE GROUP SWS1272-14/3 (ITEM 29) 117FOOD PROCESSOR - ROBOT COUPE CL40 (ITEM 30) 120SLICER - HOBART 2712-2 (ITEM 31) 121WORK TABLE - EAGLE GROUP T3096STE (ITEM 32) 126MIXER, PLANETARY - HOBART HL600-1STD (ITEM 33) 133HARDWOOD TABLE - EAGLE GROUP MT3072ST (ITEM 34) 144CUTTING TABLE - EAGLE GROUP CT3072S-BS (ITEM 34A) 147INGREDIENT BIN - RUBBERMAID FG360088WHT (ITEM 35) 150OVERSHELF - EAGLE GROUP SWS1272-14/3 (ITEM 36) 152(ITEM 37) 155(ITEM 38) 156OVERSHELF - EAGLE GROUP WS1296-14/3 (ITEM 39) 157WORKTOP FREEZER - CONTINENTAL REFRIG SWF48-BS (ITEM 40) 160REFRIGERATED SANDWICH UNIT - CONTINENTAL REFRIG CRA60-12 (ITEM41)WORK TABLE - EAGLE GROUP T36144SE (ITEM 42) 162MICROWAVE OVEN - ACP, INC. RMS10T (ITEM 43) 169HEATED DISH DISPENSER - LAKESIDE 194425 (ITEM 44) 172(ITEM 45) 17551161


Table of Contents(ITEM 46) 176CONVEYOR TOASTER - HATCO TQ-800 (ITEM 47) 177REFRIGERATED SANDWICH UNIT - CONTINENTAL REFRIG CRA60-12 (ITEM48)ROLL-IN FREEZER - TRAULSEN RIF132H-FHS (ITEM 49) 181PASS-THRU HEATED CABINET - TRAULSEN AHF132WP-HHS (ITEM 50) 186ROLL-IN REFRIGERATOR, 1 SECTION - TRAULSEN ARI132HUT-FHS (ITEM51)(ITEM 52) 192(ITEM 53) 193CONVECTION OVEN - BLODGETT OVEN HV-100G DOUBLE (ITEM 54) 194TILTING KETTLE, 25 GAL - CLEVELAND RANGE KGL-25-T (ITEM 55) 199FLOOR TROUGH - IMC TEDDY CFT-1260-SGAS (ITEM 56) 202TABLE TOP KETTLE - CLEVELAND RANGE KGT-6-T (ITEM 57) 205CONVECTION STEAMER - CLEVELAND RANGE 24CGA10.2 (ITEM 58) 210COUNTERTOP HOTPLATE - VULCAN VCRH36 (ITEM 59) 215REFRIGERATED EQUIPMENT STAND - CONTINENTAL REFRIG DL72G (ITEM60)COUNTERTOP GRIDDLE - WELLS 2436G (ITEM 61) 225CHARBROILER - VULCAN VTEC36 (ITEM 62) 230(ITEM 63) 233EXHAUST HOOD - GREENHCK XXX (ITEM 64) 234FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM - GRINNELL ANSUL (ITEM 65) 235CUSTOM FAB - CUSTOM S/S WALL FLASHING (ITEM 66) 236(ITEM 67) 237(ITEM 68) 238PLASTIC FOOD CARRIER INSULATED - CAMBRO CMBHC1826LC192 (ITEM69)FOOD TRANSPORT CART - CAMBRO 1826LTC3401 (ITEM 70) 242HOSE REEL - T&S BRASS B-1436 (ITEM 71) 245MOP SINK (ITEM 72) 247ICE CUBER - MANITOWOC IY-0504A (ITEM 73) 248(ITEM 74-100) 255180189222239


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 1Kolpak Model: WALK-IN COOLER / FREEZER Item #1SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 1 - WALK-IN COMBO BOX (1 REQ'D)Kolpak WALK-IN COOLER / FREEZERWalk-in cooler / freezer with floor, size and shape per plan.ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 2Item #2-6SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 2-6 - WALK-IN REFRIGERATIONWalk-in refrigeration, part of item no. 1, includes remote compresors and evaporaters for both boxes.ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Metro Model: MQ1836G Item #7SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 7 - PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING (16 REQ'D)Metro MQ1836GMetroMax Q Shelf, 18" W, 36" L, open grid polymer with Microban® antimicrobial protection, epoxycoat steel frame, wedge connectorsACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecMetro32MQ1848GMetroMax Q Shelf, 18" W, 48" L, open gridpolymer with Microban® antimicrobialprotection, epoxy coat steel frame, wedgeconnectorsMetro48MX74PMetroMax i Post, 74" H, for stationary use orwith a dolly, adjustable leveling bolts, adjusts at1" increments, corrosion proof all polymerconstruction with built in Microban®antimicrobial product protectionELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 3


Metro MQ1836G Item#:7Item #_ ______________________________________________MetroMax Q Shelvingwith *Microban Antimicrobial Product ProtectionPart of the innovative MetroMax iQ Storage System, MetroMax Q is a longer life storage solution than conventional wire shelving. Theproduct offers durable polymer mats that remove for easy cleaningand protect stored items from damage. Quick adjust shelves andMetroMax iQ accessories provides a very efficient use of storagespace. MetroMax Q is integrated with online space planning toolsand tutorials. www.metro.com/iQ• Longer-life performance: Durable, corrosion proof polymer mats protectthe shelves from normal wear and tear. Robust epoxy coated steel framesand posts hold as much weight as Metro’s wire shelving. Weight capacityfor evenly distributed loads:800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf for lengths of 24" to 48" (610 to 1220mm)600 lbs. (275kg) per shelf for lengths of 54” (1370mm) or longer2,000 lbs. (907kg) maximum per stationary unit.• Interchangeable: MetroMax Q and MetroMax i shelves, posts, and mostaccessories are compatible on the same unit. Use MetroMax Q shelveswith MetroMax i polymer posts for increased corrosion protection. UseMetroMax i solid shelves when spill containment is required or as abottom shelf to protect supplies from dirt or backsplashes from mops.• Easier to clean and maintain: Polymer mats can be easily removedand cleaned in a sink or dish machine. Microban antimicrobial productprotection is built into the high contact areas of the shelf including themats, frames, and posts to protect the product from bacteria, mold,mildew, and fungus that cause odors and product degradation. Microbanprotection keeps the product “cleaner between cleanings”.• Quick to Adjust: Patented corner release allows shelves to be unlockedwithout tools. Simply flip each corner release, relocate the wedgeconnectors on the posts, and reposition the shelf. Quickly adjust shelves toreclaim wasted vertical space.• Smooth, Protective Surfaces: Smooth shelf mats protect packaged itemsfrom unwanted rips, tears, or damage.• Open Grid and Solid Mat Options: MetroMax Q is available with opengrid mats as standard. Open grid shelves promote air circulation andlight penetration.MetroMax i solid shelves can be used with MetroMax Q grid shelves onthe same unit and are available in 18" and 24" (457 and 610mm) depths.For 21" (530mm) deep MetroMax Q, solid mat overlays are available.• Efficient, Organized Storage: Premium MetroMax iQ accessoriesefficiently organize, contain, and compartmentalize all space betweenshelves.• Quick to Assemble: MetroMax Q assembles easily in minutes, withouttools. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) increments along the post.Shelf wedges have a window to locate your desired position.InterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington StreetWilkes-Barre, PA 18705www.metro.comJob_ ________________________________________________MetroMax Q Mobile UnitMetroMax Q with Accessories andMetoMax i Solid Bottom Shelf*Microban ® and the Microban ® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.®®MetroMax Q Polymer and Steel Shelving 9.21®PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 4


Metro MQ1836G Item#:7SpecificationsMETROMAX Q polymer and steel shelving• Shelf frames and posts: Steel with electroplated substrate and highly durable, abrasion-resistant epoxy finish.Epoxy finish has built-in Microban antimicrobial product protection. The adjustable foot is reinforced nylon.• Shelf Mats: Injection molded polypropylene with exclusive built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• Shelf Wedge Connector: Reinforced nylon.• Temperature range: -20°F (-29°C) to 125°F (52°C) continuous use, with intermittent exposure to 200°F (93°C)for cleaning.Standard Interchangeable Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bag of wedges.• MetroMax Q grid shelves, MetroMax i grid and solid shelves are all compatible on the same unit.Nominal Nominal MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MQ1824G 6.2 2.8 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MQ1830G 8.0 3.6 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MQ1836G 9.7 4.4 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MQ1842G 11.4 5.2 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MQ1848G 13.2 6.0 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MQ1854G 15.0 6.8 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MQ1860G 16.7 7.6 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MQ1872G 20.0 9.1 MX1872F 27.5 12.521 530 24 610 MQ2124G 8.0 3.6 —21 530 30 760 MQ2130G 9.7 4.4 —21 530 36 914 MQ2136G 11.4 5.2 —21 530 42 1060 MQ2142G 12.8 5.8 —21 530 48 1220 MQ2148G 14.5 6.6 —21 530 54 1372 MQ2154G 16.7 7.6 —21 530 60 1524 MQ2160G 18.5 8.4 —21 530 72 1829 MQ2172G 21.7 9.9 —24 610 24 610 MQ2424G 9.7 4.4 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MQ2430G 11.4 5.2 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MQ2436G 13.1 6.0 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MQ2442G 14.1 6.4 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MQ2448G 15.8 7.1 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MQ2454G 18.5 8.4 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MQ2460G 20.3 9.2 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MQ2472G 23.5 10.7 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 3 /8" (10mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 3 /16" (5mm) from nominal size.MetroMax Q Open Grid ShelfMetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Corrosion proof MetroMax i dunnage shelf iscompatible with MetroMax Q.• Open grid and solid version available.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed:1,200 lbs. (544kg) on shelves up to and including 48"(1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) for shelves60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on unitswith four posts.Nominal Nominal Shelf with Approx. Shelf with Approx.Width Length Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8Solid Mat Overlays• Overlays snap onto the open grid mats to create asolid surface.• Available for 21" (530mm) deep MetroMax Q shelves.Fits ShelfApprox.Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)21x24 530x610 Q2124SM 0.35 0.1621x30 530x760 Q2130SM 0.45 0.2021x36 530x914 Q2136SM 0.50 0.2321x42 530x1060 Q2142SM 0.60 0.2721x48 530x1220 Q2148SM 0.70 0.3221x54 530x1372 Q2154SM 0.80 0.3621x60 530x1524 Q2160SM 0.90 0.4121x72 530x1829 Q2172SM 1.00 0.45PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 5


Metro MQ1836G Item#:7METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStandard Interchangeable Posts• MetroMax Q: Epoxy coated steel with Microban antimicrobialproduct protection.• MetroMax i: Polymer with Microban antimicrobial product protection.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Stationary Post with Leveling FootNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 14 3 /4 375 MQ13PE 1.0 0.5 MX13P 0.5 0.227 685 28 3 /4 730 MQ27PE 2.0 0.9 MX27P 0.9 0.433 875 34 3 /4 883 MQ33PE 2.5 1.1 MX33P 1.0 0.554 1370 54 3 /4 1391 MQ54PE 4.0 1.8 MX54P 1.6 0.763 1585 62 3 /4 1594 MQ63PE 4.5 2.0 MX63P 1.8 0.874 1690 74 3 /4 1899 MQ74PE 5.5 2.5 MX74P 2.2 1.086 2195 86 3 /4 2203 MQ86PE 6.5 2.9 MX86P 2.5 1.1Post for stem casterNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 13 3 /4 349 MQ13UPE 1.0 0.5 MX13UP 0.5 0.227 685 27 3 /4 705 MQ27UPE 2.0 0.9 MX27UP 0.9 0.433 875 33 3 /4 857 MQ33UPE 2.5 1.1 MX33UP 1.0 0.554 1370 53 3 /4 1365 MQ54UPE 4.0 1.8 MX54UP 1.6 0.763 1585 61 3 /4 1568 MQ63UPE 4.5 2.0 MX63UP 1.8 0.870 1778 69 3 /4 1765 MQ70UPE 5.0 2.374 1690 73 3 /4 1873 MQ74UPE 5.5 2.5 MX74UP 2.3 1.086 2195 85 3 /4 2178 MQ86UPE 6.5 2.9 MX86UP 2.5 1.4MetroMax QSteel PostReplacement Leveling Foot:Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap for Steel Post:Model No. RPMQS-POSTCAPReplacement Post Cap for Polymer Post:Model No. RPMXS-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax Q WedgesModel No. MQ9985 Bag of 4MetroMax iPolymer PostReplacementMetroMax Q WedgesMQ9985NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MQ9985 wedges are compatible with original MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• The post centers on MetroMax Q have been changed to allow interchangeability with MetroMax i shelves. MetroMax Q shelves manufacturedwithin or after April 2009 are not compatible with Q shelves made prior to April 2009.• MetroMax Q is not compatible with original MetroMax manufactured prior to April 2009.• Posts listed in above table (ex. MQ74PE, MX74PE) can be used with original MetroMax Q shelves made prior to April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of two separateunits together. With it, each unit is supported byfour posts and buttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit or to boltunits to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating, maximum —900 lbs. (363kg) per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 6


Metro MQ1836G Item#:7Job_ ________________________________________________9.21METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)MetroMax Q Polymer and Steel Shelving“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax Q storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Cat. No. M9995End-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2Starter“S” hookAdd-OnMetroMax Q Intermediate“S” Hook: Use when configuringMetroMax Q Starter and Add-OnUnits at right angles.Model No. Q9995ZRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitQ9995Z — qty. 1; M9995 — qty. 1StarterAdd-OnMetroMax Q Carts• 4- and 5-tier models• Grid shelf models• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsQ9995Z — qty. 2; M9995 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-178Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 7


Metro MX74P Item#:7Item #_ ______________________________________________MetroMax i Polymer Shelvingwith *Microban Antimicrobial Product ProtectionPart of the innovative MetroMax iQ Storage System, MetroMax i is a lifetime storage solution. The product is corrosion proof, easy toclean, strong like wire shelving, and provides a very efficient use ofstorage space. MetroMax i is integrated with online space planningtools and tutorials. www.metro.com/iQ• Lifelong performance and corrosion proof: All-polymer andType 304 stainless design offers a lifetime warranty against rustand corrosion.• Strong and Durable: Strong as steel, MetroMax i shelves hold asmuch weight as Metro’s wire shelving and are impact resistant.Weight capacity for evenly distributed loads:800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf for lengths of 24" to 48" (610 to 1220mm)600 lbs. (275kg) per shelf for lengths of 54” (1370mm) or longer2,000 lbs. (907kg) maximum per stationary unit.• Easiest to clean and maintain: Smooth surfaces easily wipeclean. Polymer mats can be easily removed and cleaned in a sinkor dish machine. Microban antimicrobial product protection is builtinto the high contact areas of the shelf including the mats, frames,and posts to protect the product from bacteria, mold, mildew,and fungus that cause odors and product degradation. Microbanprotection keeps the product “cleaner between cleanings”.• Smooth, Protective Surfaces: Smooth, flat surfaces protectpackaged shelf contents from unwanted rips, tears, or damage.• Robust Open Grid and Solid Mat Options: Open grid shelvespromote air circulation and light penetration. One-piece solid matscontain spills and are ideal to protect items on the bottom shelf fromdirt or backsplashes from cleaning floors. Shelf mats are sturdyand safely support concentrated loads from instrumentation andequipment.• Interchangeable: Part of the MetroMax iQ Storage System,corrosion proof MetroMax i shelves and posts are compatible withcorrosion resistant MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• Efficient, Organized Storage: Premium MetroMax iQ accessoriesefficiently organize, contain, and compartmentalize all spacebetween shelves.• Fast, Easy Assembly: MetroMax i assembles easily in minutes,without tools. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) incrementsalong the post. Shelf wedges have a window to locate yourdesired position.InterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington StreetWilkes-Barre, PA 18705www.metro.comJob_ ________________________________________________MetroMax i Mobile UnitMetroMax i with Accessories*Microban ® and the Microban ® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.®®MetroMax i Polymer Shelving 9.20®C®PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 8


Metro MX74P Item#:7METROMAX i polymer shelvingSpecifications• Longitudinal Beams and Posts: Pultrusions —continuous glass fibers and thermoset resin compositewith built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• End Beams, Adjustable Foot and Socket: Injectionmolded polyester thermoplastic resin with glassreinforcement• Shelf Wedge Connector: reinforced nylon• Mats, Open and Solid: Mineral reinforced polypropylene.Mats contain Microban ® antimicrobial.• Post Cap and Center Beam Cap: High-densitypolyethylene.• “S” Hook Tab Hole Plug: Vinyl.• Collar and “S” Hook: Type 304 Stainless Steel.• Bonding of Longitudinal Beams to End Beams:High temperature polyamide adhesive and stainlesssteel screws.• Continuous Temperature — MetroMax i can be usedcontinuously within a range of -20/120° F (-29/49° C) withintermittent exposure to 212° F (100° C) for cleaning.Standard Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bagof wedgesNominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MX1824G 8.7 4.0 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MX1830G 10.5 4.7 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MX1836G 12.2 5.5 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MX1842G 13.9 5.3 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MX1848G 15.7 7.1 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MX1854G 17.5 7.9 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MX1860G 19.2 8.7 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MX1872G 22.5 10.2 MX1872F 27.5 12.524 610 24 610 MX2424G 12.2 5.5 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MX2430G 13.9 6.3 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MX2436G 15.6 7.1 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MX2442G 17.5 7.9 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MX2448G 19.3 8.7 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MX2454G 21.0 9.5 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MX2460G 22.8 10.5 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MX2472G 26.0 11.8 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 1 /4" (6mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 9 /32" (7mm) from nominal size.MetroMax i Open Grid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Open grid and solid mat options.• Compatible for use on MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelving units.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed: 1,200 lbs. (544kg) onshelves up to and including 48" (1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) forshelves 60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on units with four posts,not as part of an add-on unit with two posts.Nominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8MetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage ShelfPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 9


Metro MX74P Item#:7METROMAX i polymer shelvingPolymer Posts• Corrosion proof with built-in Microban antimicrobial productprotection.• Compatible for use with MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelves.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Nominal Approx. Stationary Post Actual ActualHeight Pkd. Wt. with Leveling Foot Height* Post for Stem Caster Height(in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (in.) (mm) Model No. (in.) (mm)9 228 0.3 0.15 MX9UP 9 1 /4 23513 370 0.5 0.2 MX13P 14 3 /4 375 MX13UP 13 3 /4 34927 685 0.9 0.4 MX27P 26 3 /4 730 MX27UP 27 3 /4 70533 875 1.0 0.5 MX33P 34 3 /4 883 MX33UP 33 3 /4 85754 1370 1.6 0.7 MX54P 54 3 /4 1391 MX54UP 53 3 /4 136563 1585 1.8 0.8 MX63P 62 3 /4 1594 MX63UP 61 3 /4 156874 1690 2.2 1.0 MX74P 74 3 /4 1899 MX74UP 73 3 /4 187386 2195 2.5 1.1 MX86P 86 3 /4 2203 MX86UP 85 3 /4 2178PolymerStationaryPostReplacementShelf WedgesMX9985Replacement Leveling Foot: Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap: Model No. RPMX3-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax i Wedges: Model No. MX9985 Bag of 4NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MetroMax i is interchangeable with MetroMax Q shelves (manufactured within or after April 2009) and MetroMax Q posts.• MetroMax i shelves, posts, and wedges are NOT compatible with original MetroMax shelves, posts, and wedges manufactured before April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of twoseparate units together. With it, eachunit is supported by four posts andbuttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit orto bolt units to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating,maximum — 900 lbs. (363kg)per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 10


Metro MX74P Item#:7Job_ ________________________________________________9.20METROMAX i polymer shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax i storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Model No. M9995MetroMax i Intermediate“S” Hook Kit: Includes oneintermediate bracket (pictured)and two “S” hooks. Snaps ontofront or back of MetroMax i shelfwhen joining units at right angles.Order one kit per shelf.Model No. MX9996MetroMax i Polymer ShelvingEnd-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2StarterMetroMax i Carts• 4- and 5-tier models“S” hookAdd-On• All-grid and all-solid shelf modelsRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitMX9996 — qty. 1StarterAdd-On• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsMX9996 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-177Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 11


Metro Model: MQ1848G Item #8SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 8 - PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING (28 REQ'D)Metro MQ1848GMetroMax Q Shelf, 18" W, 48" L, open grid polymer with Microban® antimicrobial protection, epoxycoat steel frame, wedge connectorsACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecMetro16MQ1836GMetroMax Q Shelf, 18" W, 36" L, open gridpolymer with Microban® antimicrobialprotection, epoxy coat steel frame, wedgeconnectorsMetro44MX74PMetroMax i Post, 74" H, for stationary use orwith a dolly, adjustable leveling bolts, adjusts at1" increments, corrosion proof all polymerconstruction with built in Microban®antimicrobial product protectionELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 12


Metro MQ1848G Item#:8SpecificationsMETROMAX Q polymer and steel shelving• Shelf frames and posts: Steel with electroplated substrate and highly durable, abrasion-resistant epoxy finish.Epoxy finish has built-in Microban antimicrobial product protection. The adjustable foot is reinforced nylon.• Shelf Mats: Injection molded polypropylene with exclusive built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• Shelf Wedge Connector: Reinforced nylon.• Temperature range: -20°F (-29°C) to 125°F (52°C) continuous use, with intermittent exposure to 200°F (93°C)for cleaning.Standard Interchangeable Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bag of wedges.• MetroMax Q grid shelves, MetroMax i grid and solid shelves are all compatible on the same unit.Nominal Nominal MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MQ1824G 6.2 2.8 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MQ1830G 8.0 3.6 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MQ1836G 9.7 4.4 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MQ1842G 11.4 5.2 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MQ1848G 13.2 6.0 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MQ1854G 15.0 6.8 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MQ1860G 16.7 7.6 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MQ1872G 20.0 9.1 MX1872F 27.5 12.521 530 24 610 MQ2124G 8.0 3.6 —21 530 30 760 MQ2130G 9.7 4.4 —21 530 36 914 MQ2136G 11.4 5.2 —21 530 42 1060 MQ2142G 12.8 5.8 —21 530 48 1220 MQ2148G 14.5 6.6 —21 530 54 1372 MQ2154G 16.7 7.6 —21 530 60 1524 MQ2160G 18.5 8.4 —21 530 72 1829 MQ2172G 21.7 9.9 —24 610 24 610 MQ2424G 9.7 4.4 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MQ2430G 11.4 5.2 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MQ2436G 13.1 6.0 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MQ2442G 14.1 6.4 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MQ2448G 15.8 7.1 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MQ2454G 18.5 8.4 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MQ2460G 20.3 9.2 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MQ2472G 23.5 10.7 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 3 /8" (10mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 3 /16" (5mm) from nominal size.MetroMax Q Open Grid ShelfMetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Corrosion proof MetroMax i dunnage shelf iscompatible with MetroMax Q.• Open grid and solid version available.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed:1,200 lbs. (544kg) on shelves up to and including 48"(1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) for shelves60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on unitswith four posts.Nominal Nominal Shelf with Approx. Shelf with Approx.Width Length Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8Solid Mat Overlays• Overlays snap onto the open grid mats to create asolid surface.• Available for 21" (530mm) deep MetroMax Q shelves.Fits ShelfApprox.Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)21x24 530x610 Q2124SM 0.35 0.1621x30 530x760 Q2130SM 0.45 0.2021x36 530x914 Q2136SM 0.50 0.2321x42 530x1060 Q2142SM 0.60 0.2721x48 530x1220 Q2148SM 0.70 0.3221x54 530x1372 Q2154SM 0.80 0.3621x60 530x1524 Q2160SM 0.90 0.4121x72 530x1829 Q2172SM 1.00 0.45PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 14


Metro MQ1848G Item#:8METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStandard Interchangeable Posts• MetroMax Q: Epoxy coated steel with Microban antimicrobialproduct protection.• MetroMax i: Polymer with Microban antimicrobial product protection.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Stationary Post with Leveling FootNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 14 3 /4 375 MQ13PE 1.0 0.5 MX13P 0.5 0.227 685 28 3 /4 730 MQ27PE 2.0 0.9 MX27P 0.9 0.433 875 34 3 /4 883 MQ33PE 2.5 1.1 MX33P 1.0 0.554 1370 54 3 /4 1391 MQ54PE 4.0 1.8 MX54P 1.6 0.763 1585 62 3 /4 1594 MQ63PE 4.5 2.0 MX63P 1.8 0.874 1690 74 3 /4 1899 MQ74PE 5.5 2.5 MX74P 2.2 1.086 2195 86 3 /4 2203 MQ86PE 6.5 2.9 MX86P 2.5 1.1Post for stem casterNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 13 3 /4 349 MQ13UPE 1.0 0.5 MX13UP 0.5 0.227 685 27 3 /4 705 MQ27UPE 2.0 0.9 MX27UP 0.9 0.433 875 33 3 /4 857 MQ33UPE 2.5 1.1 MX33UP 1.0 0.554 1370 53 3 /4 1365 MQ54UPE 4.0 1.8 MX54UP 1.6 0.763 1585 61 3 /4 1568 MQ63UPE 4.5 2.0 MX63UP 1.8 0.870 1778 69 3 /4 1765 MQ70UPE 5.0 2.374 1690 73 3 /4 1873 MQ74UPE 5.5 2.5 MX74UP 2.3 1.086 2195 85 3 /4 2178 MQ86UPE 6.5 2.9 MX86UP 2.5 1.4MetroMax QSteel PostReplacement Leveling Foot:Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap for Steel Post:Model No. RPMQS-POSTCAPReplacement Post Cap for Polymer Post:Model No. RPMXS-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax Q WedgesModel No. MQ9985 Bag of 4MetroMax iPolymer PostReplacementMetroMax Q WedgesMQ9985NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MQ9985 wedges are compatible with original MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• The post centers on MetroMax Q have been changed to allow interchangeability with MetroMax i shelves. MetroMax Q shelves manufacturedwithin or after April 2009 are not compatible with Q shelves made prior to April 2009.• MetroMax Q is not compatible with original MetroMax manufactured prior to April 2009.• Posts listed in above table (ex. MQ74PE, MX74PE) can be used with original MetroMax Q shelves made prior to April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of two separateunits together. With it, each unit is supported byfour posts and buttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit or to boltunits to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating, maximum —900 lbs. (363kg) per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 15


Metro MQ1848G Item#:8Job_ ________________________________________________9.21METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)MetroMax Q Polymer and Steel Shelving“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax Q storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Cat. No. M9995End-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2Starter“S” hookAdd-OnMetroMax Q Intermediate“S” Hook: Use when configuringMetroMax Q Starter and Add-OnUnits at right angles.Model No. Q9995ZRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitQ9995Z — qty. 1; M9995 — qty. 1StarterAdd-OnMetroMax Q Carts• 4- and 5-tier models• Grid shelf models• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsQ9995Z — qty. 2; M9995 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-178Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 16


Metro MX74P Item#:8Item #_ ______________________________________________MetroMax i Polymer Shelvingwith *Microban Antimicrobial Product ProtectionPart of the innovative MetroMax iQ Storage System, MetroMax i is a lifetime storage solution. The product is corrosion proof, easy toclean, strong like wire shelving, and provides a very efficient use ofstorage space. MetroMax i is integrated with online space planningtools and tutorials. www.metro.com/iQ• Lifelong performance and corrosion proof: All-polymer andType 304 stainless design offers a lifetime warranty against rustand corrosion.• Strong and Durable: Strong as steel, MetroMax i shelves hold asmuch weight as Metro’s wire shelving and are impact resistant.Weight capacity for evenly distributed loads:800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf for lengths of 24" to 48" (610 to 1220mm)600 lbs. (275kg) per shelf for lengths of 54” (1370mm) or longer2,000 lbs. (907kg) maximum per stationary unit.• Easiest to clean and maintain: Smooth surfaces easily wipeclean. Polymer mats can be easily removed and cleaned in a sinkor dish machine. Microban antimicrobial product protection is builtinto the high contact areas of the shelf including the mats, frames,and posts to protect the product from bacteria, mold, mildew,and fungus that cause odors and product degradation. Microbanprotection keeps the product “cleaner between cleanings”.• Smooth, Protective Surfaces: Smooth, flat surfaces protectpackaged shelf contents from unwanted rips, tears, or damage.• Robust Open Grid and Solid Mat Options: Open grid shelvespromote air circulation and light penetration. One-piece solid matscontain spills and are ideal to protect items on the bottom shelf fromdirt or backsplashes from cleaning floors. Shelf mats are sturdyand safely support concentrated loads from instrumentation andequipment.• Interchangeable: Part of the MetroMax iQ Storage System,corrosion proof MetroMax i shelves and posts are compatible withcorrosion resistant MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• Efficient, Organized Storage: Premium MetroMax iQ accessoriesefficiently organize, contain, and compartmentalize all spacebetween shelves.• Fast, Easy Assembly: MetroMax i assembles easily in minutes,without tools. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) incrementsalong the post. Shelf wedges have a window to locate yourdesired position.InterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington StreetWilkes-Barre, PA 18705www.metro.comJob_ ________________________________________________MetroMax i Mobile UnitMetroMax i with Accessories*Microban ® and the Microban ® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.®®MetroMax i Polymer Shelving 9.20®C®PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 17


Metro MX74P Item#:8METROMAX i polymer shelvingSpecifications• Longitudinal Beams and Posts: Pultrusions —continuous glass fibers and thermoset resin compositewith built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• End Beams, Adjustable Foot and Socket: Injectionmolded polyester thermoplastic resin with glassreinforcement• Shelf Wedge Connector: reinforced nylon• Mats, Open and Solid: Mineral reinforced polypropylene.Mats contain Microban ® antimicrobial.• Post Cap and Center Beam Cap: High-densitypolyethylene.• “S” Hook Tab Hole Plug: Vinyl.• Collar and “S” Hook: Type 304 Stainless Steel.• Bonding of Longitudinal Beams to End Beams:High temperature polyamide adhesive and stainlesssteel screws.• Continuous Temperature — MetroMax i can be usedcontinuously within a range of -20/120° F (-29/49° C) withintermittent exposure to 212° F (100° C) for cleaning.Standard Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bagof wedgesNominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MX1824G 8.7 4.0 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MX1830G 10.5 4.7 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MX1836G 12.2 5.5 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MX1842G 13.9 5.3 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MX1848G 15.7 7.1 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MX1854G 17.5 7.9 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MX1860G 19.2 8.7 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MX1872G 22.5 10.2 MX1872F 27.5 12.524 610 24 610 MX2424G 12.2 5.5 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MX2430G 13.9 6.3 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MX2436G 15.6 7.1 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MX2442G 17.5 7.9 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MX2448G 19.3 8.7 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MX2454G 21.0 9.5 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MX2460G 22.8 10.5 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MX2472G 26.0 11.8 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 1 /4" (6mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 9 /32" (7mm) from nominal size.MetroMax i Open Grid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Open grid and solid mat options.• Compatible for use on MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelving units.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed: 1,200 lbs. (544kg) onshelves up to and including 48" (1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) forshelves 60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on units with four posts,not as part of an add-on unit with two posts.Nominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8MetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage ShelfPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 18


Metro MX74P Item#:8METROMAX i polymer shelvingPolymer Posts• Corrosion proof with built-in Microban antimicrobial productprotection.• Compatible for use with MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelves.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Nominal Approx. Stationary Post Actual ActualHeight Pkd. Wt. with Leveling Foot Height* Post for Stem Caster Height(in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (in.) (mm) Model No. (in.) (mm)9 228 0.3 0.15 MX9UP 9 1 /4 23513 370 0.5 0.2 MX13P 14 3 /4 375 MX13UP 13 3 /4 34927 685 0.9 0.4 MX27P 26 3 /4 730 MX27UP 27 3 /4 70533 875 1.0 0.5 MX33P 34 3 /4 883 MX33UP 33 3 /4 85754 1370 1.6 0.7 MX54P 54 3 /4 1391 MX54UP 53 3 /4 136563 1585 1.8 0.8 MX63P 62 3 /4 1594 MX63UP 61 3 /4 156874 1690 2.2 1.0 MX74P 74 3 /4 1899 MX74UP 73 3 /4 187386 2195 2.5 1.1 MX86P 86 3 /4 2203 MX86UP 85 3 /4 2178PolymerStationaryPostReplacementShelf WedgesMX9985Replacement Leveling Foot: Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap: Model No. RPMX3-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax i Wedges: Model No. MX9985 Bag of 4NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MetroMax i is interchangeable with MetroMax Q shelves (manufactured within or after April 2009) and MetroMax Q posts.• MetroMax i shelves, posts, and wedges are NOT compatible with original MetroMax shelves, posts, and wedges manufactured before April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of twoseparate units together. With it, eachunit is supported by four posts andbuttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit orto bolt units to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating,maximum — 900 lbs. (363kg)per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 19


Metro MX74P Item#:8Job_ ________________________________________________9.20METROMAX i polymer shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax i storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Model No. M9995MetroMax i Intermediate“S” Hook Kit: Includes oneintermediate bracket (pictured)and two “S” hooks. Snaps ontofront or back of MetroMax i shelfwhen joining units at right angles.Order one kit per shelf.Model No. MX9996MetroMax i Polymer ShelvingEnd-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2StarterMetroMax i Carts• 4- and 5-tier models“S” hookAdd-On• All-grid and all-solid shelf modelsRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitMX9996 — qty. 1StarterAdd-On• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsMX9996 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-177Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 20


Metro Model: MQ1848G Item #9SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 9 - PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING (68 REQ'D)Metro MQ1848GMetroMax Q Shelf, 18" W, 48" L, open grid polymer with Microban® antimicrobial protection, epoxycoat steel frame, wedge connectorsACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecMetro4MQ1836GMetroMax Q Shelf, 18" W, 36" L, open gridpolymer with Microban® antimicrobialprotection, epoxy coat steel frame, wedgeconnectorsMetro72MX74PMetroMax i Post, 74" H, for stationary use orwith a dolly, adjustable leveling bolts, adjusts at1" increments, corrosion proof all polymerconstruction with built in Microban®antimicrobial product protectionELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 21


Metro MQ1848G Item#:9Item #_ ______________________________________________MetroMax Q Shelvingwith *Microban Antimicrobial Product ProtectionPart of the innovative MetroMax iQ Storage System, MetroMax Q is a longer life storage solution than conventional wire shelving. Theproduct offers durable polymer mats that remove for easy cleaningand protect stored items from damage. Quick adjust shelves andMetroMax iQ accessories provides a very efficient use of storagespace. MetroMax Q is integrated with online space planning toolsand tutorials. www.metro.com/iQ• Longer-life performance: Durable, corrosion proof polymer mats protectthe shelves from normal wear and tear. Robust epoxy coated steel framesand posts hold as much weight as Metro’s wire shelving. Weight capacityfor evenly distributed loads:800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf for lengths of 24" to 48" (610 to 1220mm)600 lbs. (275kg) per shelf for lengths of 54” (1370mm) or longer2,000 lbs. (907kg) maximum per stationary unit.• Interchangeable: MetroMax Q and MetroMax i shelves, posts, and mostaccessories are compatible on the same unit. Use MetroMax Q shelveswith MetroMax i polymer posts for increased corrosion protection. UseMetroMax i solid shelves when spill containment is required or as abottom shelf to protect supplies from dirt or backsplashes from mops.• Easier to clean and maintain: Polymer mats can be easily removedand cleaned in a sink or dish machine. Microban antimicrobial productprotection is built into the high contact areas of the shelf including themats, frames, and posts to protect the product from bacteria, mold,mildew, and fungus that cause odors and product degradation. Microbanprotection keeps the product “cleaner between cleanings”.• Quick to Adjust: Patented corner release allows shelves to be unlockedwithout tools. Simply flip each corner release, relocate the wedgeconnectors on the posts, and reposition the shelf. Quickly adjust shelves toreclaim wasted vertical space.• Smooth, Protective Surfaces: Smooth shelf mats protect packaged itemsfrom unwanted rips, tears, or damage.• Open Grid and Solid Mat Options: MetroMax Q is available with opengrid mats as standard. Open grid shelves promote air circulation andlight penetration.MetroMax i solid shelves can be used with MetroMax Q grid shelves onthe same unit and are available in 18" and 24" (457 and 610mm) depths.For 21" (530mm) deep MetroMax Q, solid mat overlays are available.• Efficient, Organized Storage: Premium MetroMax iQ accessoriesefficiently organize, contain, and compartmentalize all space betweenshelves.• Quick to Assemble: MetroMax Q assembles easily in minutes, withouttools. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) increments along the post.Shelf wedges have a window to locate your desired position.InterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington StreetWilkes-Barre, PA 18705www.metro.comJob_ ________________________________________________MetroMax Q Mobile UnitMetroMax Q with Accessories andMetoMax i Solid Bottom Shelf*Microban ® and the Microban ® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.®®MetroMax Q Polymer and Steel Shelving 9.21®PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 22


Metro MQ1848G Item#:9SpecificationsMETROMAX Q polymer and steel shelving• Shelf frames and posts: Steel with electroplated substrate and highly durable, abrasion-resistant epoxy finish.Epoxy finish has built-in Microban antimicrobial product protection. The adjustable foot is reinforced nylon.• Shelf Mats: Injection molded polypropylene with exclusive built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• Shelf Wedge Connector: Reinforced nylon.• Temperature range: -20°F (-29°C) to 125°F (52°C) continuous use, with intermittent exposure to 200°F (93°C)for cleaning.Standard Interchangeable Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bag of wedges.• MetroMax Q grid shelves, MetroMax i grid and solid shelves are all compatible on the same unit.Nominal Nominal MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MQ1824G 6.2 2.8 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MQ1830G 8.0 3.6 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MQ1836G 9.7 4.4 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MQ1842G 11.4 5.2 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MQ1848G 13.2 6.0 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MQ1854G 15.0 6.8 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MQ1860G 16.7 7.6 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MQ1872G 20.0 9.1 MX1872F 27.5 12.521 530 24 610 MQ2124G 8.0 3.6 —21 530 30 760 MQ2130G 9.7 4.4 —21 530 36 914 MQ2136G 11.4 5.2 —21 530 42 1060 MQ2142G 12.8 5.8 —21 530 48 1220 MQ2148G 14.5 6.6 —21 530 54 1372 MQ2154G 16.7 7.6 —21 530 60 1524 MQ2160G 18.5 8.4 —21 530 72 1829 MQ2172G 21.7 9.9 —24 610 24 610 MQ2424G 9.7 4.4 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MQ2430G 11.4 5.2 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MQ2436G 13.1 6.0 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MQ2442G 14.1 6.4 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MQ2448G 15.8 7.1 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MQ2454G 18.5 8.4 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MQ2460G 20.3 9.2 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MQ2472G 23.5 10.7 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 3 /8" (10mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 3 /16" (5mm) from nominal size.MetroMax Q Open Grid ShelfMetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Corrosion proof MetroMax i dunnage shelf iscompatible with MetroMax Q.• Open grid and solid version available.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed:1,200 lbs. (544kg) on shelves up to and including 48"(1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) for shelves60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on unitswith four posts.Nominal Nominal Shelf with Approx. Shelf with Approx.Width Length Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8Solid Mat Overlays• Overlays snap onto the open grid mats to create asolid surface.• Available for 21" (530mm) deep MetroMax Q shelves.Fits ShelfApprox.Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)21x24 530x610 Q2124SM 0.35 0.1621x30 530x760 Q2130SM 0.45 0.2021x36 530x914 Q2136SM 0.50 0.2321x42 530x1060 Q2142SM 0.60 0.2721x48 530x1220 Q2148SM 0.70 0.3221x54 530x1372 Q2154SM 0.80 0.3621x60 530x1524 Q2160SM 0.90 0.4121x72 530x1829 Q2172SM 1.00 0.45PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 23


Metro MQ1848G Item#:9METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStandard Interchangeable Posts• MetroMax Q: Epoxy coated steel with Microban antimicrobialproduct protection.• MetroMax i: Polymer with Microban antimicrobial product protection.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Stationary Post with Leveling FootNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 14 3 /4 375 MQ13PE 1.0 0.5 MX13P 0.5 0.227 685 28 3 /4 730 MQ27PE 2.0 0.9 MX27P 0.9 0.433 875 34 3 /4 883 MQ33PE 2.5 1.1 MX33P 1.0 0.554 1370 54 3 /4 1391 MQ54PE 4.0 1.8 MX54P 1.6 0.763 1585 62 3 /4 1594 MQ63PE 4.5 2.0 MX63P 1.8 0.874 1690 74 3 /4 1899 MQ74PE 5.5 2.5 MX74P 2.2 1.086 2195 86 3 /4 2203 MQ86PE 6.5 2.9 MX86P 2.5 1.1Post for stem casterNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 13 3 /4 349 MQ13UPE 1.0 0.5 MX13UP 0.5 0.227 685 27 3 /4 705 MQ27UPE 2.0 0.9 MX27UP 0.9 0.433 875 33 3 /4 857 MQ33UPE 2.5 1.1 MX33UP 1.0 0.554 1370 53 3 /4 1365 MQ54UPE 4.0 1.8 MX54UP 1.6 0.763 1585 61 3 /4 1568 MQ63UPE 4.5 2.0 MX63UP 1.8 0.870 1778 69 3 /4 1765 MQ70UPE 5.0 2.374 1690 73 3 /4 1873 MQ74UPE 5.5 2.5 MX74UP 2.3 1.086 2195 85 3 /4 2178 MQ86UPE 6.5 2.9 MX86UP 2.5 1.4MetroMax QSteel PostReplacement Leveling Foot:Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap for Steel Post:Model No. RPMQS-POSTCAPReplacement Post Cap for Polymer Post:Model No. RPMXS-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax Q WedgesModel No. MQ9985 Bag of 4MetroMax iPolymer PostReplacementMetroMax Q WedgesMQ9985NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MQ9985 wedges are compatible with original MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• The post centers on MetroMax Q have been changed to allow interchangeability with MetroMax i shelves. MetroMax Q shelves manufacturedwithin or after April 2009 are not compatible with Q shelves made prior to April 2009.• MetroMax Q is not compatible with original MetroMax manufactured prior to April 2009.• Posts listed in above table (ex. MQ74PE, MX74PE) can be used with original MetroMax Q shelves made prior to April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of two separateunits together. With it, each unit is supported byfour posts and buttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit or to boltunits to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating, maximum —900 lbs. (363kg) per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 24


Metro MQ1848G Item#:9Job_ ________________________________________________9.21METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)MetroMax Q Polymer and Steel Shelving“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax Q storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Cat. No. M9995End-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2Starter“S” hookAdd-OnMetroMax Q Intermediate“S” Hook: Use when configuringMetroMax Q Starter and Add-OnUnits at right angles.Model No. Q9995ZRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitQ9995Z — qty. 1; M9995 — qty. 1StarterAdd-OnMetroMax Q Carts• 4- and 5-tier models• Grid shelf models• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsQ9995Z — qty. 2; M9995 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-178Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 25


Metro MX74P Item#:9Item #_ ______________________________________________MetroMax i Polymer Shelvingwith *Microban Antimicrobial Product ProtectionPart of the innovative MetroMax iQ Storage System, MetroMax i is a lifetime storage solution. The product is corrosion proof, easy toclean, strong like wire shelving, and provides a very efficient use ofstorage space. MetroMax i is integrated with online space planningtools and tutorials. www.metro.com/iQ• Lifelong performance and corrosion proof: All-polymer andType 304 stainless design offers a lifetime warranty against rustand corrosion.• Strong and Durable: Strong as steel, MetroMax i shelves hold asmuch weight as Metro’s wire shelving and are impact resistant.Weight capacity for evenly distributed loads:800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf for lengths of 24" to 48" (610 to 1220mm)600 lbs. (275kg) per shelf for lengths of 54” (1370mm) or longer2,000 lbs. (907kg) maximum per stationary unit.• Easiest to clean and maintain: Smooth surfaces easily wipeclean. Polymer mats can be easily removed and cleaned in a sinkor dish machine. Microban antimicrobial product protection is builtinto the high contact areas of the shelf including the mats, frames,and posts to protect the product from bacteria, mold, mildew,and fungus that cause odors and product degradation. Microbanprotection keeps the product “cleaner between cleanings”.• Smooth, Protective Surfaces: Smooth, flat surfaces protectpackaged shelf contents from unwanted rips, tears, or damage.• Robust Open Grid and Solid Mat Options: Open grid shelvespromote air circulation and light penetration. One-piece solid matscontain spills and are ideal to protect items on the bottom shelf fromdirt or backsplashes from cleaning floors. Shelf mats are sturdyand safely support concentrated loads from instrumentation andequipment.• Interchangeable: Part of the MetroMax iQ Storage System,corrosion proof MetroMax i shelves and posts are compatible withcorrosion resistant MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• Efficient, Organized Storage: Premium MetroMax iQ accessoriesefficiently organize, contain, and compartmentalize all spacebetween shelves.• Fast, Easy Assembly: MetroMax i assembles easily in minutes,without tools. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) incrementsalong the post. Shelf wedges have a window to locate yourdesired position.InterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington StreetWilkes-Barre, PA 18705www.metro.comJob_ ________________________________________________MetroMax i Mobile UnitMetroMax i with Accessories*Microban ® and the Microban ® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.®®MetroMax i Polymer Shelving 9.20®C®PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 26


Metro MX74P Item#:9METROMAX i polymer shelvingSpecifications• Longitudinal Beams and Posts: Pultrusions —continuous glass fibers and thermoset resin compositewith built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• End Beams, Adjustable Foot and Socket: Injectionmolded polyester thermoplastic resin with glassreinforcement• Shelf Wedge Connector: reinforced nylon• Mats, Open and Solid: Mineral reinforced polypropylene.Mats contain Microban ® antimicrobial.• Post Cap and Center Beam Cap: High-densitypolyethylene.• “S” Hook Tab Hole Plug: Vinyl.• Collar and “S” Hook: Type 304 Stainless Steel.• Bonding of Longitudinal Beams to End Beams:High temperature polyamide adhesive and stainlesssteel screws.• Continuous Temperature — MetroMax i can be usedcontinuously within a range of -20/120° F (-29/49° C) withintermittent exposure to 212° F (100° C) for cleaning.Standard Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bagof wedgesNominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MX1824G 8.7 4.0 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MX1830G 10.5 4.7 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MX1836G 12.2 5.5 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MX1842G 13.9 5.3 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MX1848G 15.7 7.1 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MX1854G 17.5 7.9 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MX1860G 19.2 8.7 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MX1872G 22.5 10.2 MX1872F 27.5 12.524 610 24 610 MX2424G 12.2 5.5 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MX2430G 13.9 6.3 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MX2436G 15.6 7.1 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MX2442G 17.5 7.9 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MX2448G 19.3 8.7 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MX2454G 21.0 9.5 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MX2460G 22.8 10.5 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MX2472G 26.0 11.8 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 1 /4" (6mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 9 /32" (7mm) from nominal size.MetroMax i Open Grid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Open grid and solid mat options.• Compatible for use on MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelving units.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed: 1,200 lbs. (544kg) onshelves up to and including 48" (1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) forshelves 60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on units with four posts,not as part of an add-on unit with two posts.Nominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8MetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage ShelfPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 27


Metro MX74P Item#:9METROMAX i polymer shelvingPolymer Posts• Corrosion proof with built-in Microban antimicrobial productprotection.• Compatible for use with MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelves.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Nominal Approx. Stationary Post Actual ActualHeight Pkd. Wt. with Leveling Foot Height* Post for Stem Caster Height(in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (in.) (mm) Model No. (in.) (mm)9 228 0.3 0.15 MX9UP 9 1 /4 23513 370 0.5 0.2 MX13P 14 3 /4 375 MX13UP 13 3 /4 34927 685 0.9 0.4 MX27P 26 3 /4 730 MX27UP 27 3 /4 70533 875 1.0 0.5 MX33P 34 3 /4 883 MX33UP 33 3 /4 85754 1370 1.6 0.7 MX54P 54 3 /4 1391 MX54UP 53 3 /4 136563 1585 1.8 0.8 MX63P 62 3 /4 1594 MX63UP 61 3 /4 156874 1690 2.2 1.0 MX74P 74 3 /4 1899 MX74UP 73 3 /4 187386 2195 2.5 1.1 MX86P 86 3 /4 2203 MX86UP 85 3 /4 2178PolymerStationaryPostReplacementShelf WedgesMX9985Replacement Leveling Foot: Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap: Model No. RPMX3-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax i Wedges: Model No. MX9985 Bag of 4NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MetroMax i is interchangeable with MetroMax Q shelves (manufactured within or after April 2009) and MetroMax Q posts.• MetroMax i shelves, posts, and wedges are NOT compatible with original MetroMax shelves, posts, and wedges manufactured before April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of twoseparate units together. With it, eachunit is supported by four posts andbuttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit orto bolt units to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating,maximum — 900 lbs. (363kg)per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 28


Metro MX74P Item#:9Job_ ________________________________________________9.20METROMAX i polymer shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax i storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Model No. M9995MetroMax i Intermediate“S” Hook Kit: Includes oneintermediate bracket (pictured)and two “S” hooks. Snaps ontofront or back of MetroMax i shelfwhen joining units at right angles.Order one kit per shelf.Model No. MX9996MetroMax i Polymer ShelvingEnd-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2StarterMetroMax i Carts• 4- and 5-tier models“S” hookAdd-On• All-grid and all-solid shelf modelsRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitMX9996 — qty. 1StarterAdd-On• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsMX9996 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-177Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 29


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 30Piper Products/Servolift Eastern Model: CSR-210 Item #10SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 10 - CAN RACK (2 REQ'D)Piper Products/Servolift Eastern CSR-210Can Rack, (210) #10 cans, all welded aluminumACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecPiper Products/Servolift Eastern21 year warranty parts and labor from date ofpurchaseELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Piper Products/Servolift Eastern CSR-210 Item#:10Can Storage RacksJOB__________ ITEM # __________ QTY # __________MODEL NUMBERRR CSR-84RR CSR-210RRRRCSR-308CSR-FF-156Front LoadingSystemSPENSERSDISPENSERSITE 500 ELITE 500AM TABLESORT EQUIPMENTO P - I N SSeries CSR aluminum can storage racks.FRAMECSR-FF-156The vertical corner uprights and the top and bottom crossbracing are constructed of all welded 2" x 2" x 1/8" thickextruded aluminum angles. The front and rear centeruprights are 2" wide x 1/4" thick aluminum, welded tothe top and bottom cross braces. A solid top of eitheraluminum or stainless steel is securely fastened to alluprights.GUIDESThe guides are 2" x 2" x 1/8" thick, formed aluminumangles with front and rear edges turned up 3/4". Theguides are welded to the uprights on 7-1/4" centers toaccommodate No. 10 cans, with the rear of the guide1-1/2" higher than the front to allow the cans to rollforward.MODEL CSR-84The unit is mobile, mounted on four 5" diameter, heavyduty, double ball bearing swivel casters. The top is 16 ga.stainless steel with all edges turned down 2". This unit isloaded from the rear.MODEL CSR-210The unit is stationary, mounted on four adjustableflanged feet welded to the uprights. The top is .060" thickaluminum with all edges turned down 2". This unit isloaded from the rear.STEAM TABLESSUPPORT EQUIPMENTLIMITED WARRANTY: piper products warrants to the original purchaser parts andlabor for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of purchase. See manufacturer’s completewarranty for details.D R O P - I N SIt is our policy to build equipment which is design certified by companies that have beenaccredited at the Federal Level by the Occupational Safety and Health Agency (OSHA) andANSI as a National Recognized Testing Laboratory. These companies include CSA International,Underwriters Laboratories, and the National Sanitation Foundation. However, a continuingprogram of product improvement makes it necessary to submit new models to the agencies asthey are developed. Consequently, all models may not bear the appropriate labels at all times.We reserve the right to change specifications and product design without notice. Such revisionsdo not entitle buyer to corresponding changes, improvements, additions or replacements forpreviously purchased equipment. Information is not for design purposes.MODEL CSR-308The unit is the same as Model CSR-210, except that it isconstructed to accommodate No. 5 cans. The guides are seton 5-3/16" centers in lieu of 7-1/4". This unit is loaded fromthe rear.MODEL CSR-FF-156The unit is the same as Model CSR-210 except that it is frontloading. The loading guides are inclined to the rear, where analuminum deflector transfers the cans to unloading guidesbelow which are inclined towards the front. Used whereinstallation prevents rear loading.RACKS OPTIONS / ACCESSORIES PART NUMBER(Part Number add after model number)Part #Description Y4 Polyurethane 4" casters, set of 4, with ball bearing seals Y5 Polyurethane 5" casters, set of 4, with ball bearing seals WB Two Locking CastersMODELNUMBERDIMENSIONSL W Hwww.piperonline.netCAPACITYSPECWEIGHTCSR-84 26-3/8" 42-1/2" 40-3/4" 84 # 10 cans 135CSR-210 26-3/8" 42-1/2" 86-1/2" 210 # 10 cans 200CSR-308 26-3/8" 42-1/2" 72-3/4" 308 # 5 cans 230CSR-FF-156 27-1/4" 42" 81-1/16" 158 # 10 cans 200NOTE: Other sizes and capacities available.Legs standard on can racks.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 31I-17300 S. 84th AvenueWausau, WI 54401Phone: 800-544-3057Fax: 715-842-3125231


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 32Cambro Model: DRS360131 Item #11SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 11 - DUNNAGE RACK (3 REQ'D)Cambro DRS360131S-Series Dunnage Rack, slotted top, 1500 lb. load capacity, 21"W x 36"L x 12"H, polyethylene, onepiece,seamless double wall construction, 4" square legs, dark brown, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Cambro DRS360131 Item#:11Dunnage RacksS-SeriesDunnage Racks• Keep frozen, cold or dry inventory12" (30,5 cm) safely off the floor.• One piece construction and sturdylegs provide strength and stability.• Heavy duty polypropylene is safeto -36˚F (-38˚C), and will not rust,corrode or bend.• Choose slotted tops for maximumair circulation around perishableproducts.• Solid tops catch spills for easyclean up.Colors: Dark Brown (131),Speckled Gray (480).DRS48DRS30DRS600DRS360EXTERIORDIMENSIONSH x D x WLOADCAPACITYCASE LBS.(CUBE)CODESolid TopDRS30 12" x 21" x 30" 1500 lbs. 22.05 (4.75)DRS36 12" x 21" x 36" 1500 lbs. 26 (5.72)DRS48 12" x 21" x 48" 3000 lbs. 35.10 (7.41)DRS60 12" x 21" x 60" 3000 lbs. 44.66 (9.53)Slotted TopDRS300 12" x 21" x 30" 1500 lbs. 20 (4.78)DRS360 12" x 21" x 36" 1500 lbs. 25 (5.72)DRS480 12" x 21" x 48" 3000 lbs. 34.07 (7.45)DRS600 12" x 21" x 60" 3000 lbs. 42.37 (9.36)Case Pack: 1 InStock Color: Speckled Gray (480).Camlink ®Camlink connectors securely lockdunnage racks together forgreater stability.CODE CASE PACKDRLNK 6Color: Black (110).Camlink is covered by U.S. PatentD 397,289.Camlink fits all sizes and styles.One free Camlink supplied with everyDunnage Rack.1.800.833.3003USA / ShelvingPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 3389


Metro Model: MQ2448G Item #12SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 12 - PLASTIC WITH METAL FRAME SHELVING (16 REQ'D)Metro MQ2448GMetroMax Q Shelf, 24" W, 48" L, open grid polymer with Microban® antimicrobial protection, epoxycoat steel frame, wedge connectorsACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecMetro16MX74UPMetroMax i Post, 74" H, for use with stemcasters, adjusts at 1" increments, corrosionproof all polymer construction with built inMicroban® antimicrobial product protectionMetro85MXMetroMax IQ Stem Caster, swivel, 5"diameter, 1-1/4" wide face, resilient wheeltread, 200 lb. capacity, NSF (donut bumpersincluded)Metro85MBXMetroMax IQ Stem Caster, brake, 5"diameter, 1-1/4" wide face, resilient wheeltread, 200 lb. capacity, NSF (donut bumpersincluded)ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 34


Metro MQ2448G Item#:12Item #_ ______________________________________________MetroMax Q Shelvingwith *Microban Antimicrobial Product ProtectionPart of the innovative MetroMax iQ Storage System, MetroMax Q is a longer life storage solution than conventional wire shelving. Theproduct offers durable polymer mats that remove for easy cleaningand protect stored items from damage. Quick adjust shelves andMetroMax iQ accessories provides a very efficient use of storagespace. MetroMax Q is integrated with online space planning toolsand tutorials. www.metro.com/iQ• Longer-life performance: Durable, corrosion proof polymer mats protectthe shelves from normal wear and tear. Robust epoxy coated steel framesand posts hold as much weight as Metro’s wire shelving. Weight capacityfor evenly distributed loads:800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf for lengths of 24" to 48" (610 to 1220mm)600 lbs. (275kg) per shelf for lengths of 54” (1370mm) or longer2,000 lbs. (907kg) maximum per stationary unit.• Interchangeable: MetroMax Q and MetroMax i shelves, posts, and mostaccessories are compatible on the same unit. Use MetroMax Q shelveswith MetroMax i polymer posts for increased corrosion protection. UseMetroMax i solid shelves when spill containment is required or as abottom shelf to protect supplies from dirt or backsplashes from mops.• Easier to clean and maintain: Polymer mats can be easily removedand cleaned in a sink or dish machine. Microban antimicrobial productprotection is built into the high contact areas of the shelf including themats, frames, and posts to protect the product from bacteria, mold,mildew, and fungus that cause odors and product degradation. Microbanprotection keeps the product “cleaner between cleanings”.• Quick to Adjust: Patented corner release allows shelves to be unlockedwithout tools. Simply flip each corner release, relocate the wedgeconnectors on the posts, and reposition the shelf. Quickly adjust shelves toreclaim wasted vertical space.• Smooth, Protective Surfaces: Smooth shelf mats protect packaged itemsfrom unwanted rips, tears, or damage.• Open Grid and Solid Mat Options: MetroMax Q is available with opengrid mats as standard. Open grid shelves promote air circulation andlight penetration.MetroMax i solid shelves can be used with MetroMax Q grid shelves onthe same unit and are available in 18" and 24" (457 and 610mm) depths.For 21" (530mm) deep MetroMax Q, solid mat overlays are available.• Efficient, Organized Storage: Premium MetroMax iQ accessoriesefficiently organize, contain, and compartmentalize all space betweenshelves.• Quick to Assemble: MetroMax Q assembles easily in minutes, withouttools. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) increments along the post.Shelf wedges have a window to locate your desired position.InterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington StreetWilkes-Barre, PA 18705www.metro.comJob_ ________________________________________________MetroMax Q Mobile UnitMetroMax Q with Accessories andMetoMax i Solid Bottom Shelf*Microban ® and the Microban ® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.®®MetroMax Q Polymer and Steel Shelving 9.21®PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 35


Metro MQ2448G Item#:12SpecificationsMETROMAX Q polymer and steel shelving• Shelf frames and posts: Steel with electroplated substrate and highly durable, abrasion-resistant epoxy finish.Epoxy finish has built-in Microban antimicrobial product protection. The adjustable foot is reinforced nylon.• Shelf Mats: Injection molded polypropylene with exclusive built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• Shelf Wedge Connector: Reinforced nylon.• Temperature range: -20°F (-29°C) to 125°F (52°C) continuous use, with intermittent exposure to 200°F (93°C)for cleaning.Standard Interchangeable Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bag of wedges.• MetroMax Q grid shelves, MetroMax i grid and solid shelves are all compatible on the same unit.Nominal Nominal MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MQ1824G 6.2 2.8 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MQ1830G 8.0 3.6 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MQ1836G 9.7 4.4 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MQ1842G 11.4 5.2 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MQ1848G 13.2 6.0 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MQ1854G 15.0 6.8 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MQ1860G 16.7 7.6 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MQ1872G 20.0 9.1 MX1872F 27.5 12.521 530 24 610 MQ2124G 8.0 3.6 —21 530 30 760 MQ2130G 9.7 4.4 —21 530 36 914 MQ2136G 11.4 5.2 —21 530 42 1060 MQ2142G 12.8 5.8 —21 530 48 1220 MQ2148G 14.5 6.6 —21 530 54 1372 MQ2154G 16.7 7.6 —21 530 60 1524 MQ2160G 18.5 8.4 —21 530 72 1829 MQ2172G 21.7 9.9 —24 610 24 610 MQ2424G 9.7 4.4 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MQ2430G 11.4 5.2 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MQ2436G 13.1 6.0 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MQ2442G 14.1 6.4 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MQ2448G 15.8 7.1 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MQ2454G 18.5 8.4 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MQ2460G 20.3 9.2 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MQ2472G 23.5 10.7 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 3 /8" (10mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 3 /16" (5mm) from nominal size.MetroMax Q Open Grid ShelfMetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Corrosion proof MetroMax i dunnage shelf iscompatible with MetroMax Q.• Open grid and solid version available.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed:1,200 lbs. (544kg) on shelves up to and including 48"(1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) for shelves60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on unitswith four posts.Nominal Nominal Shelf with Approx. Shelf with Approx.Width Length Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8Solid Mat Overlays• Overlays snap onto the open grid mats to create asolid surface.• Available for 21" (530mm) deep MetroMax Q shelves.Fits ShelfApprox.Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)21x24 530x610 Q2124SM 0.35 0.1621x30 530x760 Q2130SM 0.45 0.2021x36 530x914 Q2136SM 0.50 0.2321x42 530x1060 Q2142SM 0.60 0.2721x48 530x1220 Q2148SM 0.70 0.3221x54 530x1372 Q2154SM 0.80 0.3621x60 530x1524 Q2160SM 0.90 0.4121x72 530x1829 Q2172SM 1.00 0.45PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 36


Metro MQ2448G Item#:12METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStandard Interchangeable Posts• MetroMax Q: Epoxy coated steel with Microban antimicrobialproduct protection.• MetroMax i: Polymer with Microban antimicrobial product protection.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Stationary Post with Leveling FootNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 14 3 /4 375 MQ13PE 1.0 0.5 MX13P 0.5 0.227 685 28 3 /4 730 MQ27PE 2.0 0.9 MX27P 0.9 0.433 875 34 3 /4 883 MQ33PE 2.5 1.1 MX33P 1.0 0.554 1370 54 3 /4 1391 MQ54PE 4.0 1.8 MX54P 1.6 0.763 1585 62 3 /4 1594 MQ63PE 4.5 2.0 MX63P 1.8 0.874 1690 74 3 /4 1899 MQ74PE 5.5 2.5 MX74P 2.2 1.086 2195 86 3 /4 2203 MQ86PE 6.5 2.9 MX86P 2.5 1.1Post for stem casterNominal Actual MetroMax Q Approx. MetroMax i Approx.Height Height* Steel Pkd. Wt. Polymer Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)13 370 13 3 /4 349 MQ13UPE 1.0 0.5 MX13UP 0.5 0.227 685 27 3 /4 705 MQ27UPE 2.0 0.9 MX27UP 0.9 0.433 875 33 3 /4 857 MQ33UPE 2.5 1.1 MX33UP 1.0 0.554 1370 53 3 /4 1365 MQ54UPE 4.0 1.8 MX54UP 1.6 0.763 1585 61 3 /4 1568 MQ63UPE 4.5 2.0 MX63UP 1.8 0.870 1778 69 3 /4 1765 MQ70UPE 5.0 2.374 1690 73 3 /4 1873 MQ74UPE 5.5 2.5 MX74UP 2.3 1.086 2195 85 3 /4 2178 MQ86UPE 6.5 2.9 MX86UP 2.5 1.4MetroMax QSteel PostReplacement Leveling Foot:Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap for Steel Post:Model No. RPMQS-POSTCAPReplacement Post Cap for Polymer Post:Model No. RPMXS-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax Q WedgesModel No. MQ9985 Bag of 4MetroMax iPolymer PostReplacementMetroMax Q WedgesMQ9985NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MQ9985 wedges are compatible with original MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• The post centers on MetroMax Q have been changed to allow interchangeability with MetroMax i shelves. MetroMax Q shelves manufacturedwithin or after April 2009 are not compatible with Q shelves made prior to April 2009.• MetroMax Q is not compatible with original MetroMax manufactured prior to April 2009.• Posts listed in above table (ex. MQ74PE, MX74PE) can be used with original MetroMax Q shelves made prior to April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of two separateunits together. With it, each unit is supported byfour posts and buttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit or to boltunits to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating, maximum —900 lbs. (363kg) per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 37


Metro MQ2448G Item#:12Job_ ________________________________________________9.21METROMAX Q polymer and steel shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)MetroMax Q Polymer and Steel Shelving“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax Q storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Cat. No. M9995End-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2Starter“S” hookAdd-OnMetroMax Q Intermediate“S” Hook: Use when configuringMetroMax Q Starter and Add-OnUnits at right angles.Model No. Q9995ZRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitQ9995Z — qty. 1; M9995 — qty. 1StarterAdd-OnMetroMax Q Carts• 4- and 5-tier models• Grid shelf models• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsQ9995Z — qty. 2; M9995 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-178Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 38


Metro MX74UP Item#:12Item #_ ______________________________________________MetroMax i Polymer Shelvingwith *Microban Antimicrobial Product ProtectionPart of the innovative MetroMax iQ Storage System, MetroMax i is a lifetime storage solution. The product is corrosion proof, easy toclean, strong like wire shelving, and provides a very efficient use ofstorage space. MetroMax i is integrated with online space planningtools and tutorials. www.metro.com/iQ• Lifelong performance and corrosion proof: All-polymer andType 304 stainless design offers a lifetime warranty against rustand corrosion.• Strong and Durable: Strong as steel, MetroMax i shelves hold asmuch weight as Metro’s wire shelving and are impact resistant.Weight capacity for evenly distributed loads:800 lbs. (363kg) per shelf for lengths of 24" to 48" (610 to 1220mm)600 lbs. (275kg) per shelf for lengths of 54” (1370mm) or longer2,000 lbs. (907kg) maximum per stationary unit.• Easiest to clean and maintain: Smooth surfaces easily wipeclean. Polymer mats can be easily removed and cleaned in a sinkor dish machine. Microban antimicrobial product protection is builtinto the high contact areas of the shelf including the mats, frames,and posts to protect the product from bacteria, mold, mildew,and fungus that cause odors and product degradation. Microbanprotection keeps the product “cleaner between cleanings”.• Smooth, Protective Surfaces: Smooth, flat surfaces protectpackaged shelf contents from unwanted rips, tears, or damage.• Robust Open Grid and Solid Mat Options: Open grid shelvespromote air circulation and light penetration. One-piece solid matscontain spills and are ideal to protect items on the bottom shelf fromdirt or backsplashes from cleaning floors. Shelf mats are sturdyand safely support concentrated loads from instrumentation andequipment.• Interchangeable: Part of the MetroMax iQ Storage System,corrosion proof MetroMax i shelves and posts are compatible withcorrosion resistant MetroMax Q shelves and posts.• Efficient, Organized Storage: Premium MetroMax iQ accessoriesefficiently organize, contain, and compartmentalize all spacebetween shelves.• Fast, Easy Assembly: MetroMax i assembles easily in minutes,without tools. Shelves can be adjusted at 1" (25mm) incrementsalong the post. Shelf wedges have a window to locate yourdesired position.InterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington StreetWilkes-Barre, PA 18705www.metro.comJob_ ________________________________________________MetroMax i Mobile UnitMetroMax i with Accessories*Microban ® and the Microban ® symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.®®MetroMax i Polymer Shelving 9.20®C®PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 39


Metro MX74UP Item#:12METROMAX i polymer shelvingSpecifications• Longitudinal Beams and Posts: Pultrusions —continuous glass fibers and thermoset resin compositewith built-in Microban ® antimicrobial product protection.• End Beams, Adjustable Foot and Socket: Injectionmolded polyester thermoplastic resin with glassreinforcement• Shelf Wedge Connector: reinforced nylon• Mats, Open and Solid: Mineral reinforced polypropylene.Mats contain Microban ® antimicrobial.• Post Cap and Center Beam Cap: High-densitypolyethylene.• “S” Hook Tab Hole Plug: Vinyl.• Collar and “S” Hook: Type 304 Stainless Steel.• Bonding of Longitudinal Beams to End Beams:High temperature polyamide adhesive and stainlesssteel screws.• Continuous Temperature — MetroMax i can be usedcontinuously within a range of -20/120° F (-29/49° C) withintermittent exposure to 212° F (100° C) for cleaning.Standard Shelves• Part number includes shelf with removable mats and one bagof wedgesNominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 24 610 MX1824G 8.7 4.0 MX1824F 12.7 5.818 457 30 760 MX1830G 10.5 4.7 MX1830F 14.5 6.618 457 36 914 MX1836G 12.2 5.5 MX1836F 17.2 7.818 457 42 1060 MX1842G 13.9 5.3 MX1842F 20.1 9.118 457 48 1220 MX1848G 15.7 7.1 MX1848F 23.1 10.518 457 54 1372 MX1854G 17.5 7.9 MX1854F 21.5 9.718 457 60 1524 MX1860G 19.2 8.7 MX1860F 23.2 10.518 457 72 1829 MX1872G 22.5 10.2 MX1872F 27.5 12.524 610 24 610 MX2424G 12.2 5.5 MX2424F 14.2 6.424 610 30 760 MX2430G 13.9 6.3 MX2430F 15.9 7.224 610 36 914 MX2436G 15.6 7.1 MX2436F 19.6 8.924 610 42 1060 MX2442G 17.5 7.9 MX2442F 21.5 9.824 610 48 1220 MX2448G 19.3 8.7 MX2448F 25.3 11.524 610 54 1372 MX2454G 21.0 9.5 MX2454F 25.0 11.324 610 60 1524 MX2460G 22.8 10.5 MX2460F 26.8 12.124 610 72 1829 MX2472G 26.0 11.8 MX2472F 31.0 14.1Actual Dimensions:Width: Add 1 /4" (6mm) to nominal size.Length: Subtract 9 /32" (7mm) from nominal size.MetroMax i Open Grid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage Shelves• Open grid and solid mat options.• Compatible for use on MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelving units.• Weight capacity per shelf evenly distributed: 1,200 lbs. (544kg) onshelves up to and including 48" (1220mm) long; 900 lbs. (408kg) forshelves 60" (1524mm) long.• Dunnage shelves are recommended for use on units with four posts,not as part of an add-on unit with two posts.Nominal Nominal Approx. Approx.Width Length Shelf with Grid Mat Pkd. Wt. Shelf with Solid Mat Pkd. Wt.(in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) Model No. (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (lbs.) (kg)18 457 36 914 MHP1836G 18 8.2 MHP1836F 22 10.018 457 48 1220 MHP1848G 22 10.0 MHP1848F 26 11.818 457 60 1524 MHP1860G 26 11.8 MHP1860F 30 13.624 610 36 914 MHP2436G 21 9.5 MHP2436F 25 11.324 610 48 1220 MHP2448G 27 12.2 MHP2448F 31 14.124 610 60 1524 MHP2460G 33 15.0 MHP2460F 37 16.8MetroMax i Solid ShelfHeavy-Duty Dunnage ShelfPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 40


Metro MX74UP Item#:12METROMAX i polymer shelvingPolymer Posts• Corrosion proof with built-in Microban antimicrobial productprotection.• Compatible for use with MetroMax i and MetroMax Q shelves.• Stationary posts include an adjustable leveling foot to compensatefor uneven floors. Leveling foot can be adjusted 1" (25mm).• When mounting a shelving unit to a dolly base, stationary postsare used.• Special height cut posts are available. Consult your Metrorepresentative.Nominal Approx. Stationary Post Actual ActualHeight Pkd. Wt. with Leveling Foot Height* Post for Stem Caster Height(in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) Model No. (in.) (mm) Model No. (in.) (mm)9 228 0.3 0.15 MX9UP 9 1 /4 23513 370 0.5 0.2 MX13P 14 3 /4 375 MX13UP 13 3 /4 34927 685 0.9 0.4 MX27P 26 3 /4 730 MX27UP 27 3 /4 70533 875 1.0 0.5 MX33P 34 3 /4 883 MX33UP 33 3 /4 85754 1370 1.6 0.7 MX54P 54 3 /4 1391 MX54UP 53 3 /4 136563 1585 1.8 0.8 MX63P 62 3 /4 1594 MX63UP 61 3 /4 156874 1690 2.2 1.0 MX74P 74 3 /4 1899 MX74UP 73 3 /4 187386 2195 2.5 1.1 MX86P 86 3 /4 2203 MX86UP 85 3 /4 2178PolymerStationaryPostReplacementShelf WedgesMX9985Replacement Leveling Foot: Model No. RPM3-FOOTReplacement Post Cap: Model No. RPMX3-POSTCAPReplacement MetroMax i Wedges: Model No. MX9985 Bag of 4NOTE: Compatibility with existing Metro polymer mat shelving systems• MetroMax i is interchangeable with MetroMax Q shelves (manufactured within or after April 2009) and MetroMax Q posts.• MetroMax i shelves, posts, and wedges are NOT compatible with original MetroMax shelves, posts, and wedges manufactured before April 2009.Post ClampAdds stability by joining posts of twoseparate units together. With it, eachunit is supported by four posts andbuttressed by the adjacent unit.Model No. 9994XFoot PlateUse to add stability to the shelving unit orto bolt units to the floor.Model No. Zinc 9993ZModel No. Stainless Steel 9993SStem CastersA variety of stem casters are offered forMetroMax i mobile applications.Stem caster models include bumpers.See Catalog Sheet 11.20 for stem casters.Load Rating: 3 x Stem Caster Load Rating,maximum — 900 lbs. (363kg)per stem caster cart.Replacement BumperM9992DBXPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 41


Metro MX74UP Item#:12Job_ ________________________________________________9.20METROMAX i polymer shelvingStarter and Add-On Units• 4- and 5-tier models available. Consult the Metro catalog for models.• Starter units: consist of shelves and (4) posts• Add-on units: consist of shelves, (2) posts, and “S” Hooks (M9995)“S” Hook: Used to “add on” oneor multiple MetroMax i storagesystems while eliminating the costof two posts per unit. Can be usedto join units end-to-end, back-toback,at right angles, etc. Two “S”hooks are required for each shelf.Model No. M9995MetroMax i Intermediate“S” Hook Kit: Includes oneintermediate bracket (pictured)and two “S” hooks. Snaps ontofront or back of MetroMax i shelfwhen joining units at right angles.Order one kit per shelf.Model No. MX9996MetroMax i Polymer ShelvingEnd-to End“S” HooksM9995 — qty. 2StarterMetroMax i Carts• 4- and 5-tier models“S” hookAdd-On• All-grid and all-solid shelf modelsRight AnglesIntermediate “S” Hook KitMX9996 — qty. 1StarterAdd-On• Units consist of shelves, (4) posts, (2) swivel, and (2) swivel brake casters.• Consult the Metro catalog for models.All Metro Catalog <strong>Sheets</strong> are available on our Web Site: www.metro.comInterMetro Industries <strong>Corporation</strong>North Washington Street, Wilkes-Barre, PA 18705Phone: 570-825-2741Fax: 570-825-2852Regular “S” Hook locationIntermediate bracket locationPostPost not requiredCombinationIntermediate “S” Hook KitsMX9996 — qty. 2StarterAdd-OnAdd-OnL02-177Printed in U.S.A. 4/09Information and specifications are subject to changewithout notice. Please confirm at time of order.Copyright © 2009 InterMetro Industries Corp.For Product Information:U.S. and Canada: 1.800.433.2232Latin America: 1.561.333.3824Europe: +31.76.587.7550Asia/Pacific: +65.6567.8003Middle East/Africa: +971.4.811.8286PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 42


Metro 5MX Item#:12METROMAX iQ AccessoriesStem CastersStem casters are used with stem caster posts to create transport carts or to enable fullyloaded stationary storage units to be easily repositioned when cleaning floors or walls.Consider stem casters with polymer horns and stainless axles (5PCX, 5PCBX, 5PCRX) forgreater corrosion protection.• MetroMax iQ Stem Casters: Use with polymer or steel stem caster posts to create astorage and transport unit to meet your needs.Approx.Wheel Diameter Face Load Rating Pkd. Wt.Model No. Wheel Tread Type (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) (lbs.) (kg)5MX Resilient Stem/Swivel 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 200 90 2 3 ⁄4 1.25MBX Resilient Stem/Brake 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 200 90 3 1.45MRX Resilient Stem/Rigid 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 200 90 3 3 ⁄4 1.75MPX Polyurethane Stem/Swivel 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 1 ⁄4 1.05MPBX Polyurethane Stem/Brake 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 1 ⁄2 1.15MPRX Polyurethane Stem/Rigid 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 1 ⁄4 1.05MDXA Resilient Stem/Swivel Donut 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 250 110 2 1 ⁄2 1.15MDBXA Resilient Stem/Brake Donut 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 250 110 2 1 ⁄2 1.15MDRXA Resilient Stem/Rigid Donut 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 250 110 2 1 ⁄2 1.1Donut bumpers included.5MPX• Polymer Casters: Corrosion-resistant design.Approx.TemperatureWheel Diameter Face Load Rating Pkd. Wt. RangeModel No. Wheel Tread Type (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) (lbs.) (kg) (continuous)5PCX Polyurethane Swivel 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 .9 -20°F to 120°F5PCBX Polyurethane Brake 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 .9 -20°F to 120°F5PCRX Polyurethane Rigid 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 .9 -20°F to 120°F5PCXSpecific Models with Antimicrobial ProtectionApprox.TemperatureWheel Diameter Face Load Rating Pkd. Wt. RangeCat. No. Wheel Tread Type (in.) (mm) (in.) (mm) (lbs.) (kg) (lbs.) (kg) (continuous)5PCXM Polyurethane Swivel 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 .9 -20°F to 120°F5PCBXM Polyurethane Brake 5 127 1 1 ⁄4 32 300 135 2 .9 -20°F to 120°FNOTE 1: Optional thread guards (blue) may be ordered by adding “-TG” to the desired model number (e.g. 5PC-TG, 5PCB-TG, 5PCR-TG).NOTE 2: Stem casters are shipped with donut bumpers at no extra charge.NOTE 3: Rigid casters are held in place by a connecting channel. When ordering, shelf depth must be provided.Replacement BumperModel No. M9992DBXTruck Dolly BasesFor heavy duty mobile applications. Truck dollies are available in aluminum orstainless construction with corner bumpers or wrap-around bumpers.For more information, refer to Spec Sheet 11.37Mounting Bolt KitWhen ordering a dolly frame for use with MetroMax i or MetroMax Q, includemounting bolt kit DMK-2X on order.Order one mounting bolt kit per dolly.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 43


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 44Advance Tabco Model: PR30-2W-X Item #13SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 13 - BUN PAN RACK (4 REQ'D)Advance Tabco PR30-2W-XRack, mobile pan, full height, open sides, with angle tray guides on 2" centers, capacity 30 - 18" x 26"sheet pans, all-welded aluminum construction, front loading, 69-1/4" highACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecAdvance Tabco4PRC-1-1XRack Cover, enclosed, heavy duty plastic withclear frontELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Advance Tabco PR30-2W-X Item#:13ALUMINUMPAN RACKSAll Welded Curved TopFront LoadItem #: Qty #:Model #:Project #:Side LoadFEATURES:Curved top design.Heavy duty welded construction with 6 cross supports.1” x 1 1/2” ribbed angles.Heavy duty 5” stem bolted swivel casters.500 lb. capacity.CONSTRUCTION:Fully welded 1” square tubing ladder assembly.Angles are 1” x 1 1/2” x 20” on front load pan rack and1” x 1 1/2” x 17 3/4” on side load pan rack.MATERIAL:6063-T52 extruded aluminum angles, upright tubing, andsupport pieces.MODEL # Description Pan CapacityAOverall SizeShelf Spacing L x W x HWeightPR10-3W Front Load 10 Full Size 3” 20 1/4” x 26” x 38 1/2” 13 lbs.PR10-6W Front Load 10 Full Size 6” 20 1/4” x 26” x 69 1/4” 19 lbs.PR12-5W Front Load 12 Full Size 5” 20 1/4” x 26” x 69 1/4” 25 lbs.PR15-4W Front Load 15 Full Size 4” 20 1/4” x 26” x 69 1/4” 27 lbs.PR18-3W Front Load 18 Full Size 3” 20 1/4” x 26” x 63 1/4” 27 lbs.PR20-3W Front Load 20 Full or 40 Half Size 3” 20 1/4” x 26” x 69 1/4” 29 lbs.PR30-2W Front Load 30 Full Size 2” 20 1/4” x 26” x 69 1/4” 36 lbs.PR10-6WS Side Load 10 Full Size 6” 28 1/4” x 18” x 69 1/4” 24 lbs.PR12-5WS Side Load 12 Full Size 5” 28 1/4” x 18” x 69 1/4” 27 lbs.PR15-4WS Side Load 15 Full Size 4” 28 1/4” x 18” x 69 1/4” 25 lbs.PR18-3WS Side Load 18 Full Size 3” 28 1/4” x 18” x 63 1/4” 27 lbs.PR20-3WS Side Load 20 Full Size 3” 28 1/4” x 18” x 69 1/4” 27 lbs.www.advancetabco.comCustomer Service Available To Assist You 1-800-645-3166 8:30 am - 8:00 pm E.S.T.Email Orders To: customer@advancetabco.com. For Smart Fabrication Quotes, Email To: smartfab@advancetabco.com or Fax To: 631-586-2933NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADAFax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 45R-2


TOL ± .500”Advance Tabco PR30-2W-X Item#:13DIMENSIONS and SPECIFICATIONSALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICALFront LoadSide LoadR-2a 200 Heartland Boulevard, Edgewood, NY 11717-8380ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program ofimproving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right tochange specifications without prior notice.© ADVANCE TABCO, MARCH 2010PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 46


Advance Tabco PRC-1-1X Item#:13ALUMINUMBAKING PANSItem #: Qty #:Model #:Project #:FEATURES:Die formed from one sheet aluminum.Wire reinforced top perimeter edge for optimum strength.Pans “nest” to maximize storage.MATERIAL:Heavy gauge aluminum.MODEL # Size Style Gauge Weight18-A-2618-8A-2618-8P-2618-8A-1318” x 26” x 1”18” x 26” x 1”18” x 26” x 1”18” x 13” x 1”Heavy DutyStandardPerforatedHalf size1618181848 lbs.40 lbs.33 lbs.24 lbs.Pan Rack AccessoriesPanStopPlate CasterBun PanDolly CasterStem CasterHi-temp OvenPlate CasterTrack Pin18” Oven Lift forSide Front Pan RackBun PanRack Coverswith 3 ZippersRA-24PRC-1PRC-2MODEL # Description Qty.RA-10 Pan StopRA-20 Track PinRA-24 12" Tall Vertical Bumbers (Set of 4)ORL-B Oven Lift for Front Load Pan RacksRA-40 4” Hi-temp Oven Plate Caster w/built-in Zerk Grease FittingRA-45 4” Hi-temp Oven Plate Caster w/BrakeRA-30 4” Plate Caster w/built-in Zerk Grease FittingRA-35 4”Plate Caster w/brakeRA-50 3” Bun Pan Dolly CasterRA-55 4” Set of Plate Casters, Factory InstalledRA-60 5” Pan Truck Stem CasterRA-25 5” Stem Bolted CasterRA-26 5” Stem Bolted Caster w/BrakePRC-1 Enclosed Heavy Duty Plastic Cover with Clear FrontPRC-2 Economy See-Thru Plastic Coverwww.advancetabco.comCustomer Service Available To Assist You 1-800-645-3166 8:30 am - 8:00 pm E.S.T.Email Orders To: customer@advancetabco.com. For Smart Fabrication Quotes, Email To: smartfab@advancetabco.com or Fax To: 631-586-2933NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADAFax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578ADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program of improving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right to change specifications without prior notice. © ADVANCE TABCO, NOVEMBER 2006PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 47R-19


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 48Eagle Group Model: SWS1224-14/3 Item #14SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 14 - OVERSHELF (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group SWS1224-14/3Wall Shelf, Snap-n-Slide®, 1 1/2" Rolled Front Edge, 12" x 24", 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, 1 1/2"upturn on rear and ends, stainless steel wall brackets mount to wall studs, no wall backing required, 90lb. weight capacity, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group SWS1224-14/3 Item#:14Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with Rolled Front Edge, model________________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304, or14/304 stainless steel. Front rolled edge with 1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn onrear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets are shipped loosefor mounting directly to wall studs.Eagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with “V” Marine Front Edge,model ____________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304,14/304, or 14/316 stainless steel. “V” marine front edge with1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn on rear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets areshipped loose for mounting directly to wall studs.#SWS1236-16/4 wall shelfOptions / AccessoriesSolid Dividers – 16 gauge stainless steel, 4˝ (76mm)-highItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesMODELS:SWS1224-*SWS1236-*SWS1248-*SWS1260-*SWS1272-*SWS1524-*SWS1536-*SWS1548-*SWS1560-*SWS1572-*SWS1524-*-VMARSWS1536-*-VMARSWS1548-*-VMARSWS1560-*-VMARSWS1572-*-VMAR* See charts on back page for complete model numbers.Design and Construction Features• Brackets can be mounted to studs—no wall backing required.• Heavy gauge stainless steel construction.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) upturn on rear and ends of shelf.• Models available with 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) rolled front edge or1 3 ⁄4˝ (45mm) “V” marine edge on shelf.• 12˝ and 15˝ (305 and 381mm) widths available.• Lengths available range from 24˝ to 72˝ (610 to 1829mm).• No tools required to attach shelf to wall brackets.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01 Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG02.01 Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 49


Eagle Group SWS1224-14/3 Item#:14Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesTOP VIEWItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:“V” MARINEEDGEROLLEDEDGESnap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesFRONT VIEWSHELVES WITH ROLLED FRONT EDGE(15˝ wide shelf shown)SIDE VIEW12˝ (305mm)-WIDE SHELVES15˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight TYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # lbs. kg model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1224-16/4 SWS1224-16/3 SWS1224-14/3 12 5.4 SWS1524-16/4 SWS1524-16/3 SWS1524-14/3 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1236-16/4 SWS1236-16/3 SWS1236-14/3 14 6.4 SWS1536-16/4 SWS1536-16/3 SWS1536-14/3 17 7.7 36˝ 914 135 61.2SWS1248-16/4 SWS1248-16/3 SWS1248-14/3 17 7.7 SWS1548-16/4 SWS1548-16/3 SWS1548-14/3 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1260-16/4 SWS1260-16/3 SWS1260-14/3 23 10.4 SWS1560-16/4 SWS1560-16/3 SWS1560-14/3 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1272-16/4 SWS1272-16/3 SWS1272-14/3 25 11.3 SWS1572-16/4 SWS1572-16/3 SWS1572-14/3 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.515˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES WITH “V” MARINE FRONT EDGE14 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 304 TYPE 316 TYPE 430 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1524-14/304-VMAR SWS1524-14/316-VMAR SWS1524-16/430-VMAR SWS1524-16/304-VMAR 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1536-14/304-VMAR SWS1536-14/316-VMAR SWS1536-16/430-VMAR SWS1536-16/304-VMAR 17 7.7 36˝ 915 135 61.2SWS1548-14/304-VMAR SWS1548-14/316-VMAR SWS1548-16/430-VMAR SWS1548-16/304-VMAR 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1560-14/304-VMAR SWS1560-14/316-VMAR SWS1560-16/430-VMAR SWS1560-16/304-VMAR 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1572-14/304-VMAR SWS1572-14/316-VMAR SWS1572-16/430-VMAR SWS1572-16/304-VMAR 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.5EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 50


Eagle Group Model: FN2472-3-18-14/3 Item #15SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 15 - THREE (3) COMPARTMENT SINK (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group FN2472-3-18-14/3Spec-Master® Sink, Three Compartment, stainless steel, with 18" left & right-hand drainboards, 24"front-to-back x 24"W sink compartment, 14"D, with 9-1/2"H splash, stainless steel open frame base,boxed crossrails, stainless steel, 2 set of faucet holes, 14/304 stainless steel, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecEagle Group1E101ATurn down back of splash per table with Z clipEagle Group2Note: 30" and 36" drainboards available uponrequestEagle Group1 ftE51Optional size drainboard, per linear footEagle Group2300716Faucet, 12"L, splash-mounted mixing faucet, 8"centers, swing nozzleEagle Group3341189Twist Handle Drain, 1-1/2 or 2" NPS connectionEagle Group3-TBTwist bracket, per drainELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE1 1/2"1/2" 1 (3)1-1/2"PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 51


Eagle Group FN2472-3-18-14/3 Item#:15Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Spec-Master ® Three-Compartment Sinks, model_____________. Unit constructed of 14/304, 18-8 stainlesssteel throughout. Sink bowls coved with a full 5 ⁄8˝ radius, andshall have a 14˝ water level. Drainboards, when required, shallbe “V” creased for positive drainage. 9 1 ⁄2˝ high backsplash with1˝ upturn and tile edge. Legs to be 1 5 ⁄8˝ O.D., stainless steel,with stainless steel gussets, stainless steel crossbracing andadjustable stainless steel bullet feet.Options / AccessoriesLever drainLever drain with overflowTwist handle drainsOverflow holeSink kits3-compartment sink(faucets not included)FaucetsPolyboard sink coversStainless steel sink coversSkirted front panelAssembly:• Entire assembly is fuse-welded and planished, providing aone-piece seamless sink unit.• Welded areas are high-speed belt blended to matchadjacent surfaces with continuity of satin finish.• All outside corners of assembly are bullnosed to providesafe, clean edges.• Water supply is 1 ⁄2˝ (13mm) IPS for hot and cold lines.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Spec-Master ® FN Series CovedCorner Three-Compartment SinksMODELS:FN2048-3-* FN2472-3-*FN2054-3-* FN2860-3-*FN2060-3-** See table on back for complete model numbers.Top:• Drainboards, backsplash and rolled rims are 14 gauge type304 stainless steel.• Drainboards, when provided, are integrally welded.• All rolled edges are highlighted for enhanced appearance.• 9 1 ⁄2˝ high backsplash with 1˝ upturn and tile edge.• 1 1 ⁄8˝ (29mm) faucet holes** punched on 8˝ (203mm) centers.Base:• Legs: 1 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm)-diameter stainless steel tubing withstainless steel gussets and fully adjustable stainless steelbullet feet.• Crossbracing: Adjustable, 1 1 ⁄4˝ (32mm)-diameter stainlesssteel; running left-to-right and front-to-back.• Leg locations fall directly under sink bowls, providingincreased stability and maximum weight support.• Leg gussets welded to a die-cut heavy-gauge stainless steelreinforcing corner plate.• Legs are crossbraced on all sides for increased stability.Sink Bowls:• 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel.• 14˝ (356mm) water level, 17˝ (432mm) flood level.• Sink compartments are coved on a full 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm) radiusand constructed using state-of-the-art seamless weldingtechniques.• Basket-type waste drain fits sink bowls’ 3 1 ⁄2˝ (89mm)opening and features 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) outlet.** Three-compartment sinks with 20˝ x 16˝ (508 x 406mm) bowls have one setof faucet holes. All others feature two sets of faucet holes.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.34 Spec-Master ® FN Series Coved Corner Three-Compartment SinksEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG20.34 Rev. 04/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2010 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 52


Eagle Group FN2472-3-18-14/3 Item#:15Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.34Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Spec-Master ® FN Series Coved Corner Three-Compartment SinksDrain location for rough-inbowl bowlwidth length Dimension Ain. mm in. mm20˝ 508 16˝ 406 14˝ 35620˝ 508 18˝ 457 14˝ 35620˝ 508 20˝ 508 14˝ 35624˝ 610 24˝ 610 16˝ 40628˝ 711 20˝ 508 18˝ 457Spec-Master ® FN Series Coved Corner Three-Compartment SinksBOWL DIMENSIONS DRAINBOARD OVERALL DIMENSIONSwidth length length width length weightmodel # in. mm in. mm quantity in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgFN2048-3-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 0 - 27˝ 686 57˝ 1448 99 44.9FN2048-3-18R or L-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 1 18˝ 457 27˝ 686 73 1 ⁄2˝ 1867 118 53.5FN2048-3-18-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 2 18˝ 457 27˝ 686 90˝ 2286 137 61.7FN2048-3-24R or L-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 1 24˝ 610 27˝ 686 79 1 ⁄2˝ 2019 124 56.2FN2048-3-24-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 2 24˝ 610 27˝ 686 102˝ 2591 149 67.6FN2048-3-30R or L-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 1 30˝ 762 27˝ 686 85 1 ⁄2˝ 2172 129 58.5FN2048-3-30-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 2 30˝ 762 27˝ 686 114˝ 2896 159 72.1FN2048-3-36R or L-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 1 36˝ 914 27˝ 686 91 1 ⁄2˝ 2324 134 60.8FN2048-3-36-14/3 20˝ 508 16˝ 406 2 36˝ 914 27˝ 686 126˝ 3200 169 76.7FN2054-3-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 0 - 27˝ 686 63˝ 1600 102 46.3FN2054-3-18R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 1 18˝ 457 27˝ 686 79 1 ⁄2˝ 2019 121 54.9FN2054-3-18-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 2 18˝ 457 27˝ 686 96˝ 2438 140 63.5FN2054-3-24R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 1 24˝ 610 27˝ 686 85 1 ⁄2˝ 2172 127 57.6FN2054-3-24-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 2 24˝ 610 27˝ 686 108˝ 2743 158 71.6FN2054-3-30R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 1 30˝ 762 27˝ 686 91 1 ⁄2˝ 2324 132 59.9FN2054-3-30-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 2 30˝ 762 27˝ 686 120˝ 3048 162 73.5FN2054-3-36R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 1 36˝ 914 27˝ 686 97 1 ⁄2˝ 2477 137 62.1FN2054-3-36-14/3 * 20˝ 508 18˝ 457 2 36˝ 914 27˝ 686 132˝ 3358 172 78.0FN2060-3-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 0 - 27˝ 686 69˝ 1753 114 51.7FN2060-3-18R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 1 18˝ 610 27˝ 686 85 1 ⁄2˝ 2172 133 60.3FN2060-3-18-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 2 18˝ 457 27˝ 686 102˝ 2591 152 68.9FN2060-3-24R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 1 24˝ 457 27˝ 686 91 1 ⁄2˝ 2324 139 63.1FN2060-3-24-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 2 24˝ 610 27˝ 686 114˝ 2896 164 74.4FN2060-3-30R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 1 30˝ 762 27˝ 686 97 1 ⁄2˝ 2477 144 65.3FN2060-3-30-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 2 30˝ 762 27˝ 686 126˝ 3200 174 78.9FN2060-3-36R or L-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 1 36˝ 914 27˝ 686 103 1 ⁄2˝ 2629 149 67.6FN2060-3-36-14/3 * 20˝ 508 20˝ 508 2 36˝ 914 27˝ 686 138˝ 3505 184 83.5FN2472-3-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 0 - 31˝ 787 81˝ 2057 127 57.6FN2472-3-18R or L-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 1 18˝ 457 31˝ 787 97 1 ⁄2˝ 2477 146 66.2FN2472-3-18-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 2 18˝ 457 31˝ 787 114˝ 2896 165 74.8FN2472-3-24R or L-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 1 24˝ 610 31˝ 787 103 1 ⁄2˝ 2629 152 68.9FN2472-3-24-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 2 24˝ 610 31˝ 787 126˝ 3200 177 80.3FN2472-3-30R or L-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 1 30˝ 762 31˝ 787 109 1 ⁄2˝ 2769 157 71.2FN2472-3-30-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 2 30˝ 762 31˝ 787 138˝ 3505 187 84.8FN2472-3-36R or L-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 1 36˝ 914 31˝ 787 115 1 ⁄2˝ 2934 162 73.5FN2472-3-36-14/3 * 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 2 36˝ 914 31˝ 787 150˝ 3810 197 89.4FN2860-3-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 0 - 35˝ 889 69˝ 1753 130 59.0FN2860-3-18R or L-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 1 18˝ 457 35˝ 889 85 1 ⁄2˝ 2172 149 67.6FN2860-3-18-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 2 18˝ 457 35˝ 889 102˝ 2591 168 76.2FN2860-3-24R or L-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 1 24˝ 610 35˝ 889 91 1 ⁄2˝ 2324 155 70.3FN2860-3-24-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 2 24˝ 610 35˝ 889 114˝ 2896 180 81.6FN2860-3-30R or L-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 1 30˝ 762 35˝ 889 97 1 ⁄2˝ 2477 160 72.6FN2860-3-30-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 2 30˝ 762 35˝ 889 126˝ 3200 190 86.2FN2860-3-36R or L-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 1 36˝ 914 35˝ 889 103 1 ⁄2˝ 2629 165 74.8FN2860-3-36-14/3 * 28˝ 711 20˝ 508 2 36˝ 914 35˝ 889 138˝ 3505 200 90.7* Features two sets of faucet holes.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2010 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 04/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 53


Eagle Group E101A Item#:15Specification SheetRefer to chartbelow fordescription ofE# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink ModificationsMODELS:E30E37E37AE38-6E38-12E39E40E41E41AE43E44E45E46E47E48E48AE49E49AE50E51E52E53E54E55E56E101ACatalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.50 Sink Modificationsmodel # descriptionE37 NSF sprayed-on latex sound deadening - up to 12´ (3658mm)E37A - for each additional footE38-6 * Cantilever mount up to 6´ (1829mm)E38-12 * Cantilever mount up to 12´ (3658mm)E39 Enclosed backsplashE47Sink cover holders, sized for stainless steel or poly(includes upper and lower track)E48 Stainless steel apron, to cover sink bowls - 2 or 3 compartmentE48A - for each additional compartment over 3E49 s/s undershelf under drainboards - up to 24˝ (610mm) w/short legsE49A - for each additional foot over 24˝ (610mm)E50 Provision for water pumpE51 Optional size drainboardE52 High backsplash up to 13˝ (330mm)E53 High backsplash up to 18˝ (457mm)E54 Working height revision* Applicable to wall mount shelves and pot racks.model # descriptionE55 Drainboard corner turnE56 overflow holeincluded in illustration above:model # descriptionE30 End splash - per end, all heightsE40 Provision for sink heaterE41 Disposal provision package—collarE41A Disposal provision package—coneE43 Stand pipe with corner guard, available only on FN-style andutility sinksE44 Faucet hole revision (adding or moving)E45 Trough installed in drainboard - up to 30˝ (762mm) longE46 Rubber scrap block installedE101A Turn down backsplash (per table), includes Z-clipsEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG20.50 Rev. 04/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2010 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 54


Eagle Group 300716 Item#:15Specification Sheet19˝(483mm)double-jointedspoutfaucet12˝(305mm)T&Sfaucetstandardwristhandlefaucet12˝(305mm)heavydutyfaucetT&SwristhandlefaucetItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitsSTANDARD FAUCETS8˝ (203mm) centers.model # description313918 8˝ (203mm) spout, standard, splash mounted300716 12˝ (305mm) spout, standard, splash mounted300804 14˝ (356mm) spout, standard, splash mounted313919 16˝ (406mm) spout, standard, splash mounted301001 12˝ (305mm) spout, heavy duty, splash mounted301002 14˝ (406mm) spout, heavy duty, splash mounted301003 19˝ (489mm) double-jointed spout, splash mounted313075 gooseneck, splash mountedREPAIR KIT FOR STANDARD FAUCETSmodel # description for faucets #304146hot/cold stems, handles,seats, bonnet nuts, O-rings313918, 313919368421 hot/cold ceramic cartridge 300716, 300804STANDARD FAUCETS WITH WRIST HANDLESDeck mounted with 4˝ (102mm) centers. Features include 4˝ (102mm)long wrist handles and rigid gooseneck spout.model # description301005 standard301004 heavy dutyT&S EXTRA HEAVY DUTY FAUCETSTop-of-the-line. Splash mounted with 8˝ (203mm) centers. FeaturesT&S quality products.model # description313920 8˝ (203mm) spout340380 10˝ (254mm) spout313293 12˝ (305mm) spout313294 14˝ (356mm) spoutT&S EXTRA HEAVY DUTY FAUCETWITH WRIST HANDLESOUR BESTTop-of-the-line T&S quality. Deck mounted with 4˝ (102mm) centers.4˝ (102mm) long wrist handles and rigid gooseneck spout.model # description313304 extra heavy dutyOUR BESTCatalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.51B Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitsEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: quotes@eaglegrp.comCertifications / Approvals(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)Eagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2013 by the Eagle GroupEG20.51B Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 55


Eagle Group 300716 Item#:15EG20.51BCatalog Specification Sheet No.Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitsItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitssplashmountedprerinsesprayunitdeckmountedprerinsesprayunitprerinsesprayvalveassemblywallbracketSTANDARD PRERINSE UNITS AND COMPONENTSmodel # description300719 splash mounted spray unit300718 deck mounted spray unit301189 faucet add-on with 12˝ (305mm) spout301190 wall bracket313116 prerinse hose, 36˝ (914mm) length313323prerinse spray valve assembly for spray units#300718 and 300719T&S EXTRA HEAVY DUTY OUR BESTPRERINSE UNITS AND COMPONENTSTop-of-the-line.model # description313296 splash mounted spray unit with wall bracket313295 deck mounted spray unit with wall bracket313297faucet add-on with 12˝ (305mm) spoutfor use with #313296 unitT&SsplashmountedprerinsesprayunitT&SdeckmountedprerinsesprayunitT&Sprerinsefaucetadd-onEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2013 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 56


Eagle Group 341189 Item#:15Specification SheetOUR BESTT&S faucet #313293lever drain(with Sink Kit B forSpec-Master ® Sinks)stainless steel sink covercrossbraced legswith stainless steelfeettwist handle drain(with Sink Kit D forSpec-Master ® Sinks)polyboard sink coverItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, MiscellaneousSINK KITS FOR 314, 412, AND 414 SERIES SINKSAll kits include stainless steel crossbraced legs, gussets, feet andT&S faucet #313293.addsuffix # Kit # description-CLF A s/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet-CLFD Bs/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,lever drain-CLFDO Cs/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,lever drain with overflow-CLFDT Ds/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,twist handle drain, twist handle bracket-CLFDOT Es/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,twist handle drain with overflow, twist handle bracketSINK KITS FOR SPEC-MASTER ® FN SERIES SINKSIncludes T&S faucet #313293.addsuffix # Kit # description-F A T&S faucet-FD B T&S faucet, lever drain-FDO C T&S faucet, lever drain with overflow-FDT D T&S faucet, twist handle drain, twist handle bracket-FDOT ET&S faucet, twist handle drain with overflow,twist handle bracketSINK COVERSFor 314, 412, 414, and FN Series sinks only.POLYBOARD STAINLESSmodel # model # fits sink bowl size313207 321555 14˝ x 10˝ (356 x 254mm)351584 351585 16˝ x 20˝ (483 x 508mm)335377 346175 20˝ x 18˝ (508 x 457mm)326267 305428 20˝ x 20˝ (508 x 508mm)313204 321557 22˝ x 22˝ (559 x 559mm)326268 326270 24˝ x 18˝ (610 x 457mm)313205 321558 24˝ x 24˝ (610 x 610mm)326269 326271 28˝ x 20˝ (711 x 508mm)Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.51A Sink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, MiscellaneousEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: quotes@eaglegrp.comCertifications / Approvals(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)Eagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2013 by the Eagle GroupEG20.51A Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 57


Eagle Group 341189 Item#:15EG20.51ACatalog Specification Sheet No.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, Miscellaneousflanged bullet footLEG COMPONENTSmodel # description300315 19˝ (483mm) stainless steel leg for utility sinks300692 stainless steel bullet feet313835 flanged bullet feet300293 plastic bullet feetSink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, MiscellaneousP-traplever draintail pieceanti-siphonvacuum breakertwist handle drainbackflowpreventerPLUMBING COMPONENTSmodel # description300789 p-trap, nickel-plated300791 tail piece for 1.5˝ (38mm) IPS connection, nickel-plated313832 anit-siphon vacuum breaker313834 backflow preventerDRAINSMAX. f LOw RATEgal. per gal. permodel # description minute hour300720lever handle drain with 1.5˝ or 2˝ 27 1620(38 or 51mm) NPS connection300721lever handle drain with 2˝ (51mm) 32 1920NPS connection300722lever handle drain with 2˝ (51mm)NPS connection and overflow32 1920341189*twist handle drain with 1.5˝ or 2˝ 27 1620(38 or 51mm) NPS connection336002*twist handle drain with 2˝ (51mm) 32 1920NPS connectiontwist handle drain with 2˝ (51mm) 32 1920341190*NPS connection and overflow369653rotary drain, nickel-plated solid brass, with1.5˝ or 2˝ (38 or 51mm) NPS connection40 2400300287 crumb cup strainer with 1.5˝ (38mm) outlet 18 1080* Twist handle bracket, for use with twist handle drain, should be ordered as sink option“-TB” at time of sink order.control bracketCONTROL BRACKETRequires custom mounting.model # description309796 3˝ x 5˝ (76 x 127mm), extra heavy dutyEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2013 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 58


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 59Eagle Group Model: SWS1272-14/3 Item #16SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 16 - OVERSHELF (2 REQ'D)Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3Wall Shelf, Snap-n-Slide®, 1 1/2" Rolled Front Edge, 12" x 72", 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, 1 1/2"upturn on rear and ends, stainless steel wall brackets mount to wall studs, no wall backing required,270 lb. weight capacity, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3 Item#:16Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with Rolled Front Edge, model________________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304, or14/304 stainless steel. Front rolled edge with 1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn onrear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets are shipped loosefor mounting directly to wall studs.Eagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with “V” Marine Front Edge,model ____________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304,14/304, or 14/316 stainless steel. “V” marine front edge with1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn on rear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets areshipped loose for mounting directly to wall studs.#SWS1236-16/4 wall shelfOptions / AccessoriesSolid Dividers – 16 gauge stainless steel, 4˝ (76mm)-highItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesMODELS:SWS1224-*SWS1236-*SWS1248-*SWS1260-*SWS1272-*SWS1524-*SWS1536-*SWS1548-*SWS1560-*SWS1572-*SWS1524-*-VMARSWS1536-*-VMARSWS1548-*-VMARSWS1560-*-VMARSWS1572-*-VMAR* See charts on back page for complete model numbers.Design and Construction Features• Brackets can be mounted to studs—no wall backing required.• Heavy gauge stainless steel construction.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) upturn on rear and ends of shelf.• Models available with 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) rolled front edge or1 3 ⁄4˝ (45mm) “V” marine edge on shelf.• 12˝ and 15˝ (305 and 381mm) widths available.• Lengths available range from 24˝ to 72˝ (610 to 1829mm).• No tools required to attach shelf to wall brackets.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01 Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG02.01 Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 60


Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3 Item#:16Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesTOP VIEWItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:“V” MARINEEDGEROLLEDEDGESnap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesFRONT VIEWSHELVES WITH ROLLED FRONT EDGE(15˝ wide shelf shown)SIDE VIEW12˝ (305mm)-WIDE SHELVES15˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight TYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # lbs. kg model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1224-16/4 SWS1224-16/3 SWS1224-14/3 12 5.4 SWS1524-16/4 SWS1524-16/3 SWS1524-14/3 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1236-16/4 SWS1236-16/3 SWS1236-14/3 14 6.4 SWS1536-16/4 SWS1536-16/3 SWS1536-14/3 17 7.7 36˝ 914 135 61.2SWS1248-16/4 SWS1248-16/3 SWS1248-14/3 17 7.7 SWS1548-16/4 SWS1548-16/3 SWS1548-14/3 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1260-16/4 SWS1260-16/3 SWS1260-14/3 23 10.4 SWS1560-16/4 SWS1560-16/3 SWS1560-14/3 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1272-16/4 SWS1272-16/3 SWS1272-14/3 25 11.3 SWS1572-16/4 SWS1572-16/3 SWS1572-14/3 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.515˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES WITH “V” MARINE FRONT EDGE14 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 304 TYPE 316 TYPE 430 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1524-14/304-VMAR SWS1524-14/316-VMAR SWS1524-16/430-VMAR SWS1524-16/304-VMAR 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1536-14/304-VMAR SWS1536-14/316-VMAR SWS1536-16/430-VMAR SWS1536-16/304-VMAR 17 7.7 36˝ 915 135 61.2SWS1548-14/304-VMAR SWS1548-14/316-VMAR SWS1548-16/430-VMAR SWS1548-16/304-VMAR 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1560-14/304-VMAR SWS1560-14/316-VMAR SWS1560-16/430-VMAR SWS1560-16/304-VMAR 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1572-14/304-VMAR SWS1572-14/316-VMAR SWS1572-16/430-VMAR SWS1572-16/304-VMAR 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.5EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 61


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 62Hobart Model: AM15VLT-2 Item #17SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 17 - DISHWASHER, DOOR TYPE (1 REQ'D)Hobart AM15VLT-2Ventless door type dishwasher, Energy recovery, Tall chamber, Hot water sanitize, Internal condensingsystem, 40 racks/hr, Straight-thru or corner, Solid-state controls with digital status, Booster heater,electric tank heat, Auto-fill, stainless steel tank, doors & feet, 208-240/60/3, ENERGY STAR®ACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecHobartHobartHobartHobartHobartHobartHobartHobartHobart111111111DISHRAK-COM20DISHRAK-PEG20DISHRAK-P1400RACK-6PANDWT-AM15PRESREG-3/40BRSPEC-KITStandard warranty - 1-Year parts, labor & traveltime during normal working hours within theUSACombination rackPeg rackRack peg type tray6 pan rackDrain water tempering kitOn-site DWT installation (by local HobartService Office if within 50 mile radius and doneduring normal business hours), only withmachine purchase (if purchased separatelylocal installation rates will apply)3/4" brass pressure regulatorSingle point electrical connect AM15 kit (fieldinstallation required) (3 phase boostermachines only)ELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN208-240 60 3 Direct2 208-240 60 3ELECTRICAL 1 REMARKSTank heat & motorELECTRICAL 2 REMARKSBooster heaterGASAFFNEMAAMPSKWHP24.9 5220.4STEAMMCAMOCPSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZE1 1/2" 29.6 1/2" 1 1-1/2"DIRECTSIZE


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17Item #______________________________________Quantity____________________________________C.S.I. Section 11400701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comAM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHERSTANDARD FEATURES■ Internal condensing system minimizes watervapor■ Does not require a vent hood■ Energy recovery■ Sense-A-Temp 70°F rise electric booster heater■ .74 gallons per rack final rinse water■ 40 racks per hour – hot water sanitizing■ NSF pot and pan listed for 2-, 4- & 6- minutecycles plus condense time■ Timed wash cycles for 1, 2, 4 or 6 minutes pluscondense time■ 27" door opening for 18" x 26" sheet pans or 60quart mixing bowl■ Front-loading drop down shelf■ Solid state, integrated controls with digital statusindicators■ Self-draining, high efficiency stainless steel pumpand stainless steel impeller■ Stainless steel drawn tank, tank shelf, chamber,trim panels, frame and feet■ Spring counterbalanced chamber with UHMWpolyethylene guides■ Revolving, interchangeable upper and lower anticloggingwash arms■ Revolving, interchangeable upper and lower rinsearms■ Slanted, self-locating, one-piece scrap screenand basket system■ Pumped rinse for constant rinse pressure■ Cycle light■ End of cycle audible alarm (field activated)■ Automatic fill■ Door actuated start■ Automatic drain closure■ Delime cycle with notification (field activated)■ Service diagnostics■ NAFEM Data Protocol capable■ Hot water sanitationVOLTAGE❑ 208-240/60/1❑ 208-240/60/3❑ 480/60/3MODEL❑ AM15VLTOPTIONS AT EXTRA COST❑ Single point electrical connection (3 phase only)ACCESSORIES❑ Peg rack❑ Combination rack❑ Sheet pan rack❑ Flanged and seismic feet❑ End of cycle audible alarm (field activated)❑ Drain water tempering kitSpecifications, Details and Dimensions on Inside and Back.AM SELECT VENTLESS TALL DISHWASHERF-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall Dishwasher Page 1 of 8PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 63


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17AM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comPage 2 of 8F-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall DishwasherPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 64


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comAM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHERF-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall Dishwasher Page 3 of 8PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 65


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17AM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comRECOMMENDED CONDENSE TIMES (BASED ON INCOMING WATER TEMP.)INCOMINGTEMP. (F°)CONDENSE TIME(SEC.)RINSE TIME (SEC.)RACKS PER HOUR(1 MIN. CYCLE)60 30 10 4065 33 11 3770 36 12 3675 39 13 3480 42 14 3385-90 45 15 32Page 4 of 8F-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall DishwasherPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 66


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comAM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHERF-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall Dishwasher Page 5 of 8PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 67


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17AM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comAM Select VentlessMachine Ratings (Mechanical)Racks per Hour (Max.) 40Dishes per Hour (Average 25 per rack) 1,000Glasses per Hour (Average 45 per rack) 1,800Table to Table - Inside Tank at Table Connection (Inches) 25 1 ⁄4"Overall Dimensions - (H x W x D) (Inches) 80" x 29 3 ⁄4" x 30"Wash Motor H.P. 2Wash Tank Capacity - Gallons 14Wash Pump Capacity - Gallons per Minute - Weir Test 160Electric Booster Heater (Kw)Electric Heating Unit (Regulated)Blower Motor H.P. 1/20Rinse Pump Motor H.P. 1/158.5 KwRinse - Minutes operated during hour of capacity operation 6.66Seconds of rinse per rack 10Rate of Rinse Flow - Gallons per Minute 4.4Rinse Consumption - Gallons per Hour - Maximum 29.6Rinse Cycle - Gallons per Rack5 Kw.74 - 180°F Min.Peak Rate of Drain Flow - Gallons per Minute (Initial rate with full tank) 38Exhaust Requirements 0Shipping Weight Crated - Approx. lbs. - Unit only 494Page 6 of 8F-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall DishwasherPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 68


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comAM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHERThe microcomputer-based control system is built intothe AM Select Ventless dishwasher. It is available instandard electrical specifications of 208-240/60/1,208-240/60/3, 480/60/3 and is equipped with areduced voltage pilot circuit transformer.Water hardness must be controlled to 3 grains ofhardness or less for best results.CONSTRUCTION: Drawn tank, tank shelf and feetconstructed of 16 gauge stainless steel. Wash chamberand front trim panel above motor compartmentare polished, satin finish. Frame is 12 gauge stainlesssteel, chamber is 18 gauge, and removable trim panelsare 20 gauge.chamber: Stainless steel chamber with large20 3 ⁄4" W x 27" H opening will accommodate 18" x 26"sheet pans or a 60-quart mixing bowl.CHAMBER LIFT: Chamber coupled by stainless steelhandle, spring counterbalanced. Chamber guided forease of operation and long life.WASH PUMP: With stainless steel pump and impeller,integral with motor assures alignment and quiet operation.Pump shaft seal with stainless steel parts anda carbon ceramic sealing interface. Easily removableimpeller housing permits ease of inspection. Capacity160 GPM. Pump is completely self-draining.WASH PUMP MOTOR: Built for Hobart, 2 H.P., withinherent thermal protection, grease-packed ball bearings,splash-proof design, ventilated. Single-phaseis capacitor-start, induction-run type. Three-phase issquirrel-cage, induction type.RINSE PUMP: Powered by a 1 ⁄15 H.P. single phasemotor, the rinse pump is made of high strength engineeredcomposite material.BLOWER: The condenser blower is an all stainlesssteel forward curved centrifugal wheel powered bya 1 ⁄20 H.P. TEFC single phase motor for nearly silentoperation.CONDENSER COIL: The condensing system using atube and fin coil constructed of copper and corrosionresistant aluminum.MICROCOMPUTER CONTROL SYSTEM: Hobartmicrocomputer controls, assembled within waterresistantenclosure, provide built-in performance andreliability.The microcomputer control, relays and contactorsare housed behind a stainless steel enclosure, hingedto provide easy access for servicing. The line voltageelectrical components are completely wiredwith 105°C, 600V thermoplastic insulated wire withstranded conductors. Electrical components arewired with type ST cord. Line disconnect switch NOTfurnished.CYCLE OPERATION: The microcomputer-timingprogram is started by closing the doors, which actuatesthe door cycle switch. The cycle light turns ON.The microcomputer energizes the wash pump motorcontactor during the wash portion of the program.After the wash, a dwell permits the upper wash manifoldto drain. At the end of the dwell, the final rinsepump is energized. After the final rinse pump turns off,Sani-Dwell permits sanitization to continue. The Rinsedisplay remains on during this period. The Blower andCold Water Valve turn on for 30 seconds to condensethe vapor laden air inside of the chamber. The displayshows a count down time (in seconds) during thisoperation. After the 30 seconds is complete theCycle Light turns OFF, completing the program. If themicrocomputer is interrupted during a cycle by thedoor-cycle switch, the microcomputer is reset to thebeginning of the program. 40 racks per hour – 87 seconds:38 Second Wash, 2 Second Dwell, 10 SecondRinse, 7 Second Sani-Dwell. 30 Second Condensing.Other programs can be pre-selected by your Hobartservice technician.Manual wash cycle selector also provides selection of2-, 4- or 6-minute wash cycles plus condense time forheavier washing applications.WASH: Hobart revolving stainless steel wash armswith unrestricted openings above and below providethorough distribution of water jets to all dishwaresurfaces. Arms are easily removable for cleaning andare interchangeable. Stainless steel tubing manifoldconnects upper and lower spray system.RINSE: Rotating rinse arms, both upper and lower,feature 14 rinse nozzles. The stainless steel upper andlower rinse arms are easily removable without tools forinspection and are interchangeable. The motor drivenrinse pump gives constant rinse pressure regardlessof water service supply pressure. Easy open brass linestrainer furnished.HOT FILL: Microcomputer controlled fill is suppliedfrom the hot water service connection. It enters themachine through an air gap system which protectsthe potable water supply from contamination. Ratiofill method is used giving the correct fill at any flowingwater pressure.F-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall Dishwasher Page 7 of 8PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 69


Hobart AM15VLT-2 Item#:17AM SELECT VENTLESSTALL DISHWASHER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comCOLD WATER: Cold water supplied to condenser coilis heated during the condensing period at the end ofeach cycle. This pre-heated water is supplied to thebooster for subsequent heating.DRAIN AND OVERFLOW: Large bell type automaticoverflow and drain valve controlled from inside ofmachine. Drain automatically closed by loweringchamber. Drain seal is large diameter, high temperature“O” ring. Cover for overflow is integral part of thestandpipe.STRAINER SYSTEM: Equipped with large, exclusiveself-flushing, easily removable perforated stainlesssteel, one-piece strainer and large capacity scrapbasket. Submerged scrap basket minimizes frequentremoval and cleaning.HEATING EQUIPMENT: Standard tank heat is 5 KWelectric immersion heating element. Water temperatureregulation is controlled by thermistor sensor incombination with microcomputer controls. The tankheat and positive low water protection microcomputercircuits are automatically activated when the mainpower switch is turned “on”. If tank is accidentallydrained, low water protection device automaticallyturns heat off. These features are standard with theHobart Microcomputer Control System.ENERGY RECOVERY: Heat energy is recovered fromthe condensation of vapors in the chamber at the endof each cycle. This pre-heats the water for the nextrinse cycle from 55°F up to 140°F.ELECTRIC BOOSTER HEATER: 8.5 KW electricbooster with Sense-A-Temp TM technology adequatelysized to raise 110°F inlet water to 180°F.ACCESSORIES: 19 3 ⁄4" x 19 3 ⁄4" peg and combinationdish racks. Splash shield for corner installations. Endof cycle audible alarm (field activated). Delime notification(field activated). Desirable functional accessoriescan be furnished at added cost. See listed optionsand accessories on this specification sheet. Write tothe factory for special requirements not listed above.As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice.Page 8 of 8F-40272 – AM Select Ventless Tall DishwasherF-40272 (12/09) Litho In U.S.A. (H-01)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 70


WAREWASHING RACKSHobart RACK-6PAN Item#:17Item # ________________________________Quantity _______________________________C.S.I. Section 11400701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comWAREWASHINGRACKSLX, AM, C-LINESTANDARD RACKSSPECIAL PURPOSERACKSPEG Multipurpose Peg Type Rack,20" x 20". All plastic molded construction.P-1400 Tray Rack. 20" x 20" pegtypewith one open end. All plasticconstruction. Will handle trays up to16" x 22" in standard heightC-Line models. Will handle 18" x 26"bun pans in C-Line model 3" higherthan standard. For 16" x 22" trays inAM series straight-through machine,or maximum of 16" x 20" in AM cornermachine. Specify tray size whenordering. Will not handle oval trays.2107 Tray Rack. Holds four 23" x28" oval bus trays. (Machine mustbe 6" higher than standard.) Plasticand stainless steel construction. Forall C-Line models.COM Combination Rack, 20" x 20".All plastic molded construction. Forsilverware, cups and glasses.RACK-6 PAN Sheet Pan Rack.Designed to be used with theAM-14T or AM14F. Holds 6 each18" x 26" sheet pans. Heavy dutystainless steel upright supports withdurable plastic base.250-TX Tray Rack. 20" x 20" openend. Plastic frame with plastisolcoated tray supports. Tray willhandle up to 16" x 22" bun pans instandard height C-Line model. Bunpans 18" x 26" can be washed if theC-Line is ordered 3" higher thanstandard. For 16" x 22" trays in AMseries straight-through machine, ormaximum of 16" x 20" in AM cornermachine. Specify tray size when ordering.Will not handle oval trays.F-7861 – Warewashing Racks Page 1 of 2PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 71


Hobart RACK-6PAN Item#:17WAREWASHINGRACKS701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comLX18, LX30, LX40 – Front opening,undercounter models. Choice of HotWater or Chemical Sanitizing units. Stainlesssteel tank, door and top panel. Solidstate controls. Choice of 18, 30 or 40 racksper hour models.LXG – Same outstanding features asbasic LX models. Specifically designedraised door opening for behind the-barefficiency. 12" high chamber. 40 racksper hour. 1.2 gallon fresh-water rinse perrack.AM-14 (TWO DOORS WITH FRONTINSPECTION DOOR) Straight ThruType, AM-14C (CORNER TYPE) – SemiautomaticRack Type with all solid stateelectronic control system. Stainless steeltank, wash chamber, and frame. Doorcycle switch for automatic operation, twoeach PEG and COM heavy-duty racks.Available with built-in 10 KW boosterheater. Also available in AM-14F frontloading models and AM-14T/AM14TCtall models featuring dual purposedesign…optimum washing of dishes andutensils.FULLY AUTOMATIC RACK-TYPE DISHWASHER – Flexiblestrip curtains. Stainless steel wash chamber and tank. Weldedsteel painted frames. Solid state electronic temperature controlswith positive low water protection. All fixed wash arms–no rotating.There are 16 different “C” Line Models to choose from. All availablewith either gas, steam or electric heat. Options include steamcondenser, blower-dryer, prewash unit, vents, stainless steel trim,common drain connection. Even an automatic shut-off timer. Alsoavailable in an energy saving model with efficient low-temperaturechemical sanitizing.Begin with a Hobart C-Line Dishwasher. Add any of the optionalextras, such as a prewash unit, timed fill, a foodwaste disposer,or a waste equipment system. Include an optional blower-dryer,or condenser, and any one of a number of convenient shelves andother accessories. Finally, add dish tables for the soiled and cleanareas in a configuration to meet your specific requirements andthe automatic rack transport system and you’ve got one of themost efficient labor saving warewashing systems available.Model FT800S When big capacity and speed are required. Choice of many models in various sizes, capacities andspeeds… cleans from 5,000 to 13,043 pieces per hour.As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice.Page 2 of 2F-7861 – Warewashing RacksF-7861 (REV. 8/03) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 72Printed On Recycled Paper


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 73Fisher Model: 2210-WB Item #18SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 18 - PRE-RINSE (1 REQ'D)Fisher 2210-WBPre-Rinse Assembly, 8" adjustable centers, wall-mounted mixing valve, with spring action flexiblegooseneck, with spray head (1.15 gallons per minute @ 60 PSI), with wall bracketELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZE1 1/2"1/2"1INDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE


Fisher 2210-WB Item#:18PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 74


InSinkErator Model: SS-200-18A-MRS Item #19SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 19 - DISPOSER (1 REQ'D)InSinkErator SS-200-18A-MRSSS-200 Complete Disposer Package, with 18" diameter bowl, 6-5/8" diameter inlet, with removablesplash baffle and reversible bowl cover, 2 HP motor, stainless steel construction, includes syphonbreaker, solenoid valve, flow control valve, manual reverse switch, adjustable leg kitACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecInSinkErator11 yr. parts & labor warranty from date ofinstallation (std)InSinkErator1Standard height disposer bodyInSinkErator1208v/60/3-ph, 3.3 ampsInSinkErator1DEJAMWRENCHDejamming wrench, fits 6-5/8" opening only(Not for use with throat guard)ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1208 60 33.3 2GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE1 1/2"12"PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 75


InSinkErator SS-200-18A-MRS Item#:19PROJECT:ITEM NO.:1-1/2 – 2 H.P. DISPOSER MODELSHeavy-duty disposer designed for continuous operation in restaurants, hotels, hospitals and cafeterias. Food waste includingsteak bones is quickly and efficiently removed with this labor-saving, self-cleaning, environmentally sound disposer.SPECIFICATIONS• Grind Chamber: Corrosion Resistant Stainless Steel• Mounting: 3/4" (19.1 mm) rubber mounting above grinding chamber isolates soundand eliminates vibration. Mounting is enclosed in chrome plated covers forsanitation and appearance.• Motor: 1-1/2 – 1 HP Induction Motor, 1725 RPM, totally enclosed to provide protection againstoutside moisture. Controlled power air flow cools motor for effciency and longer life. Built-inthermal overload protection.• <strong>Cut</strong>ting Elements: Stationary and rotating shredding elements made from cast nickel chromealloy for long life and corrosion resistance, designed for reverse action grinding.• Main Bearings: Double-tapered Timken roller bearings provide a shock absorbing cushion.• Motor Seals: Triple lip seal protects motor from water damage. Secondary spring-loaded oilseal provides double protection against water and loss of grease.• Finish: All Stainless Steel and Chrome plated. Paint-free for lasting sanitation.• Warranty: 1 year full warranty from date of installation.• A Disposer Package Includes: 1 Mounting/Bowl Assembly, 1 Electrical Control, 1 SyphonBreaker, 1 Solenoid Valve, and 1 Flow Control Valve. The standard Flow Control Valve will besent with the unit unless the optional valve is specified.MODEL & HORSEPOWER/ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTSSS-1501-1/2 H.P.SS-2002 H.P.115/208-230V, 60 Hz, 1 Ph, 12.2/5.7/6.1 amps, UL208-230/460V, 60 Hz, 3 Ph, 3.2/4.6/2.3 amps, UL115/208-230V, 60 Hz, 1 Ph, 12.2/5.7/6.1 amps, UL,short body208-230/460V, 60 Hz, 3 Ph, 3.2/4.6/2.3 amps, UL,short body115/208-230V, 60 Hz, 1 Ph, 17.4/7.7/8.7 amps, UL208-230/460V, 60 Hz, 3 Ph, 3.3/5.0/2.5 amps, UL115/208-230V, 60 Hz, 1 Ph, 17.4/7.7/8.7 amps, UL,short body115/230V, 50 Hz, 1 Ph, 10.3/5.6 amps230/460V, 50 Hz, 3 Ph, 3.0/1.5 amps380V, 50 Hz, 3 Ph, 1.7 amps208-230/460V, 60 Hz, 3 Ph, 3.3/5.0/2.5 amps, UL,short body208-240/460V, 60 Hz, 3 Ph, 3.3/5.0/2.5 amps, NOMNOTE: All amp ratings denote amp draw during a grind load.ELECTRICAL CONTROLSAS-101 Control CenterAquaSaver ®(Auto-Reversing)CC-101 Control Center(Auto-Reversing)CC-202 Control Center(Auto-Reversing)Manual Reverse Switch(Dual Direction)Manual Switch(Single Direction)A complete collection of our product drawings is available for download at the InSinkErator Revit/CAD Library, which can be foundat www.insinkerator.com/foodservice. Product information is also accessible on The KCL CADalog. More information is available fromKCL at www.kclcad.com.4700 21st STREETRACINE, WI 53406TEL: 800-845-8345FAX: 262 554-3620www.insinkerator.com/foodserviceInSinkErator is a business unit of Emerson Electric Co.The Emerson logo is atrademark and a service markof Emerson Electric Co.InSinkErator ©2012 Printed in USA Form No. F308-12L-45-02PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 76


InSinkErator SS-200-18A-MRS Item#:19DISPOSER MOUNTING ASSEMBLIES (choose one)Bowl MountsType A Sink Bowl Assembly: Includes bowl, waternozzle(s), bowl cover, splash baffleType B Sink Bowl Assembly: Includes bowl, waternozzle(s), silver guard, splash baffleType C Sink Bowl Assembly: Includes bowl, waternozzle(s), splash baffleSink Bowl Assembly Size12" (304.8 mm) with one adjustable water nozzle15" (381.0 mm) with one adjustable water nozzle18" (457.2 mm) with two adjustable water nozzlesCollar Mounts#5 Sink Flange Mounting Assemblies for 3-1/2" – 4"(88.9 mm – 101.6 mm) sink opening (support legsare recommended)#6 Collar Adaptor for welding into trough, provides6-5/8" (168.3 mm) opening, includes splash baffle#7 Collar Adaptor for welding into sink, provides6-5/8" (168.3 mm) opening, includes splash baffleand stopperDIMENSIONSIMPORTANT: Use dimension chart below for adaptor height in placeof InSinkErator bowl sink height when mounting directly to a sink.BowlSinks12"(304.8 mm)15"(381 mm)18"(457.2 mm)Flange O.D.X13-1/2"(342.9 mm)16-1/2"(419.1 mm)19-1/2"(495.3 mm)Work Table HoleY12-1/4"(311.2 mm)15-1/4"(387.4 mm)18-1/4"(463.6 mm)Flange I.D.Z12"(304.8 mm)15"(381.0 mm)18"(457.2 mm)Height6-1/2"(165.1 mm)6-1/2"(165.1 mm)6-1/2"(165.1 mm)Adaptors X Y Z HeightNo. 5No. 6No. 7Fits Standard Sink Opening:3-1/2" – 4" (88.9 mm – 101.6 mm)7-13/16"(198.4 mm)9-1/8"(231.8 mm)6-7/8"(174.6 mm)7-7/8"(200.0 mm)6-5/8"(168.3 mm)7-5/8"(193.7 mm)2-3/4"(69.9 mm)1-3/16"(30.7 mm)2-1/16"(52.4 mm)NOTE:• Adaptors are available upon request for all competitorsink bowls or cones.• Please have sink bowl/cone type with the necessarydimensions when ordering adaptors.• Also available as a short body model. Reduces overallheight of disposer by 1" (25.4 mm).InSinkEratorBOWL SINK18-7/16"(468.3 mm)2-3/4"(69.9 mm)6-13/16"(173.0 mm)XYZ6-5/8"(168.3 mm)EXTERNAL ELECTRICALCONNECTIONS7-3/8"(187.3 mm)6-1/2"(165.1 mm)1/2-14 N.P.T.WATER INLET7-3/4"(196.9 mm)2" (50.8 mm)N.P.T.WASTEOUTLETRECOMMENDED INSTALLATIONRECOMMENDED WATER USAGESS-150SS-200Standard7 GPM(26.5 LPM)7 GPM(26.5 LPM)Optional5 GPM(18.9 LPM)5 GPM(18.9 LPM)For additional information, seeFoodservice Product Information Binder.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 77


InSinkErator DEJAMWRENCH Item#:19PROJECT:ITEM NO.:DEJAMMING WRENCH• Dejamming wrench loosens anylodged object• Easy to handle• To order, specify Part #13993Dejamming WrenchPlace the wrench over the shredder nut andstationary lugs located on the rotating shredder.Using the handle, rotate the wrench clockwise thencounterclockwise to loosen the jam.*NOTE: After freeing the rotating shredder, remove allloose particles which may have caused the jam.*Cannot be used with 3½" openingDejamming Wrench engaged in unitOur products appear on The KCL CADalogCD-ROM based CAD Foodservice SymbolLibrary. More information is available fromKochman Consultants, Ltd. at www.kclcad.com.4700 21st STREETRACINE, WI 53406TEL: 800-845-8345FAX: 262-554-3620www.insinkerator.comThe Emerson logo is a trademark and aservice mark of Emerson Electric Co.InSinkErator is a division of Emerson Electric Co.© InSinkErator Printed in USA Form No. F245-06E-19-02PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 78


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 79Eagle Group Model: SDTR-96-14/3 Item #20SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 20 - SOILED DISHTABLE (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group SDTR-96-14/3Spec-Master® Soiled Dishtable, straight design, 96"L, for right-to-left operation, 20" x 20" x 5" deep pre-rinse sink, scrap block, 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel top, stainless steel tubular legs, crossrails,gussets & feet, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecEagle GroupEagle GroupEagle GroupEagle Group1 ft111E101E101ASCRAP TROUGHE41Splash 10" (203mm) high - per linear footTurn down back of splash per table with Z clipScrap Trough, 5"W x 2"D, 1-1/2" center drainopening, removable basket with handles,stainless steel constructionDisposal provision package, includes weldmentonly for collar which are furnished by others,control panel bracket weldment, and holes forpre-rinse & anti-siphon vacuum breakerELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)PLUMBING 1 REMARKSdrain punched for standard basket drain


Eagle Group SDTR-96-14/3 Item#:20Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Soiled Dishtables, model _______________. Top to be16/430, 16/304, or 14/304 stainless steel with all seamswelded, ground smooth, and polished. Front and ends to have3˝-high upturn with a 1 1 ⁄2˝-diameter rolled edge. Galvanized hatchannels welded to underside. Backsplash is 8˝-high. 20 1 ⁄2˝opening for dishwasher. 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ deep stainless steelprerinse sink with basket drain, hole for deck mounted prerinsespray, and rubber scrap block provided. Legs to be 1 5 ⁄8˝ O.D.galvanized tubing with 1˝ diameter crossbracing and adjustablebullet feet (14/304 models come standard with stainless steelhat channels welded to underside of table, stainless steelcrossbraced legs, and adjustable metal feet).left-hand model shown with optional deck-mountprerinse unit (dishwasher not included)Options / AccessoriesRack slidesScrap basketScrap basket/rack slidecomboPrerinse unitFaucetsUndershelfStainless steel legsStainless steel gussetsStainless steel feetItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Soiled Dishtables—Straight DesignMODELS:SDTL-30-16/4SDTL-30-16/3SDTL-30-14/3SDTR-30-16/4SDTR-30-16/3SDTR-30-14/3SDTL-36-16/4SDTL-36-16/3SDTL-36-14/3SDTR-36-16/4SDTR-36-16/3SDTR-36-14/3SDTL-48-16/4SDTL-48-16/3SDTL-48-14/3SDTR-48-16/4SDTR-48-16/3SDTR-48-14/3SDTL-60-16/4SDTL-60-16/3SDTL-60-14/3SDTR-60-16/4SDTR-60-16/3SDTR-60-14/3SDTL-72-16/4SDTL-72-16/3SDTL-72-14/3SDTR-72-16/4SDTR-72-16/3SDTR-72-14/3SDTL-84-16/4SDTL-84-16/3SDTL-84-14/3SDTR-84-16/4SDTR-84-16/3SDTR-84-14/3SDTL-96-16/4SDTL-96-16/3SDTL-96-14/3SDTR-96-16/4SDTR-96-16/3SDTR-96-14/3SDTL-120-16/4SDTL-120-16/3SDTL-120-14/3SDTR-120-16/4SDTR-120-16/3SDTR-120-14/3Design and Construction Features• 16 or 14 gauge stainless steel.• 30˝ (762mm)-wide table with choice of eight lengths.• Left or right hand operation.• 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ (508 x 508 x 127mm) prerinse sink punchedfor standard basket drain.• Hole supplied for deck-mount prerinse.• Adjustable non-marking feet with up to 1˝ (25mm)adjustment.• 1 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm)-diameter galvanized legs with welded1˝ (25mm)-diameter crossbrace.• All Spec-Master ® 14 gauge type 304 dishtables comestandard with stainless steel crossbraced legs and gussets,complete with stainless steel feet.• Scrap block automatically provided on left-hand models48˝ (1219mm) and longer, and right-hand models 60˝(1524mm) and longer. To specify no scrap block desired,add suffix “-NSB” to model number.Example: SDTL-48-16/4-NSBCatalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.02 Soiled Dishtables—Straight DesignEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Certifications / ApprovalsFor custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG50.02 Rev. 06/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 80


Eagle Group SDTR-96-14/3 Item#:20Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.02Soiled Dishtables—Straight DesignItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Dimension A• 3 1 ⁄2˝ – for 30˝ & 36˝ tables L or R,and 48˝ left only.• 15˝ – for 48˝ right and 60˝ & 72˝both L or R.• 23 1 ⁄2˝ – for 84˝ & 96˝ tables.Please review dishwasher for sizeand location of control box.Soiled Dishtables—Straight DesignTOP VIEWFRONT VIEW(right-hand model shown)SIDE VIEWSpec-Master ®16 gauge 16 gauge 14 gaugetype 430 type 304 type 304 length weightmodel # model # model # description in. mm lbs. kgSDTL-30-16/4 SDTL-30-16/3 SDTL-30-14/3 left-hand model 30˝ 762 42 19.1SDTR-30-16/4 SDTR-30-16/3 SDTR-30-14/3 right-hand model 30˝ 762 42 19.1SDTL-36-16/4 SDTL-36-16/3 SDTL-36-14/3 left-hand model 36˝ 914 49 22.2SDTR-36-16/4 SDTR-36-16/3 SDTR-36-14/3 right-hand model 36˝ 914 49 22.2SDTL-48-16/4* SDTL-48-16/3* SDTL-48-14/3* left-hand model 48˝ 1219 63 29.6SDTR-48-16/4 SDTR-48-16/3 SDTR-48-14/3 right-hand model 48˝ 1219 63 29.6SDTL-60-16/4* SDTL-60-16/3* SDTL-60-14/3* left-hand model 60˝ 1524 77 34.9SDTR-60-16/4* SDTR-60-16/3* SDTR-60-14/3* right-hand model 60˝ 1524 77 34.9SDTL-72-16/4* SDTL-72-16/3* SDTL-72-14/3* left-hand model 72˝ 1829 91 41.3SDTR-72-16/4* SDTR-72-16/3* SDTR-72-14/3* right-hand model 72˝ 1829 91 41.3SDTL-84-16/4* SDTL-84-16/3* SDTL-84-14/3* left-hand model 84˝ 2134 105 47.6SDTR-84-16/4* SDTR-84-16/3* SDTR-84-14/3* right-hand model 84˝ 2134 105 47.6SDTL-96-16/4* SDTL-96-16/3* SDTL-96-14/3* left-hand model 96˝ 2438 119 54.0SDTR-96-16/4* SDTR-96-16/3* SDTR-96-14/3* right-hand model 96˝ 2438 119 54.0SDTL-120-16/4* SDTL-120-16/3* SDTL-120-14/3* left-hand model 120˝ 3048 147 66.7SDTR-120-16/4* SDTR-120-16/3* SDTR-120-14/3* right-hand model 120˝ 3048 147 66.7* Scrap block provided with these models. To order one of these models with no scrap block, add suffix “-NSB” on end of model number. Example: SDTL-60-14/3-NSBEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 06/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 81


Eagle Group E101 Item#:20Specification SheetRefer to chart on back page for description of E# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Dishtable ModificationsMODELS:E30E38-6E38-12E39E41E41AE41BE96E96AE100E101E101AE102E102AE103E104E105E105AE106E107E108AE108BE109E110E111E112E113E115E115AE115BE116E117E118E119E120E122300490300691Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.07A Dishtable ModificationsEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG50.07A Rev. 04/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2011 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 82


Eagle Group E101 Item#:20EG50.07ACatalog Specification Sheet No.Dishtable ModificationsCustom dishtables built to fit your needs. Please allow sixto eight weeks shipping cycle for custom fabricationafter receipt of approved drawings.model # description model # descriptionDishtable ModificationsOVERSHELF MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E38-6 * Cantilever mount up to 6 (1829mm)E38-12 * Cantilever mount up to 12 (3658mm)DISHTABLE RACK SHELF MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E103 Rack shelf, backsplash mountedE104 Drain, bleeder typeDISHTABLE BACKSPLASH MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E101 Splash 10˝ (2540mm)E101A Turn down backsplash, with z-clipsE30 End splash - per end, all heightsE39 Enclosed backsplashDISHTABLE TOP MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E100 Additional length NSF ConstructionE102 Pass-thru shelf, max. 12˝ (305mm) up to3 (914mm) linear ft.E102A additional over 3 (914mm) lin. ft. for pass-thru shelfE106 Rack guide curved 2˝x1/4˝ s/s flat bar(requires #E112)E107 Corner turn 90 degreesE108A Field joint, ready for bolting together by othersE108B Field joint, prepared for field welding by othersE109 <strong>Cut</strong>out for pipes, columnsE112 Mitered CornerE119 Landing shelf, 12˝ (305m)-wide, integral with topE120 Limit switchDISHTABLE SCRAPPING MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E115 Scrapping Trough 6˝x4˝ (152mm) deep—up to 60˝ (1524mm)* Applicable to wall mount shelves and pot racks.** Please specify location.DISHTABLE SCRAPPING MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS (continued):E115A additional over 60˝ (1524mm)E115B Mitered angle in scrapping troughE116 Rubber Scrap Block installed300691 Replacement rubber scrap blockDISHTABLE SINK WELDMENT MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E105 Prerinse sink 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ (508 x 508 x 127mm)E105A for each additional 2˝ (51mm) in depthE110 Sink 24˝ x 26 1/2˝ x 14˝ (610 x 673 x 356mm)E117 Soak sink 16˝ x 20˝ x 13 1/2˝ (406 x 508 x 343mm)E122 Faucet HolesFAUCETS:300490 Faucet - 4˝ (76mm) centers, 12˝ (305mm) spout,deck mountDISPOSAL PROVISION PACKAGES:E41 Disposal provision package, collarE41A Disposal provision package,cone (top must be 14/304 stainless steel)E41B Provision for scrap collector and troughveyorCONTROL PANEL BRACKETS**:E96 Control Panel Bracket - 6˝ x 9˝ (152 x 229mm)E96A Control Panel Bracket - 9˝ x 12˝ (229 x 305mm)DISHTABLE BASE MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E111 Undershelving stainless steel, per linear footE113 Brackets for booster heater, installation only,brackets by othersE118 Crossbracing left-to-right, stainless steelSee Spec Sheet #EG50.07B for Dishtable Accessories.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2011 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 04/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 83


Eagle Group E101A Item#:20Specification SheetRefer to chartbelow fordescription ofE# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink ModificationsMODELS:E30E37E37AE38-6E38-12E39E40E41E41AE43E44E45E46E47E48E48AE49E49AE50E51E52E53E54E55E56E101ACatalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.50 Sink Modificationsmodel # descriptionE37 NSF sprayed-on latex sound deadening - up to 12´ (3658mm)E37A - for each additional footE38-6 * Cantilever mount up to 6´ (1829mm)E38-12 * Cantilever mount up to 12´ (3658mm)E39 Enclosed backsplashE47Sink cover holders, sized for stainless steel or poly(includes upper and lower track)E48 Stainless steel apron, to cover sink bowls - 2 or 3 compartmentE48A - for each additional compartment over 3E49 s/s undershelf under drainboards - up to 24˝ (610mm) w/short legsE49A - for each additional foot over 24˝ (610mm)E50 Provision for water pumpE51 Optional size drainboardE52 High backsplash up to 13˝ (330mm)E53 High backsplash up to 18˝ (457mm)E54 Working height revision* Applicable to wall mount shelves and pot racks.model # descriptionE55 Drainboard corner turnE56 overflow holeincluded in illustration above:model # descriptionE30 End splash - per end, all heightsE40 Provision for sink heaterE41 Disposal provision package—collarE41A Disposal provision package—coneE43 Stand pipe with corner guard, available only on FN-style andutility sinksE44 Faucet hole revision (adding or moving)E45 Trough installed in drainboard - up to 30˝ (762mm) longE46 Rubber scrap block installedE101A Turn down backsplash (per table), includes Z-clipsEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG20.50 Rev. 04/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2010 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 84


Eagle Group SCRAP TROUGH Item#:20Specification SheetScrap Basket• This model features all-16 gauge stainless steelconstruction.• Tabs provide proper heightand basket drainage.shipping wt.model # lbs. kg301630 15 6.8Rack Slide• 16 gauge construction.See Spec Sheet #EG50.06 for optionalDishtable Racks.shipping wt.model # lbs. kg301124 4 1.8Prerinse Basket with Slide Bar• An all-in-one combination.• Type 304 construction throughout.width x length x height shipping wt.model # in. mm lbs. kg606434 17 1 ⁄2˝ x 19 1 ⁄2˝ x 2˝ 445 x 493 x 51 3 1.4Prerinse Units…• Temperature adjustment for hot waterwith preset cold water adjustment foranti-scald protection.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Dishtable AccessoriesMODELS:300*301*305428311722313*316660316743351585* See charts for full model numbers.Drain Trough• 5˝ (127mm) wide and 2˝ (51mm) deepwith a 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) center drain opening.• Removable basket with handles.• All-stainless steel construction.shipping wt.model # lbs. kgSCRAP TROUGH 13 5.8Dishtable Undershelves• Provides extra space for rackstorage and operationsequipment.• 24 1 ⁄8˝ (612mm) wide.605*606*DTRA-24DVS-*HDC*SCRAPTROUGHscrap troughNOTE: Order one size smaller than dishtable.See Spec Sheet #EG50.12 for optional LIFESTOR ® Polymer Undershelf forDishtables.shippingGalvanized 400 Series 300 Series length weightmodel # model # model # in. mm lbs. kg605371 605374 606479 24˝ 610 10 4.5605372 605375 606480 36˝ 914 15 6.8605373 605376 606481 48˝ 1219 20 9.0Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.07B Dishtable Accessories…Standard Prerinse Componentsmodel # description300719 splash-mounted spray unit300718 deck-mounted spray unit301189 faucet add-on with 12˝ (305mm) spout301190 wall bracket…T&S Extra Heavy Duty Prerinse Components• Top-of-the-line.model # description313295 deck-mounted spray unit with wall bracket313297 faucet add-on with 12˝ (305mm) spoutStainless Steel Gussets• Optional only for 16 gauge tables.• Standard on SPEC-MASTER ® tables.model # description316743 stainless steel gussetsBullet FeetWith a full 1˝ (25mm) adjustment.model # description300692 stainless steel301036 white metal300293 plasticgussetEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2012 by the Eagle GroupEG50.07B Rev. 04/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 85


Eagle Group SCRAP TROUGH Item#:20Catalog Specification Sheet No.EG50.07BDishtable AccessoriesLegs and Crossbrace Assemblies• Stainless steel welded construction.Standard only on SPEC-MASTER ® seriesdishtables.model # description311772 crossbrace assembly316660 crossbrace assembly for undercounter dishtables300765 single leg for undershelfSink Covers• 18 gauge stainless steel withholes provided for handling.width x lengthshipping wt.model # in. mm lbs. kg305428 20˝ x 20˝ 508 x 508 11 5.0351585 16˝ x 20˝ 406 x 508 10 4.5PVC Rollers• 2˝ (51mm) diameter.• Free-wheel.• For 14/304 dishtables only.• For ease of sliding racks.• For stainless steel rollers,contact factory.corner dishtable with optional PVC rollerslength shipping wt.model # in. mm lbs. kgDTRA-24 24˝ 610 3 1.4Three rollers required for every 12˝ (305mm). Example: For a 6 (1829mm)table, at the required three per foot: 6 table x 3 per foot = 18 rollers needed.Anti-Siphon Breakermodel # description313832 brass, for 1 ⁄2˝ pipe sizeDishtable AccessoriesLever Drainsmodel # description300720 1 1 ⁄2˝ or 2˝ (38 or 51mm) NPS connection300721 2˝ (51mm) NPS connectionDishwasher Condensate Vents,DVS Series• Mounts to dishwasher end vents.• Seams are continuously liquid-tight.• 18 gauge type 304 stainless steel.outer width x length x height * weightmodel # in. mm lbs. kgDVS-48 4˝ x 16˝ x 48˝ 102 x 406 x 1219 60 27.2DVS-60 4˝ x 16˝ x 60˝ 102 x 406 x 1524 75 34.0DVS-72 4˝ x 16˝ x 72˝ 102 x 406 x 1829 90 40.8* Outer dimensions exclude 2˝ flange.For other size requirements, please call the factory.Dishwasher Condensate and Type II Hoods, HDC Series( NFPA-96 for TYPE II)For Type II applications, optional baffles are available. To order, add suffix “S”to model number (example: HDC3636S).• 12˝ x 12˝ (305 x 305mm)collar opening for exhaustconnection.• Type 304 stainless steelconstruction.• Full perimeter gutter withdrain tube located on the left.overall width x length x height* sh. weightmodel # in. mm lbs. kgHDC3636 36˝ x 36˝ x 20˝ 914 x 914 x 508 150 68.0HDC3642 36˝ x 42˝ x 20˝ 914 x 1067 x 508 155 70.3HDC3648 36˝ x 48˝ x 20˝ 914 x 1219 x 508 175 79.4HDC4242 42˝ x 42˝ x 20˝ 1067 x 1067 x 508 194 88.0HDC4848 48˝ x 48˝ x 20˝ 1219 x 1219 x 508 206 93.4HDC4860 48˝ x 60˝ x 20˝ 1219 x 1524 x 508 226 102.5* For other size requirements, please call the factory.See Spec Sheet #EG50.07A for Dishtable Modifications.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2012 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 04/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 86


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 87Eagle Group Model: SWS1260-14/3 Item #21SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 21 - OVERSHELF (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group SWS1260-14/3Wall Shelf, Snap-n-Slide®, 1 1/2" Rolled Front Edge, 12" x 60", 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, 1 1/2"upturn on rear and ends, stainless steel wall brackets mount to wall studs, no wall backing required,225 lb. weight capacity, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group SWS1260-14/3 Item#:21Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with Rolled Front Edge, model________________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304, or14/304 stainless steel. Front rolled edge with 1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn onrear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets are shipped loosefor mounting directly to wall studs.Eagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with “V” Marine Front Edge,model ____________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304,14/304, or 14/316 stainless steel. “V” marine front edge with1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn on rear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets areshipped loose for mounting directly to wall studs.#SWS1236-16/4 wall shelfOptions / AccessoriesSolid Dividers – 16 gauge stainless steel, 4˝ (76mm)-highItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesMODELS:SWS1224-*SWS1236-*SWS1248-*SWS1260-*SWS1272-*SWS1524-*SWS1536-*SWS1548-*SWS1560-*SWS1572-*SWS1524-*-VMARSWS1536-*-VMARSWS1548-*-VMARSWS1560-*-VMARSWS1572-*-VMAR* See charts on back page for complete model numbers.Design and Construction Features• Brackets can be mounted to studs—no wall backing required.• Heavy gauge stainless steel construction.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) upturn on rear and ends of shelf.• Models available with 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) rolled front edge or1 3 ⁄4˝ (45mm) “V” marine edge on shelf.• 12˝ and 15˝ (305 and 381mm) widths available.• Lengths available range from 24˝ to 72˝ (610 to 1829mm).• No tools required to attach shelf to wall brackets.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01 Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG02.01 Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 88


Eagle Group SWS1260-14/3 Item#:21Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesTOP VIEWItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:“V” MARINEEDGEROLLEDEDGESnap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesFRONT VIEWSHELVES WITH ROLLED FRONT EDGE(15˝ wide shelf shown)SIDE VIEW12˝ (305mm)-WIDE SHELVES15˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight TYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # lbs. kg model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1224-16/4 SWS1224-16/3 SWS1224-14/3 12 5.4 SWS1524-16/4 SWS1524-16/3 SWS1524-14/3 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1236-16/4 SWS1236-16/3 SWS1236-14/3 14 6.4 SWS1536-16/4 SWS1536-16/3 SWS1536-14/3 17 7.7 36˝ 914 135 61.2SWS1248-16/4 SWS1248-16/3 SWS1248-14/3 17 7.7 SWS1548-16/4 SWS1548-16/3 SWS1548-14/3 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1260-16/4 SWS1260-16/3 SWS1260-14/3 23 10.4 SWS1560-16/4 SWS1560-16/3 SWS1560-14/3 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1272-16/4 SWS1272-16/3 SWS1272-14/3 25 11.3 SWS1572-16/4 SWS1572-16/3 SWS1572-14/3 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.515˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES WITH “V” MARINE FRONT EDGE14 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 304 TYPE 316 TYPE 430 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1524-14/304-VMAR SWS1524-14/316-VMAR SWS1524-16/430-VMAR SWS1524-16/304-VMAR 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1536-14/304-VMAR SWS1536-14/316-VMAR SWS1536-16/430-VMAR SWS1536-16/304-VMAR 17 7.7 36˝ 915 135 61.2SWS1548-14/304-VMAR SWS1548-14/316-VMAR SWS1548-16/430-VMAR SWS1548-16/304-VMAR 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1560-14/304-VMAR SWS1560-14/316-VMAR SWS1560-16/430-VMAR SWS1560-16/304-VMAR 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1572-14/304-VMAR SWS1572-14/316-VMAR SWS1572-16/430-VMAR SWS1572-16/304-VMAR 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.5EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 89


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 90Item #22SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 22 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 91Eagle Group Model: CDTL-96-14/3 Item #23SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 23 - CLEAN DISHTABLE (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group CDTL-96-14/3Spec-Master® Clean Dishtable, straight design, 96"L, for right-to-left operation, 14 gauge type 304stainless steel top, stainless steel tubular legs, crossrails, gussets & feet, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecEagle GroupEagle GroupEagle Group1 ft11E101-LL1(60)-LL1(72)Splash 10" (203mm) high - per linear footLIFESTOR® Undershelf, 60", with MICROGARDantimicrobial agent for bacteria control, fordishtable, NSFLIFESTOR® Undershelf, 72", with MICROGARDantimicrobial agent for bacteria control, fordishtable, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group CDTL-96-14/3 Item#:23Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Clean Dishtables, model ___________. Top to be16/430, 16/304, or 14/304 stainless steel, with all seamswelded, ground smooth, and polished. Front and ends to have3˝-high upturn with 1 1 ⁄2˝-diameter rolled edge. Galvanized hatchannels welded to underside. Backsplash is 8˝-high. 20 1 ⁄2˝standard opening for dishwasher. Legs to be 1 5 ⁄8˝ O.D.galvanized tubing, 1˝ diameter crossbracing and adjustablebullet feet (14/304 models come standard with stainless steelhat channels welded to underside of table, stainless steelcrossbraced legs, and adjustable metal feet).right-hand model shown with optional undershelf *(dishwasher not included)Options / Accessories *UndershelfStainless steel legsStainless steel gussetsStainless steel feetItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Clean Dishtables—Straight DesignMODELS:CDTL-24-16/4CDTL-24-16/3CDTL-24-14/3CDTR-24-16/4CDTR-24-16/3CDTR-24-14/3CDTL-30-16/4CDTL-30-16/3CDTL-30-14/3CDTR-30-16/4CDTR-30-16/3CDTR-30-14/3CDTL-36-16/4CDTL-36-16/3CDTR-36-14/3CDTR-36-16/4CDTR-36-16/3CDTR-36-14/3CDTL-48-16/4CDTL-48-16/3CDTL-48-14/3CDTR-48-16/4CDTR-48-16/3CDTR-48-14/3CDTL-60-16/4CDTL-60-16/3CDTL-60-14/3CDTR-60-16/4CDTR-60-16/3CDTR-60-14/3CDTL-72-16/4CDTL-72-16/3CDTL-72-14/3CDTR-72-16/4CDTR-72-16/3CDTR-72-14/3Design and Construction Features• 14 or 16 gauge stainless steel.• 30˝ (762mm)-wide table furnished in nine lengths.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) raised rolled rim on front and end.CDTL-84-16/4CDTL-84-16/3CDTL-84-14/3CDTR-84-16/4CDTR-84-16/3CDTR-84-14/3CDTL-96-16/4CDTL-96-16/3CDTL-96-14/3CDTR-96-16/4CDTR-96-16/3CDTR-96-14/3CDTL-120-16/4CDTL-120-16/3CDTL-120-14/3CDTR-120-16/4CDTR-120-16/3CDTR-120-14/3• 1 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm)-diameter galvanized legs with welded1˝ (25mm)-diameter crossbracing.• 8˝ (203mm)-high backsplash.• Adjustable non-marking bullet feet with up to 1˝ (25mm)adjustment.• All Spec-Master ® 14 gauge type 304 dishtables comestandard with stainless steel crossbraced legs and gussets,complete with metal feet.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.00 Clean Dishtables—Straight Design* See Spec Sheet #EG50.07 for full line of options and accessories.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Certifications / ApprovalsFor custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG50.00 Rev. 06/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 92


Eagle Group CDTL-96-14/3 Item#:23Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.00Clean Dishtables—Straight DesignTOP VIEWItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Clean Dishtables—Straight DesignFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEWSpec-Master ®16 gauge 16 gauge 14 gaugetype 430 type 304 type 304 length weightmodel # model # model # description in. mm lbs. kgCDTL-24-16/4 CDTL-24-14/3 CDTL-24-16/3 left-hand model 24˝ 610 36 16.3CDTR-24-16/4 CDTR-24-16/3 CDTR-24-14/3 right-hand model 24˝ 610 36 16.3CDTL-30-16/4 CDTL-30-16/3 CDTL-30-14/3 left-hand model 30˝ 762 42 19.1CDTR-30-16/4 CDTR-30-16/3 CDTR-30-14/3 right-hand model 30˝ 762 42 19.1CDTL-36-16/4 CDTL-36-16/3 CDTL-36-14/3 left-hand model 36˝ 914 49 22.2CDTR-36-16/4 CDTR-36-16/3 CDTR-36-14/3 right-hand model 36˝ 914 49 22.2CDTL-48-16/4 CDTL-48-16/3 CDTL-48-14/3 left-hand model 48˝ 1219 63 29.6CDTR-48-16/4 CDTR-48-16/3 CDTR-48-14/3 right-hand model 48˝ 1219 63 29.6CDTL-60-16/4 CDTL-60-16/3 CDTL-60-14/3 left-hand model 60˝ 1524 77 34.9CDTR-60-16/4 CDTR-60-16/3 CDTR-60-14/3 right-hand model 60˝ 1524 77 34.9CDTL-72-16/4 CDTL-72-16/3 CDTL-72-14/3 left-hand model 72˝ 1829 91 41.3CDTR-72-16/4 CDTR-72-16/3 CDTR-72-14/3 right-hand model 72˝ 1829 91 41.3CDTL-84-16/4 CDTL-84-16/3 CDTL-84-14/3 left-hand model 84˝ 2134 105 47.6CDTR-84-16/4 CDTR-84-16/3 CDTR-84-14/3 right-hand model 84˝ 2134 105 47.6CDTL-96-16/4 CDTL-96-16/3 CDTL-96-14/3 left-hand model 96˝ 2438 119 54.0CDTR-96-16/4 CDTR-96-16/3 CDTR-96-14/3 right-hand model 96˝ 2438 119 54.0CDTL-120-16/4 CDTL-120-16/3 CDTL-120-14/3 left-hand model 120˝ 3048 147 66.7CDTR-120-16/4 CDTR-120-16/3 CDTR-120-14/3 right-hand model 120˝ 3048 147 66.7EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 06/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 93


Eagle Group E101 Item#:23Specification SheetRefer to chart on back page for description of E# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Dishtable ModificationsMODELS:E30E38-6E38-12E39E41E41AE41BE96E96AE100E101E101AE102E102AE103E104E105E105AE106E107E108AE108BE109E110E111E112E113E115E115AE115BE116E117E118E119E120E122300490300691Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.07A Dishtable ModificationsEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG50.07A Rev. 04/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2011 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 94


Eagle Group E101 Item#:23EG50.07ACatalog Specification Sheet No.Dishtable ModificationsCustom dishtables built to fit your needs. Please allow sixto eight weeks shipping cycle for custom fabricationafter receipt of approved drawings.model # description model # descriptionDishtable ModificationsOVERSHELF MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E38-6 * Cantilever mount up to 6 (1829mm)E38-12 * Cantilever mount up to 12 (3658mm)DISHTABLE RACK SHELF MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E103 Rack shelf, backsplash mountedE104 Drain, bleeder typeDISHTABLE BACKSPLASH MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E101 Splash 10˝ (2540mm)E101A Turn down backsplash, with z-clipsE30 End splash - per end, all heightsE39 Enclosed backsplashDISHTABLE TOP MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E100 Additional length NSF ConstructionE102 Pass-thru shelf, max. 12˝ (305mm) up to3 (914mm) linear ft.E102A additional over 3 (914mm) lin. ft. for pass-thru shelfE106 Rack guide curved 2˝x1/4˝ s/s flat bar(requires #E112)E107 Corner turn 90 degreesE108A Field joint, ready for bolting together by othersE108B Field joint, prepared for field welding by othersE109 <strong>Cut</strong>out for pipes, columnsE112 Mitered CornerE119 Landing shelf, 12˝ (305m)-wide, integral with topE120 Limit switchDISHTABLE SCRAPPING MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E115 Scrapping Trough 6˝x4˝ (152mm) deep—up to 60˝ (1524mm)* Applicable to wall mount shelves and pot racks.** Please specify location.DISHTABLE SCRAPPING MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS (continued):E115A additional over 60˝ (1524mm)E115B Mitered angle in scrapping troughE116 Rubber Scrap Block installed300691 Replacement rubber scrap blockDISHTABLE SINK WELDMENT MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E105 Prerinse sink 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ (508 x 508 x 127mm)E105A for each additional 2˝ (51mm) in depthE110 Sink 24˝ x 26 1/2˝ x 14˝ (610 x 673 x 356mm)E117 Soak sink 16˝ x 20˝ x 13 1/2˝ (406 x 508 x 343mm)E122 Faucet HolesFAUCETS:300490 Faucet - 4˝ (76mm) centers, 12˝ (305mm) spout,deck mountDISPOSAL PROVISION PACKAGES:E41 Disposal provision package, collarE41A Disposal provision package,cone (top must be 14/304 stainless steel)E41B Provision for scrap collector and troughveyorCONTROL PANEL BRACKETS**:E96 Control Panel Bracket - 6˝ x 9˝ (152 x 229mm)E96A Control Panel Bracket - 9˝ x 12˝ (229 x 305mm)DISHTABLE BASE MODIFICATIONS AND OPTIONS:E111 Undershelving stainless steel, per linear footE113 Brackets for booster heater, installation only,brackets by othersE118 Crossbracing left-to-right, stainless steelSee Spec Sheet #EG50.07B for Dishtable Accessories.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2011 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 04/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 95


Eagle Group -LL1(60) Item#:23Specification Sheetundershelf made ofremovable shelf sectionsOptions / AccessoriesTray drying racksclean dishtable withLIFESTOR ® undershelf –shown with optional traydrying rackItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:LIFESTOR ® Polymer Undershelffor DishtablesMODELS:To order, add suffix “-LL1” to dishtable model number. Example: CDTR-24-16/3-LL1Design and Construction Features• Available for straight clean and soiled dishtables.• Stainless steel tubular construction with louvered polymershelf sections.• Polymer shelf sections are removable for ease of moppingunderneath dishtable.• Dishwasher-safe and non-corrosive.• Four-sided stainless steel bracing ensures optimumstrength.• Polymer shelf sections feature MICROGARD ® antimicrobialprotection (see below for details).MICROGARD ® Antimicrobial Protection:• LIFESTOR ® undershelves are protected with MICROGARD ® ,an antimicrobial agent which contains built-in protection toretard the growth of a broad range of bacteria, mold andmildew on the surface of the shelves that cause stains,odors and degradation.• MICROGARD ® combines inorganic antimicrobial silver ionswith a patented delivery system. The patented deliverysystem triggers the release of silver ions which react withbacteria in three ways:1) suffocates the cell,2) stops the cell reproduction system,3) stops the cell from growing.• MICROGARD ® is a second line of defense. In keepingwith good hygiene practices, clean this product as usual.The protection will not wash out, while organicbactericides may*.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.12 LIFESTOR ® Polymer Undershelf for Dishtables* MICROGARD ® does not protect users or others against bacteria,viruses, germs or other disease organisms. Always clean thisproduct thoroughly after each use.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Certifications / ApprovalsFor custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2008 by the Eagle GroupEG50.12 Rev. 07/08Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 96


Eagle Group -LL1(60) Item#:23Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG50.12Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:LIFESTOR ® Polymer Undershelf for DishtablesTOP VIEWLIFESTOR ® Polymer Undershelf for DishtablesFRONT VIEWOPTIONAL TRAY DRYING RACKSConstructed of 6 gauge wire with green epoxy coating.Fits 48˝ (1219mm)-long shelves or longer.18˝ Racks 23˝ Racks spacing numbermodel # model # in. mm of slotsTR18481-VG TR23481-VG 1 1 ⁄2˝ 38 28TR18483-VG TR23483-VG 3˝ 76 14SIDE VIEWEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2008 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 07/08Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 97


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 98Eagle Group Model: WS1284-14/3 Item #24SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 24 - OVERSHELF (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group WS1284-14/3Wall Shelf, 12" x 84" 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, 1 1/2" roll on front, 1 1/2" upturn on rear andends, stainless steel mounting brackets stud welded to shelf, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group WS1284-14/3 Item#:24Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Wall Shelf, model ______________. Constructed of16 gauge type 430, 16 gauge type 304, or 14 gauge type 304stainless steel. 1 1 ⁄2˝ roll on front, with 1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn on rear andends. Stainless steel mounting brackets are stud weldedto shelf.#WS1236-16/3 wall shelfItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Wall ShelvesMODELS:WS1024-*WS1036-*WS1048-*WS1060-*WS1072-*WS1084-*WS1096-*WS10108-*WS10120-*WS1224-*WS1236-*WS1248-*WS1260-*WS1272-*WS1284-*WS1296-*WS12108-*WS12120-** See chart on back page for complete model numbers.Wall Mounted Shelves• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) roll on front.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) upturn on rear and ends.• Die-formed stainless steel mounting brackets arestud-welded to shelf.• All stainless steel polished to #3 finish.• Available in 16 gauge type 430, 16 gauge type 304,and 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel.• Wide selection of sizes.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.05 Wall ShelvesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Certifications / ApprovalsFor custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG02.05 Rev. 03/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 99


Eagle Group WS1284-14/3 Item#:24Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.05Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Wall Mounted ShelvesTOP VIEWWall ShelvesFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW16 gauge 16 gauge 14 gaugetype 430 type 304 type 304 width* length weightmodel # model # model # in. mm in. mm lbs. kgWS1024-16/4 WS1024-16/3 WS1024-14/3 10˝ 254 24˝ 610 10 4.5WS1036-16/4 WS1036-16/3 WS1036-14/3 10˝ 254 36˝ 914 12 5.4WS1048-16/4 WS1048-16/3 WS1048-14/3 10˝ 254 48˝ 1219 15 6.8WS1060-16/4 WS1060-16/3 WS1060-14/3 10˝ 254 60˝ 1524 20 9.0WS1072-16/4 WS1072-16/3 WS1072-14/3 10˝ 254 72˝ 1829 22 10.0WS1084-16/4 WS1084-16/3 WS1084-14/3 10˝ 254 84˝ 2134 24 10.9WS1096-16/4 WS1096-16/3 WS1096-14/3 10˝ 254 96˝ 2438 29 13.2WS10108-16/4 WS10108-16/3 WS10108-14/3 10˝ 254 108˝ 2743 32 14.5WS10120-16/4 WS10120-16/3 WS10120-14/3 10˝ 254 120˝ 3048 34 15.4WS1224-16/4 WS1224-16/3 WS1224-14/3 12˝ 305 24˝ 610 12 5.4WS1236-16/4 WS1236-16/3 WS1236-14/3 12˝ 305 36˝ 914 14 6.4WS1248-16/4 WS1248-16/3 WS1248-14/3 12˝ 305 48˝ 1219 17 7.7WS1260-16/4 WS1260-16/3 WS1260-14/3 12˝ 305 60˝ 1524 23 10.4WS1272-16/4 WS1272-16/3 WS1272-14/3 12˝ 305 72˝ 1829 25 11.3WS1284-16/4 WS1284-16/3 WS1284-14/3 12˝ 305 84˝ 2134 28 12.7WS1296-16/4 WS1296-16/3 WS1296-14/3 12˝ 305 96˝ 2438 31 14.1WS12108-16/4 WS12108-16/3 WS12108-14/3 12˝ 305 108˝ 2743 36 16.3WS12120-16/4 WS12120-16/3 WS12120-14/3 12˝ 305 120˝ 3048 39 17.6* 15˝ and 18˝ (381 and 457mm)-wide shelves available. To order, replace “12” in model number with a “15” or “18” indicating shelf width. Example: WS1536-16/3EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 03/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 100


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 101Advance Tabco Model: 7-PS-60 Item #25SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 25 - HAND SINK (4 REQ'D)Advance Tabco 7-PS-60Hand Sink, wall model, 14" wide x 10" front-to-back x 5" deep bowl, 20/403 stainless steelconstruction, with splash mounted faucet, basket drain, wall bracket, NSF & CSA listedELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZE1 1/2"1/2"1INDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE1-1/2"


Advance Tabco 7-PS-60 Item#:25STAINLESS STEELHAND SINKSSTANDARDSPLASH MOUNTED FAUCETSWrist HandlesItem #: Qty #:Model #:Project #:7-PS-607-PS-68Keyhole Bracket foreasier installation andgreater stability.7-PS-507-PS-67SINGLE HOLE PUNCHFaucet omitted7-PS-54DECK MOUNTED FAUCET7-PS-207-PS-20-NFFaucet omittedDOUBLE HOLE PUNCHFaucet omittedFEATURES:One piece Deep Drawn sink bowl design.Sink bowl is 10" x 14" x 5".7-PS-45 sink bowl size is 16" x 20" x 8".7-PS-49 sink bowl size is 16" x 14" x 8".All sink bowls have a large liberal radii with a minimum dimension of 2"and are rectangular in design for increased capacity.Keyhole wall mount bracket.Stainless steel basket drain 1-1/2" IPS.Specific Features:7-PS-20-NF deck mounted faucet ommitted.7-PS-50 features lever operated drain and built-in overflow withplastic overflow tube and spring clamps. P-Trap is 1 1/2".7-PS-54 features P-Trap only. P-Trap is 1 1/2".7-PS-20 4" O.C. deck mounted centerset faucet furnished with aerator.7-PS-50 & 7-PS-60 4" O.C. splash mounted gooseneck faucet, chromeplated & furnished with aerator.7-PS-45 Same as above plus 2 Support Brackets (Hardware Included).7-PS-67 features lever operated drain.7-PS-68 4" O.C. splash mounted gooseneck faucet with Wrist Handles,chrome plated & furnished with aerator.7-PS-71FeaturesLarge SizeSink Bowl16" x 20" x 8"7-PS-70LARGE SIZE SINK BOWLSFeaturesLarge SizeSink Bowl16" x 14” x 8"CONSTRUCTION:All TIG welded.Welded areas blended to match adjacent surfaces and to a satin finish.Die formed Countertop Edge with a No-Drip offset.One sheet of stainless steel - No Seams.MATERIAL:Heavy gauge type 304 series stainless steel.Wall mounting bracket is Galvanized and of offset design.All fittings are brass / chrome plated unless otherwise indicated.MECHANICAL:Faucet supply is 1/2" IPS male thread hot and cold.www.advancetabco.com7-PS-457-PS-457-PS-49Standard Faucet conforms to NSF 61 Standard 9. An optional faucetupgrade is required for compliance to AB 1953 Standards.For Replacement Faucets & Upgrades, Drains & Accessoriesvisit our website at www.advancetabco.comCustomer Service Available To Assist You 1-800-645-3166 8:30 am - 8:00 pm E.S.T.Email Orders To: customer@advancetabco.com. For Smart Fabrication Quotes, Email To: smartfab@advancetabco.com or Fax To: 631-586-2933NEW YORK GEORGIA TEXAS NEVADAFax: (631) 242-6900 Fax: (770) 775-5625 Fax: (972) 932-4795 Fax: (775) 972-1578PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 102B-1


Advance Tabco 7-PS-60 Item#:25DIMENSIONS and SPECIFICATIONSTOL Overall: ± .500" Interior: ± .250" FITTINGS SUPPLIED AS SHOWN ALL DIMENSIONS ARE TYPICAL7-PS-2017 1/4"10"17 1/4"2"TOP VIEW FOR:7-PS-507-PS-547-PS-607-PS-687-PS-7015 1/4"17 1/4"2"14"15 lbs.13"8"5"2"FaucetSink Bowl 10" x 14" x 5"7-PS-50 & 7-PS-54*NOTE: *7-PS-54 Hand Sink Excludes Lever Drain and Overflow7-PS-67 17 1/4"2"GooseneckFaucet15 1/4"13"18"5"2"GooseneckFaucet*Lever Drain13"8"2"15 lbs.P-Trap15 lbs.5"Lever Drain7-PS-60GooseneckFaucet7-PS-4524 3/4"2"13"8"2"5"21 7/8"16"13 lbs.20"GooseneckFaucet7-PS-68Gooseneck FaucetWith Wrist Handles16"31 lbs.8"2"13"13"8"5"2"7-PS-4919"2"13 lbs.19 1/4"14"7-PS-707-PS-71 Same as 7-PS-70with Single Hole <strong>Cut</strong>out16"GooseneckFaucet16"8"2"13"C L8"13" 3 5/8"5"2"31 lbs.12 lbs.B-1aPIONEER200 HeartlandMANORBoulevard,- EQUIPMENTEdgewood, NY 11717-8380United Restaurant SupplyADVANCE TABCO is constantly engaged in a program ofimproving our products. Therefore, we reserve the right tochange specifications without prior notice.© ADVANCE TABCO, Page: NOVEMBER 103 2012


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 104Item #26SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 26 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 105Item #27SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 27 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 106Eagle Group Model: T30144SEM-BS Item #28SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 28 - WORK TABLE (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group T30144SEM-BSSpec-Master® Work Table, 144"W x 30"D, 14/304 stainless steel top with 4-1/2" backsplash, boxmarine edge front & ends, heavy gauge stainless steel undershelf, (8) 1-5/8" O.D. heavy gauge stainlesssteel legs, 1" adjustable stainless steel feet, uni-lok® gusset system, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecEagle GroupEagle GroupEagle GroupEagle GroupEagle GroupEagle Group112122501572E24300804341189-TBFor 10-1/2" backsplash, replace suffix -BS with -10BS,Drawer, 20", with complete enclosed assembly,430 stainless steelSink, 18" x 20" x 14" bowl, for 30"W tables,complete with faucet and basket drain (specifylocation)Faucet, 14"L, splash-mounted mixing faucet, 8"centers, swing nozzleTwist Handle Drain, 1-1/2 or 2" NPS connectionTwist bracket, per drainELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZE1 1/2"1/2" 1 1-1/2"DIRECTSIZE


Eagle Group T30144SEM-BS Item#:28Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle worktables, Spec-Master ® Marine series, model_______________. Top constructed of 14/304 stainless steel,with 2 1 ⁄16˝ marine counter style edging on all four sides and 4 1 ⁄2˝backsplash. Adjustable undershelf constructed of 18/304stainless steel with marine edge. Top reinforced with stainlesssteel hat channels and sound deadened. Constructed withuni-lok ® patented gusset system with the gussets recessed intothe hat channels to reduce lateral movement. 1 5 ⁄8˝-diameterstainless steel legs, with stainless steel gussets and1˝ stainless steel adjustable bullet feet.worktable with backsplashand adjustable undershelfPatented uni-lok ® System(Patent No. 5,165,349)EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Worktables with Backsplashand Stainless Steel Basewith Undershelf—Spec-Master ® Marine SeriesMODELS:T2424SEM-BST2430SEM-BST2436SEM-BST2448SEM-BST2460SEM-BST2472SEM-BST2484SEM-BST2496SEM-BST24108SEM-BST24120SEM-BST24132SEM-BST24144SEM-BST3030SEM-BST3036SEM-BST3048SEM-BST3060SEM-BSTabletop• Patented uni-lok ® gusset system (patent #5,165,349): gussetsare recessed into hat channel, reducing lateral movement.• Top reinforced with welded-on hat channel.• Sound-deadened between top and channels.• 4 1 ⁄2˝ (114mm)-high 90° backsplash with 1˝ (25mm) turn at 90°.• Marine counter edge on front and ends.• 14 gauge type 304 polished stainless steel.Adjustable Undershelf• Heavy gauge stainless steel.• Gusset welded to each corner.• Heavy duty marine edge design.Legs—1 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm)-diameter• Tables 96˝ (2438mm) and longer come with six legs or more.• Heavy gauge stainless steel.• 1˝ (25mm) adjustable stainless steel feet.Options / AccessoriesDrawerLockCastersStainless steel bullet feetOvershelvesPower strip (for material handling)Certifications / ApprovalsT3072SEM-BST3084SEM-BST3096SEM-BST30108SEM-BST30120SEM-BST30132SEM-BST30144SEM-BST3648SEM-BST3660SEM-BST3672SEM-BST3684SEM-BST3696SEM-BST36108SEM-BST36120SEM-BST36132SEM-BST36144SEM-BSDuplex receptaclesPot rackSinkAdditional undershelfStabilizer Bar (for 30˝and36˝-wide tables)Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.45D Rev. 01/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2012 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 107Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.45D Spec-Master ® Marine Series Worktables with Backsplash and Stainless Steel Base with Undershelf


Eagle Group T30144SEM-BS Item#:28Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.45DWorktables with Backsplash and Stainless Steel Basewith Undershelf—Spec-Master ® Marine Series**Forcustomsizes-fillinrequireddimensionsinlayoutprovidedItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:2 1 ⁄16˝52mmmarine counteredge constructionSpec-Master ® Marine Series Worktables with Backsplash and Stainless Steel Base with UndershelfTOP VIEWFRONT VIEWmodel ## oflegswidthin. mmlengthin. mmweightlbs. kgT2424SEM-BS 4 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 47 21.3T2430SEM-BS 4 24˝ 610 30˝ 762 53 24.0T2436SEM-BS 4 24˝ 610 36˝ 914 58 26.3T2448SEM-BS 4 24˝ 610 48˝ 1219 69 31.3T2460SEM-BS 4 24˝ 610 60˝ 1524 80 36.3T2472SEM-BS 4 24˝ 610 72˝ 1829 94 42.6T2484SEM-BS 4 24˝ 610 84˝ 2134 107 48.5T2496SEM-BS 6 24˝ 610 96˝ 2438 125 56.7T24108SEM-BS 6 24˝ 610 108˝ 2743 156 70.3T24120SEM-BS 6 24˝ 610 120˝ 3048 169 76.7T24132SEM-BS 8 24˝ 610 132˝ 3353 183 83.0T24144SEM-BS 8 24˝ 610 144˝ 3658 196 88.9T3030SEM-BS 4 30˝ 762 30˝ 762 55 24.9T3036SEM-BS 4 30˝ 762 36˝ 914 58 26.3T3048SEM-BS 4 30˝ 762 48˝ 1219 77 34.9T3060SEM-BS 4 30˝ 762 60˝ 1524 89 40.4T3072SEM-BS 4 30˝ 762 72˝ 1829 103 46.3T3084SEM-BS 4 30˝ 762 84˝ 2134 119 54.0T3096SEM-BS 6 30˝ 762 96˝ 2438 143 64.9T30108SEM-BS 6 30˝ 762 108˝ 2743 165 74.4T30120SEM-BS 6 30˝ 762 120˝ 3048 187 84.8T30132SEM-BS 8 30˝ 762 132˝ 3353 207 93.9T30144SEM-BS 8 30˝ 762 144˝ 3658 228 103.4T3648SEM-BS 4 36˝ 914 48˝ 1219 85 38.6T3660SEM-BS 4 36˝ 914 60˝ 1524 99 44.9T3672SEM-BS 4 36˝ 914 72˝ 1829 117 53.1T3684SEM-BS 4 36˝ 914 84˝ 2134 135 61.2T3696SEM-BS 6 36˝ 914 96˝ 2438 145 65.8T36108SEM-BS 6 36˝ 914 108˝ 2743 186 84.4T36120SEM-BS 6 36˝ 914 120˝ 3048 211 95.7T36132SEM-BS 8 36˝ 914 132˝ 3353 238 108.0T36144SEM-BS 8 36˝ 914 144˝ 3658 263 119.3SIDE VIEWEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2012 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 01/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 108


Eagle Group 501572 Item#:28Specification Sheet#TD3#NTD3LremovableNSFdrawerslideOptions / AccessoriesDrawer lock (suffix “-L”)Pan replacement for NSF-Approved Tier DrawersPan replacement for drawer assembliesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Tier Drawers and DrawerAssemblies for Stainless Steeland Hardwood TablesMODELS:501572502943502946502947502971502972606826608115608116608117Certifications / Approvals608118NTD3NTD3LTD3TD3LRegular Tier Drawers• Heavy gauge type 430 stainless steel cabinet with three roller-track drawers.• Available with nylon feet or legs.• Includes guides, zinc-plated full-extension slides, and stainless steel drawer.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.• All shipping weights are approximate.width x length x heightweightmodel # description in. mm lbs. kgTD3 3 drawers, with nylon feet 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 22˝ 572 x 610 x 559 75 34.0TD3L 3 drawers, with legs 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 34 1 ⁄2˝ 572 x 610 x 876 78 35.4NSF-Approved Tier Drawers• Utilizes totally removable drawer slides certified by the National Sanitation Foundation.• Otherwise, design and features are the same as tier drawers listed above.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.• Optional pan replacement available: Model #608120.width x length x heightweightmodel # description in. mm lbs. kgNTD3 3 drawers, with nylon feet 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 22˝ 572 x 610 x 559 75 34.0NTD3L 3 drawers, with legs 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 34 1 ⁄2˝ 572 x 610 x 876 78 35.4Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440(only where noted)MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.13B Rev. 05/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2010 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 109Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.13B Tier Drawers and Drawer Assemblies for Stainless Steel and Hardwood Tables


Eagle Group 501572 Item#:28EG10.13BCatalog Specification Sheet No.Tier Drawers and Drawer Assemblies for Stainless Steel and Hardwood TablesTier Drawers and Drawer AssembliesDrawer Capacity Per TableDrawers can be centered, left or right.table length 15˝ x 20˝ (381 x 508mm) 20˝ x 20˝ (508 x 508mm) *in. mm drawer capacity per table drawer capacity per table24˝ 610 0 030˝ 762 1 centered 036˝ 914 1 centered 1 centered48˝ 1219 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right 1 centered60˝ 1524 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right72˝ 1829 3 (1 centered, 1 left, 1 right) 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right84˝ 2134 4 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right96˝ 2438 4 (2 left, 2 right) 2 (1 left, 1 right)108˝ 2743 4 (2 left, 2 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)120˝ 3048 4 (2 left, 2 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)132˝ 3353 6 (3 left, 3 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)144˝ 3658 6 (3 left, 3 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)* Holes are predrilled for 20˝ x 20˝ drawers only.enclosed drawer assemblyremovable NSFdrawer slideSPEC-MASTER ® heavy dutydrawer assemblydrawer assembly withNSF-approved slidesItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Enclosed Drawer Assemblies• Removable drawer pan.• Type 430 stainless steel assemblies.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.width x length x heightmodel # in. mm lbs. kg model #502943 * 20˝ x 15˝ x 5˝ 508 x 381 x 127 35 15.9 608115501572 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ 508 x 508 x 127 35 15.9 608118 *** Tables must be field drilled for mounting.** #608118 does NOT fit drawer assembly #501572 with optional lock (#501572-L).Drawer assembly #501572-L accepts only pan replacement #608119.Enclosed SPEC-MASTER ®Heavy Duty Drawer Assemblies• Removable drawer pan.• Type 304 stainless steel assemblies.• Insulated front.• Self-closing drawer slides that fully extend from housing.• These drawer assemblies are stackable.Optional Panwidth x length x height weightReplacementmodel # in. mm lbs. kg model #502972 * 20˝ x 15˝ x 5˝ 508 x 381 x 127 40 18.1 608117502971 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ 508 x 508 x 127 40 18.1 606826* Tables must be field drilled for mounting.Drawer Assemblies with NSF-Approved Slides• Removable drawer slides, making it easy to clean forcomplete sanitation.• Type 430 stainless steel.• Requires no tool.• All-stainless steel housing and frame.• Drawer consists of full-length front pull flange andremovable drawer pan with large radius corners.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.Optional Panwidth x length x height weightReplacementmodel # in. mm lbs. kg model #502947 * 20˝ x 15˝ x 5˝ 508 x 381 x 127 35 15.9 608115502946 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ 508 x 508 x 127 35 15.9 608116 *** Tables must be field drilled for mounting.** #608116 does NOT fit drawer assembly #502946 with optional lock (#502946-L).Drawer assembly #502946-L accepts only pan replacement #608119.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2010 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 05/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comweightAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 110Optional PanReplacement


Eagle Group E24 Item#:28Specification SheetRefer to chart below fordescription of E# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Table Modificationsand AccessoriesFor complete list of E# models and description, see chartbelow and chart on back page.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.50 Table Modificationssquare edgemarine counter edgemarine edgebullnose edgemodel # description model # descriptionE10 Square edge table - front and/or rear313835 Stainless steel flanged bullet feetE11 Marine counter edgeE15 Vertical tray dividers - 4-section assembly, 3˝ on centersE12 “V” type marine edge (not available in 16/430)E17 Special height legsE13 Bullnose edgeE18* Duplex receptacle and mounting plate (under table)300698 Casters - 4˝ (102mm)-diameter with brakeE18.1* Duplex receptacle in splash (requires at least 6˝-high splash)300699 Casters - 4˝ (102mm)-diameter without brakeE18.2* Pedestal duplex receptacle (top of table or overshelf)317635 Casters - 5˝ (127mm)-diameter with brakeE19 Stainless steel gussets317636 Casters - 5˝ (127mm)-diameter without brake300692 Bullet feet - stainless steelNOT PICTURED301036 Bullet feet - white metalmodel # description300293 Bullet feet - plastic606329 Scrap chute, 6˝ (152mm)-diameter606331 Knife rack (fits rolled rim, poly, and square edge tables)* For GFI receptacle, add “-GFI” to E number (example: E18.1-GFI).EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comCertifications / Approvals(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)Eagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2012 by the Eagle GroupEG10.50 Rev. 04/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 111


Eagle Group E24 Item#:28EG10.50Catalog Specification Sheet No.Table ModificationsTable Modificationsand AccessoriesRefer to chart at right fordescription of E# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:model # descriptionSinks — complete with faucet and basket drain (Specify location)E20 - 10˝ x 14˝ x 9.5˝ bowl (254 x 356 x 241mm)E21 - 14˝ x 16˝ x 9.5˝ bowl (356 x 406 x 241mm)E22* - 16˝ x 20˝ x 8˝ bowl (406 x 508 x 203mm)E23* - 16˝ x 20˝ x 14˝ bowl (406 x 508 x 356mm)E24* - 18˝ x 20˝ x 14˝ bowl (457 x 508 x 356mm)E24A* - 20˝ x 20˝ x 14˝ (508 x 508 x 356mm)E25 - 24˝ x 24˝ x 14˝ bowl (610 x 610 x 356mm)for 36˝ (914mm)-wide tables313304 T&S faucet upgrade - deck mount 4˝ (102mm) centers300720 Lever drain - 1.5˝ I.P.S. (38mm)300721 Lever drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm)300722 Lever drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm) with overflow341189** Twist handle drain - 1.5˝ I.P.S. (38mm)336002** Twist handle drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm)341190** Twist handle drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm) with overflowE27 Top cutout - square or round (Specify location)E28 Angle slides for pans, up to six pairs(Specify location and pan size)E29 Urn trough, 4.5˝ wide x 1.25˝ deep (114 x 32mm) with1.5˝ (38mm) drain, complete with louvered grate. (Lengthmust be maximum of 6˝ shorter than table. Specify location.)E30 End splash — per end (Specify end), all heightsE31 1.5˝ (38mm) rear upturn for undershelfE32 Can opener hole with under table support (Specify location)E33 Sink splash — single thickness, 4˝ tall (102mm)E34 Column cutout (Send floor plan/sketch)model #E35E36E36AE37E37AE38-6***E38-12***E39NOT PICTUREDdescription16 gauge s/s apron in front of sinks or cutoutsFully welded - top, undershelf & legsWelded base only - undershelf & legsNSF sprayed-on sound deadening up to 12´ (3658mm)- for each additional footCantilever mount up to 6´ (1829mm) - add to wall shelf priceCantilever mount up to 12´ (3658mm)Enclosed backsplashOptional Sinks Built Into Tables – Standard Locations* These sink bowls will not fit in a table any less than 30˝ (762mm) wide.** Optional twist drain brackets available for use with twist handle drains.*** Applicable to wall mount shelves and pot racks.sink on left/right side of tablesink on center of tablesink with faucet on end of tableEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2012 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 04/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 112


Eagle Group 300804 Item#:28Specification Sheet19˝(483mm)double-jointedspoutfaucet12˝(305mm)T&Sfaucetstandardwristhandlefaucet12˝(305mm)heavydutyfaucetT&SwristhandlefaucetItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitsSTANDARD FAUCETS8˝ (203mm) centers.model # description313918 8˝ (203mm) spout, standard, splash mounted300716 12˝ (305mm) spout, standard, splash mounted300804 14˝ (356mm) spout, standard, splash mounted313919 16˝ (406mm) spout, standard, splash mounted301001 12˝ (305mm) spout, heavy duty, splash mounted301002 14˝ (406mm) spout, heavy duty, splash mounted301003 19˝ (489mm) double-jointed spout, splash mounted313075 gooseneck, splash mountedREPAIR KIT FOR STANDARD FAUCETSmodel # description for faucets #304146hot/cold stems, handles,seats, bonnet nuts, O-rings313918, 313919368421 hot/cold ceramic cartridge 300716, 300804STANDARD FAUCETS WITH WRIST HANDLESDeck mounted with 4˝ (102mm) centers. Features include 4˝ (102mm)long wrist handles and rigid gooseneck spout.model # description301005 standard301004 heavy dutyT&S EXTRA HEAVY DUTY FAUCETSTop-of-the-line. Splash mounted with 8˝ (203mm) centers. FeaturesT&S quality products.model # description313920 8˝ (203mm) spout340380 10˝ (254mm) spout313293 12˝ (305mm) spout313294 14˝ (356mm) spoutT&S EXTRA HEAVY DUTY FAUCETWITH WRIST HANDLESOUR BESTTop-of-the-line T&S quality. Deck mounted with 4˝ (102mm) centers.4˝ (102mm) long wrist handles and rigid gooseneck spout.model # description313304 extra heavy dutyOUR BESTCatalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.51B Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitsEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: quotes@eaglegrp.comCertifications / Approvals(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)Eagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2013 by the Eagle GroupEG20.51B Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 113


Eagle Group 300804 Item#:28EG20.51BCatalog Specification Sheet No.Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitsItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Faucets and Prerinse UnitssplashmountedprerinsesprayunitdeckmountedprerinsesprayunitprerinsesprayvalveassemblywallbracketSTANDARD PRERINSE UNITS AND COMPONENTSmodel # description300719 splash mounted spray unit300718 deck mounted spray unit301189 faucet add-on with 12˝ (305mm) spout301190 wall bracket313116 prerinse hose, 36˝ (914mm) length313323prerinse spray valve assembly for spray units#300718 and 300719T&S EXTRA HEAVY DUTY OUR BESTPRERINSE UNITS AND COMPONENTSTop-of-the-line.model # description313296 splash mounted spray unit with wall bracket313295 deck mounted spray unit with wall bracket313297faucet add-on with 12˝ (305mm) spoutfor use with #313296 unitT&SsplashmountedprerinsesprayunitT&SdeckmountedprerinsesprayunitT&Sprerinsefaucetadd-onEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2013 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 114


Eagle Group 341189 Item#:28Specification SheetOUR BESTT&S faucet #313293lever drain(with Sink Kit B forSpec-Master ® Sinks)stainless steel sink covercrossbraced legswith stainless steelfeettwist handle drain(with Sink Kit D forSpec-Master ® Sinks)polyboard sink coverItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, MiscellaneousSINK KITS FOR 314, 412, AND 414 SERIES SINKSAll kits include stainless steel crossbraced legs, gussets, feet andT&S faucet #313293.addsuffix # Kit # description-CLF A s/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet-CLFD Bs/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,lever drain-CLFDO Cs/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,lever drain with overflow-CLFDT Ds/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,twist handle drain, twist handle bracket-CLFDOT Es/s crossbraced legs, gussets, feet, T&S faucet,twist handle drain with overflow, twist handle bracketSINK KITS FOR SPEC-MASTER ® FN SERIES SINKSIncludes T&S faucet #313293.addsuffix # Kit # description-F A T&S faucet-FD B T&S faucet, lever drain-FDO C T&S faucet, lever drain with overflow-FDT D T&S faucet, twist handle drain, twist handle bracket-FDOT ET&S faucet, twist handle drain with overflow,twist handle bracketSINK COVERSFor 314, 412, 414, and FN Series sinks only.POLYBOARD STAINLESSmodel # model # fits sink bowl size313207 321555 14˝ x 10˝ (356 x 254mm)351584 351585 16˝ x 20˝ (483 x 508mm)335377 346175 20˝ x 18˝ (508 x 457mm)326267 305428 20˝ x 20˝ (508 x 508mm)313204 321557 22˝ x 22˝ (559 x 559mm)326268 326270 24˝ x 18˝ (610 x 457mm)313205 321558 24˝ x 24˝ (610 x 610mm)326269 326271 28˝ x 20˝ (711 x 508mm)Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG20.51A Sink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, MiscellaneousEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: quotes@eaglegrp.comCertifications / Approvals(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)Eagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2013 by the Eagle GroupEG20.51A Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 115


Eagle Group 341189 Item#:28EG20.51ACatalog Specification Sheet No.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Sink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, Miscellaneousflanged bullet footLEG COMPONENTSmodel # description300315 19˝ (483mm) stainless steel leg for utility sinks300692 stainless steel bullet feet313835 flanged bullet feet300293 plastic bullet feetSink Accessories/Replacements—Sink Kits, MiscellaneousP-traplever draintail pieceanti-siphonvacuum breakertwist handle drainbackflowpreventerPLUMBING COMPONENTSmodel # description300789 p-trap, nickel-plated300791 tail piece for 1.5˝ (38mm) IPS connection, nickel-plated313832 anit-siphon vacuum breaker313834 backflow preventerDRAINSMAX. f LOw RATEgal. per gal. permodel # description minute hour300720lever handle drain with 1.5˝ or 2˝ 27 1620(38 or 51mm) NPS connection300721lever handle drain with 2˝ (51mm) 32 1920NPS connection300722lever handle drain with 2˝ (51mm)NPS connection and overflow32 1920341189*twist handle drain with 1.5˝ or 2˝ 27 1620(38 or 51mm) NPS connection336002*twist handle drain with 2˝ (51mm) 32 1920NPS connectiontwist handle drain with 2˝ (51mm) 32 1920341190*NPS connection and overflow369653rotary drain, nickel-plated solid brass, with1.5˝ or 2˝ (38 or 51mm) NPS connection40 2400300287 crumb cup strainer with 1.5˝ (38mm) outlet 18 1080* Twist handle bracket, for use with twist handle drain, should be ordered as sink option“-TB” at time of sink order.control bracketCONTROL BRACKETRequires custom mounting.model # description309796 3˝ x 5˝ (76 x 127mm), extra heavy dutyEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2013 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 02/13Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 116


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 117Eagle Group Model: SWS1272-14/3 Item #29SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 29 - OVERSHELF (2 REQ'D)Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3Wall Shelf, Snap-n-Slide®, 1 1/2" Rolled Front Edge, 12" x 72", 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, 1 1/2"upturn on rear and ends, stainless steel wall brackets mount to wall studs, no wall backing required,270 lb. weight capacity, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3 Item#:29Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with Rolled Front Edge, model________________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304, or14/304 stainless steel. Front rolled edge with 1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn onrear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets are shipped loosefor mounting directly to wall studs.Eagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with “V” Marine Front Edge,model ____________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304,14/304, or 14/316 stainless steel. “V” marine front edge with1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn on rear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets areshipped loose for mounting directly to wall studs.#SWS1236-16/4 wall shelfOptions / AccessoriesSolid Dividers – 16 gauge stainless steel, 4˝ (76mm)-highItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesMODELS:SWS1224-*SWS1236-*SWS1248-*SWS1260-*SWS1272-*SWS1524-*SWS1536-*SWS1548-*SWS1560-*SWS1572-*SWS1524-*-VMARSWS1536-*-VMARSWS1548-*-VMARSWS1560-*-VMARSWS1572-*-VMAR* See charts on back page for complete model numbers.Design and Construction Features• Brackets can be mounted to studs—no wall backing required.• Heavy gauge stainless steel construction.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) upturn on rear and ends of shelf.• Models available with 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) rolled front edge or1 3 ⁄4˝ (45mm) “V” marine edge on shelf.• 12˝ and 15˝ (305 and 381mm) widths available.• Lengths available range from 24˝ to 72˝ (610 to 1829mm).• No tools required to attach shelf to wall brackets.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01 Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG02.01 Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 118


Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3 Item#:29Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesTOP VIEWItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:“V” MARINEEDGEROLLEDEDGESnap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesFRONT VIEWSHELVES WITH ROLLED FRONT EDGE(15˝ wide shelf shown)SIDE VIEW12˝ (305mm)-WIDE SHELVES15˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight TYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # lbs. kg model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1224-16/4 SWS1224-16/3 SWS1224-14/3 12 5.4 SWS1524-16/4 SWS1524-16/3 SWS1524-14/3 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1236-16/4 SWS1236-16/3 SWS1236-14/3 14 6.4 SWS1536-16/4 SWS1536-16/3 SWS1536-14/3 17 7.7 36˝ 914 135 61.2SWS1248-16/4 SWS1248-16/3 SWS1248-14/3 17 7.7 SWS1548-16/4 SWS1548-16/3 SWS1548-14/3 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1260-16/4 SWS1260-16/3 SWS1260-14/3 23 10.4 SWS1560-16/4 SWS1560-16/3 SWS1560-14/3 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1272-16/4 SWS1272-16/3 SWS1272-14/3 25 11.3 SWS1572-16/4 SWS1572-16/3 SWS1572-14/3 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.515˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES WITH “V” MARINE FRONT EDGE14 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 304 TYPE 316 TYPE 430 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1524-14/304-VMAR SWS1524-14/316-VMAR SWS1524-16/430-VMAR SWS1524-16/304-VMAR 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1536-14/304-VMAR SWS1536-14/316-VMAR SWS1536-16/430-VMAR SWS1536-16/304-VMAR 17 7.7 36˝ 915 135 61.2SWS1548-14/304-VMAR SWS1548-14/316-VMAR SWS1548-16/430-VMAR SWS1548-16/304-VMAR 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1560-14/304-VMAR SWS1560-14/316-VMAR SWS1560-16/430-VMAR SWS1560-16/304-VMAR 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1572-14/304-VMAR SWS1572-14/316-VMAR SWS1572-16/430-VMAR SWS1572-16/304-VMAR 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.5EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 119


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 120Robot Coupe Model: CL40 Item #30SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 30 - FOOD PROCESSOR (1 REQ'D)Robot Coupe CL40Commercial Food Processor, stainless steel and ABS plastic vegetable prep attachment with kidneyshaped pusher (no bowl), 27577 5/64" (2mm) grating & 27566 5/32" (4mm) slicing disc, metal base,single speed 425 RPM, 120v/60/1-ph, 1 HP, NEMA 5-15P, ETL electrical and sanitation, cETLACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecRobot Coupe1ELECTRICAL1-Year parts & labor warranty1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN120 60 1AFFNEMA5-15PAMPSKWHP1MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 121Hobart Model: 2712-2 Item #31SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 31 - SLICER (1 REQ'D)Hobart 2712-2Slicer, semi-automatic, angle feed, 12" s/s Stay Sharp knife, Poly-V-belt, perm. ring guard, 2-speedtilting removable auto s/s carriage, s/s knife cover, top mounted sharpener, low fence, alum. basew/tilt, 240/60/1ACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecHobart1ELECTRICALStandard warranty - 1-Year parts, labor & traveltime during normal working hours within theUSA1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN240 60 1AFFNEMAAMPS KW HP2.5 1/2MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1


2712 SLICERHobart 2712-2 Item#:31Item # ________________________________Quantity _______________________________C.S.I. Section 11400701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.com2712SLICERSTANDARD FEATURES■ MICROBAN ® Antimicrobial Product Protection■ Two-Speed Automatic Carriage with FrontMounted Controls■ Exclusive Tilting, Removable Carriage System■ Clean<strong>Cut</strong> Knife■ Top Mounted Borazon Stone Sharpener■ Hobart Poly V-Belt Drive System■ Sanitary Burnished Aluminum Base■ Double-Action Indexing Cam■ Permanently Mounted Ring Guard■ Heavy Gauge Stainless Steel Knife Cover■ Lift Lever■ Removable Rear Deflector■ 1 ⁄2 H.P. Knife Drive Motor■ Nylon Carriage Roller■ Electroless Nickel Plated Single Slide Rod withReservoir Wick■ Stainless Steel Carriage■ Ergonomic Style Handle■ Low FenceMODEL❑ 2712 – Basic Automatic Slicer with the Works❑ 2712C – Basic Automatic Slicer with MaximumSecurity Correctional Package (120/60/1 only)ACCESSORIES❑ Low Fence❑ High Fence❑ Food Chute❑ Heavy Meat Grip with Clips❑ 4" Legs❑ Product TrayRF-39686 – 2712 Slicer Page 1 of 4PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 122


Hobart 2712-2 Item#:312712SLICER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comSOLUTIONS / BENEFITSMicroban ® Antimicrobial Product ProtectionCleaner Between Cleanings■ Inhibits the growth of bacteria, mold, mildewand fungi, keeping the slicer “cleaner betweencleanings”■ Built-in and designed to last the life of theproduct■ Works continuously between cleanings tomaintain a lower level of odor and stain causingmicroorganismsTwo-Speed Automatic Carriage with FrontMounted ControlsOffers flexibility, ease of use, performance,increased productivity■ Supports automatic with 2 speed choices ormanual mode■ Two speed selector front mountedExclusive Tilting, Removable Carriage SystemReduces labor, improves sanitation■ Tilt design allows for ease of midday cleaning■ Removable for complete cleaning andsanitation proceduresClean<strong>Cut</strong> KnifeReduced cost of ownership, improved yield■ Thin edge design improves yield■ Super alloy edge lasts longerTop Mounted Borazon Stone SharpenerEase of use, improved sanitation, reduced costs■ Single action sharpens and hones in just fiveseconds■ Removable and submersible for easy cleaningand sanitation■ Lifetime guaranteed Borazon sharpeningstones provide maximum performance withreduced maintenance costsPoly V-Belt Drive SystemPerformance, durability, reduced maintenance■ Quieter operating slicer■ Patented design extends belt life whileproducing optimal slicing resultsSanitary Burnished Aluminum BaseImproved sanitation, labor savings■ One piece base protects against possiblegrowth of bacteria■ No cracks/crevices or bolt holes where productcan lodge and bacteria may grow■ Easy cleanup and durable finishDouble-Action Indexing CamIncreases reliability, easier to use, increased yield■ The first full revolution of the indexing knobprovides precise control for shaving, chippingand thin slicing■ The second revolution opens the gauge platequickly for thicker slicing■ Gauge plate holds position for consistent,precision slicingPermanently Mounted Ring GuardProtection■ Protects knife during operation and cleaningHeavy Gauge Stainless Steel Knife CoverDurability, ease of use, sanitation■ Twelve-gauge stainless steel maintains shapeto ensure consistent fit■ Spring loaded knob for quick removal and easycleanup■ One piece design for simple useLift LeverImproved sanitation, ease of use■ Props machine for easy cleaning underneathslicerRemovable Rear DeflectorImproved sanitation, ease of use■ Allows access for thorough cleaning■ No tools required means easy removal duringcleaning1⁄2 H.P. Knife Drive MotorDurability, performance■ Reserve power runs at 400 rpm for optimumresultsNylon Carriage RollerPerformance■ Easy movement for manual operationE-Nickel Plated Single Slide Rod withReservoir WickPerformance, durability, lower maintenance■ Smooth operation with continuous lubrication ofcarriage rod■ Resistant to rustStainless Steel CarriageImproved sanitation, durability■ Maximum sanitation with minimumcleanup time■ Corrosion resistant, impact resistantErgonomic Style HandleOperator satisfaction■ Comfortable manual operationMeat Grip OptionsMultiple choices for improved yield andconsistency■ Front meat grip standard■ Heavy front meat grip availablePage 2 of 4F-39686 – 2712 SlicerPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 123


Hobart 2712-2 Item#:31701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.com2712SLICERSPECIFICATIONSMICROBAN ® ANTIMICROBIAL PRODUCTPROTECTION: The Microban additive is built into theexternal plastic components to inhibit the growth ofbacteria, mold, mildew and fungi, keeping the slicer“cleaner between cleanings.” The additive is designedto last the life of the products in which it is incorporatedand works continuously to maintain a lower level ofodor and stain causing microorganisms.TWO-SPEED AUTOMATIC CARRIAGE WITHFRONT MOUNTED CONTROLS: Low Speed is36 strokes per minute. 52 strokes per minute highspeed for greater productivity. Carriage can bedisengaged from power drive whether slicer is inoperation or not. Automatic engagement and speedselector controls located in front of machine. Speedcan be changed with slicer motor on or off. Carriagedriven by DC gear-reduction motor and 4 barsynchronous linkage.TILTING REMOVABLE CARRIAGE SYSTEM:Positive angle carriage design enables operator toslice without manual feed. The stainless steelcarriage system tilts back easily for midday cleaningand is removable for thorough cleaning andsanitation procedures. The carriage has 12 1 ⁄2"manual travel.CLEANCUT KNIFE: Another Hobart exclusive, theknife is constructed of 304L stainless steel and highperformance super alloy. Knife is protected by apermanently mounted ring guard with integratedproduct deflector. The stainless steel knife coverprovides easy access for cleaning. Gauge plateprotects knife edge when closed. Knife cover isquickly removed with a quarter turn of the springloaded locking knob.TOP MOUNTED BORAZON STONE SHARPENER:One lever operation utilizing two Borazon stones tosharpen and hone in five seconds. Removable andtop mounted. When sharpener is removed forcleaning, knife edge is shielded. Borazon stoneshave lifetime guarantee.HOBART POLY V-BELT DRIVE SYSTEM: Knife isdriven by a Hobart Poly V belt and runs at 400 rpmfor optimal performance.SANITARY BURNISHED ALUMINUM BASE:One-piece base protects against possible growth ofbacteria. All surfaces are durable and smooth,presenting no holes or crevices in which food canlodge.DOUBLE-ACTION INDEXING CAM: First revolutionof index cam for precision slicing; second revolutionfor thicker slicing selection. Indexing cam holds trueto setting during slicing operation.PERMANENTLY MOUNTED RING GUARD: Permanentlymounted ring guard with integrated productdeflector protects knife.HEAVY GAUGE STAINLESS STEEL KNIFECOVER:One piece design made of 12 gauge stainless steel,durable to maintain shape and ensure consistentfit. Spring loaded knob for quick removal andreplacement.LIFT LEVER: Lift lever facilitates raising slicer totilted position for cleaning beneath the machine.REMOVABLE REAR DEFLECTOR: No tools arerequired for removal of the deflector for thoroughcleaning of the slicer.KNIFE MOTOR: 1 ⁄2 H.P., permanently lubricated ballbearings. Single phase capacitor-start, induction run.ELECTROLESS NICKEL PLATED SINGLE SLIDEROD WITH RESERVOIR WICK: Transport slide rodis E-Nickel electroless plated. Slide rod bearingsfeature an oil reservoir/oil wick.FINISH: Stainless steel carriage, gauge plate andknife cover. Burnished aluminum base.ERGONOMIC STYLE HANDLE: Specially designedfor ease of use during manual operation.MEAT GRIP: Front mounted grip is high strengththermoplastic. Swings out of way when not in use.ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 120/60/1 and240/60/1 (3 amps) – U L Listed. Also available in100/50/60/1 and 230/50/1 (3 amps) – not submittedfor U L Listing.SWITCH: Moisture protected toggle type, operatedby a push-pull rod.CORD & PLUG: 6-foot, three-wire power supplycord and plug. Plug not furnished on export models.CAPACITY: The carriage will take food up to 12" inwidth or 7 1 ⁄2" in diameter.GAUGE PLATE: Gauge plate is a heavy aluminumcasting with ribbed laminated stainless steel face forsmooth feeding. Adjustable to cut any thickness ofslice up to 1”.WARRANTY: All parts and service coverage for oneyear including knife. Lifetime guarantee on Borazonstones in the sharpening system.WEIGHTS FOR THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: TubularChute 9.1 lbs.; Swing Arm .61 lbs.; Heavy FrontMeat Grip 2.76 lbs.; Heavy Handle 2.7 lbs.; StandardMeat Grip 2.34 lbs.WEIGHT: Shipping 182 lbs., Net 140 lbs.Microban ® does not protect the user against food-borne bacteria. Always maintain good hygiene practices.F-39686 – 2712 Slicer Page 3 of 4PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 124


Hobart 2712-2 Item#:312712SLICER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comLISTED BY: UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC AND NSF INTERNATIONAL.DETAILS AND DIMENSIONSLEGENDE1-ELECTRICAL CONNECTION,APPROX 6 1 ⁄2" ABOVECOUNTER TOPMicroban and the Microban symbol are registered trademarks of the Microban Products Company, Huntersville, NC.As continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice.Page 4 of 4F-39686 – 2712 SlicerF-39686 (REV. 6/04) LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 125Printed On Recycled Paper


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 126Eagle Group Model: T3096STE Item #32SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 32 - WORK TABLE (3 REQ'D)Eagle Group T3096STESpec-Master® Work Table, 96"W x 30"D, 14/304 stainless steel top with rolled edges front & back,square turndown ends, Uni-Lok® gusset system, heavy gauge stainless steel 1-1/4" diameter side & rearcrossrails with aluminum castings, (6) 1-5/8" diameter heavy gauge s/s legs with 1" adjustable stainlesssteel feet, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecEagle GroupEagle Group33 st501572CA6-SBDrawer, 20", with complete enclosed assembly,430 stainless steelTable Casters, 4" diameter, three swivel andthree with brakes (set of six), 115 lb weightcapacity per caster, zinc with resilient treadELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group T3096STE Item#:32Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle worktables, Spec-Master ® series, model ____________. Topto be constructed of 14/304 stainless steel with 1 1 ⁄2˝ roll on frontand rear, and sides turned down 90˚. Open front with 1 1 ⁄4˝ O.D.stainless steel tubular crossbracing on sides and rear. Topreinforced with welded hat channels and sound deadened.Constructed with uni-lok ® patented gusset system with the gussetsrecessed into the hat channels to reduce lateral movement. Legs tobe 1 5 ⁄8˝ O.D. stainless steel tubing, with stainless steel gussets and1˝ stainless steel adjustable bullet feet.worktable with flat top and tubular base—shown with optional drawerPatented uni-lok ® System(Patent No. 5,165,349)Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Worktables with Flat Top andStainless Steel Tubular Base—Spec-Master ® SeriesMODELS:T2424STET2430STET2436STET2448STET2460STET2472STET2484STET2496STET24108STET24120STET24132STET24144STET3030STET3036STET3048STET3060STET3072STET3084STET3096STET30108STET30120STETabletop• Patented uni-lok ® gusset system (patent #5,165,349): gussetsare recessed into hat channel, reducing lateral movement.• Top reinforced with welded-on hat channel.• Sound-deadened between top and channels.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm)-diameter 180˚ rolled edges on front and rear.Ends are turned down 90˚, providing for flush installationswhen required.• 14 gauge type 304 polished stainless steel.Crossbracing—1 1 ⁄4˝ (38mm)-diameter• Heavy gauge stainless steel.• Aluminum castings join crossbraces, legs and rear brace.Legs—1 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm)-diameter• 24˝ to 36˝ (610 to 914mm)-wide units that are 96˝ (2438mm)and longer come with six legs or more. 48˝ (1219mm)-wideunits that are 72˝ (1829mm) and longer come with six legsor more.• Heavy gauge stainless steel.• 1˝ (25mm) adjustable stainless steel feet.Options / AccessoriesDrawerLockCastersStainless steel bullet feetOvershelvesT30132STET30144STET3648STET3660STET3672STET3684STET3696STET36108STET36120STET36132STET36144STET4848STET4860STET4872STET4884STET4896STET48108STET48120STET48132STET48144STEDuplex receptaclesPot rackSinkStabilizer Bar (for 30˝and36˝-wide tables)EAGLE GROUPCertifications / Approvals100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.43C Rev. 07/08Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2008 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 127Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.43C Spec-Master ® Series Worktables with Flat Top and Stainless Steel Tubular Base


Eagle Group T3096STE Item#:32Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.43C**For custom sizes - fill in requireddimensions in layout providedItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Worktables with Flat Top and Stainless Steel Tubular Base—Spec-Master ® Seriesrolled edgeconstruction1 1 /2˝38mmSpec-Master ® Series Worktables with Flat Top and Stainless Steel Tubular BaseTOP VIEWFRONT VIEWmodel ## oflegswidthin. mmlengthin. mmweightlbs. kgT2424STE 4 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 44 20.0T2430STE 4 24˝ 610 30˝ 762 48 21.8T2436STE 4 24˝ 610 36˝ 914 55 24.9T2448STE 4 24˝ 610 48˝ 1219 66 29.9T2460STE 4 24˝ 610 60˝ 1524 77 34.9T2472STE 4 24˝ 610 72˝ 1829 88 39.9T2484STE 4 24˝ 610 84˝ 2134 99 44.9T2496STE 6 24˝ 610 96˝ 2438 110 49.9T24108STE 6 24˝ 610 108˝ 2743 121 54.9T24120STE 6 24˝ 610 120˝ 3048 132 59.9T24132STE 8 24˝ 610 132˝ 3353 145 65.8T24144STE 8 24˝ 610 144˝ 3658 154 69.9T3030STE 4 30˝ 762 30˝ 762 52 23.6T3036STE 4 30˝ 762 36˝ 914 58 26.3T3048STE 4 30˝ 762 48˝ 1219 72 32.7T3060STE 4 30˝ 762 60˝ 1524 85 38.6T3072STE 4 30˝ 762 72˝ 1829 98 44.5T3084STE 4 30˝ 762 84˝ 2134 111 50.3T3096STE 6 30˝ 762 96˝ 2438 124 56.2T30108STE 6 30˝ 762 108˝ 2743 138 62.6T30120STE 6 30˝ 762 120˝ 3048 151 68.5T30132STE 8 30˝ 762 132˝ 3353 164 74.4T30144STE 8 30˝ 762 144˝ 3658 177 80.3T3648STE 4 36˝ 914 48˝ 1219 80 36.3T3660STE 4 36˝ 914 60˝ 1524 96 43.6T3672STE 4 36˝ 914 72˝ 1829 111 50.3T3684STE 4 36˝ 914 84˝ 2134 127 57.6T3696STE 6 36˝ 914 96˝ 2438 142 64.4T36108STE 6 36˝ 914 108˝ 2743 157 71.2T36120STE 6 36˝ 914 120˝ 3048 172 78.0T36132STE 8 36˝ 914 132˝ 3353 188 85.3T36144STE 8 36˝ 914 144˝ 3658 204 92.5T4848STE 4 48˝ 1219 48˝ 1219 96 43.6T4860STE 4 48˝ 1219 60˝ 1524 111 50.3T4872STE 6 48˝ 1219 72˝ 1829 127 57.6T4884STE 8 48˝ 1219 84˝ 2134 132 59.9T4896STE 8 48˝ 1219 96˝ 2438 157 71.2T48108STE 8 48˝ 1219 108˝ 2743 173 78.5T48120STE 8 48˝ 1219 120˝ 3048 188 85.3T48132STE 8 48˝ 1219 132˝ 3353 204 92.5T48144STE 8 48˝ 1219 144˝ 3658 219 99.3SIDE VIEWEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2008 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 07/08Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 128


Eagle Group 501572 Item#:32Specification Sheet#TD3#NTD3LremovableNSFdrawerslideOptions / AccessoriesDrawer lock (suffix “-L”)Pan replacement for NSF-Approved Tier DrawersPan replacement for drawer assembliesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Tier Drawers and DrawerAssemblies for Stainless Steeland Hardwood TablesMODELS:501572502943502946502947502971502972606826608115608116608117Certifications / Approvals608118NTD3NTD3LTD3TD3LRegular Tier Drawers• Heavy gauge type 430 stainless steel cabinet with three roller-track drawers.• Available with nylon feet or legs.• Includes guides, zinc-plated full-extension slides, and stainless steel drawer.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.• All shipping weights are approximate.width x length x heightweightmodel # description in. mm lbs. kgTD3 3 drawers, with nylon feet 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 22˝ 572 x 610 x 559 75 34.0TD3L 3 drawers, with legs 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 34 1 ⁄2˝ 572 x 610 x 876 78 35.4NSF-Approved Tier Drawers• Utilizes totally removable drawer slides certified by the National Sanitation Foundation.• Otherwise, design and features are the same as tier drawers listed above.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.• Optional pan replacement available: Model #608120.width x length x heightweightmodel # description in. mm lbs. kgNTD3 3 drawers, with nylon feet 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 22˝ 572 x 610 x 559 75 34.0NTD3L 3 drawers, with legs 22 1 ⁄2˝ x 24˝ x 34 1 ⁄2˝ 572 x 610 x 876 78 35.4Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440(only where noted)MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.13B Rev. 05/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2010 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 129Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.13B Tier Drawers and Drawer Assemblies for Stainless Steel and Hardwood Tables


Eagle Group 501572 Item#:32EG10.13BCatalog Specification Sheet No.Tier Drawers and Drawer Assemblies for Stainless Steel and Hardwood TablesTier Drawers and Drawer AssembliesDrawer Capacity Per TableDrawers can be centered, left or right.table length 15˝ x 20˝ (381 x 508mm) 20˝ x 20˝ (508 x 508mm) *in. mm drawer capacity per table drawer capacity per table24˝ 610 0 030˝ 762 1 centered 036˝ 914 1 centered 1 centered48˝ 1219 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right 1 centered60˝ 1524 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right72˝ 1829 3 (1 centered, 1 left, 1 right) 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right84˝ 2134 4 1 centered; or 1 left & 1 right96˝ 2438 4 (2 left, 2 right) 2 (1 left, 1 right)108˝ 2743 4 (2 left, 2 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)120˝ 3048 4 (2 left, 2 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)132˝ 3353 6 (3 left, 3 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)144˝ 3658 6 (3 left, 3 right) 4 (2 left, 2 right)* Holes are predrilled for 20˝ x 20˝ drawers only.enclosed drawer assemblyremovable NSFdrawer slideSPEC-MASTER ® heavy dutydrawer assemblydrawer assembly withNSF-approved slidesItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Enclosed Drawer Assemblies• Removable drawer pan.• Type 430 stainless steel assemblies.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.width x length x heightmodel # in. mm lbs. kg model #502943 * 20˝ x 15˝ x 5˝ 508 x 381 x 127 35 15.9 608115501572 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ 508 x 508 x 127 35 15.9 608118 *** Tables must be field drilled for mounting.** #608118 does NOT fit drawer assembly #501572 with optional lock (#501572-L).Drawer assembly #501572-L accepts only pan replacement #608119.Enclosed SPEC-MASTER ®Heavy Duty Drawer Assemblies• Removable drawer pan.• Type 304 stainless steel assemblies.• Insulated front.• Self-closing drawer slides that fully extend from housing.• These drawer assemblies are stackable.Optional Panwidth x length x height weightReplacementmodel # in. mm lbs. kg model #502972 * 20˝ x 15˝ x 5˝ 508 x 381 x 127 40 18.1 608117502971 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ 508 x 508 x 127 40 18.1 606826* Tables must be field drilled for mounting.Drawer Assemblies with NSF-Approved Slides• Removable drawer slides, making it easy to clean forcomplete sanitation.• Type 430 stainless steel.• Requires no tool.• All-stainless steel housing and frame.• Drawer consists of full-length front pull flange andremovable drawer pan with large radius corners.• Hemmed safety pull handle on each drawer.Optional Panwidth x length x height weightReplacementmodel # in. mm lbs. kg model #502947 * 20˝ x 15˝ x 5˝ 508 x 381 x 127 35 15.9 608115502946 20˝ x 20˝ x 5˝ 508 x 508 x 127 35 15.9 608116 *** Tables must be field drilled for mounting.** #608116 does NOT fit drawer assembly #502946 with optional lock (#502946-L).Drawer assembly #502946-L accepts only pan replacement #608119.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2010 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 05/10Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comweightAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 130Optional PanReplacement


Eagle Group CA6-SB Item#:32Specification Sheetzinc castersstabilizer barsspice binpower stripworktable with extra undershelfCasters — chart on back page• Offered in sets of four, six, and eight casters.• Available in zinc with resilient or poly tread, or polymer cartwashable with polymer tread.Extra Undershelves** — chart on back page• For tables with uni-lok ® hat channel frame.• Designed for storage of shorter, smaller items underworktable where only one undershelf might not suffice.• Adjustable, available in galvanized or stainless steel.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Table AccessoriesMODELS:24*GADJUS24*SADJUS*30*GADJUS30*SADJUS*CA*-SBPS*SB-1WTSA30* See charts for complete model numbers.Spice Bin• Designed for either overshelf or wall shelf applications.• 22 gauge stainless steel with fully coved deep-drawncon struc tion.• Complete with label holders.width length height* weightmodel # in. mm in. mm in. mm lbs. kgSB-1 6 1 ⁄2˝ 165 5 1 ⁄2˝ 140 6˝ 156 1.5 0.7* Must allow 7 3 ⁄4˝ (197mm) space. Bin slides on stainless steel anglesupports secured to underside of shelf.Power Strips for Stainless Steel Tables with Backsplash• Mounts onto backsplash via two stainless steel clips—no tools required.• Brushed aluminum finish.• 15´(4572mm)-long cord and plug.• ON-OFF toggle switch and reset button.lengthnumbermodel # in. mm of outletsPS2408 24˝ 610 8PS3612 36˝ 914 12PS4816 48˝ 1219 16PS6020 60˝ 1524 20Stabilizer Bars (pair)**• Fits standard 30˝ and 36˝ (762 and 914mm)-wide worktables.• Positioned at an angle to add maximum stability to table.• 12 gauge Valu-Master ® epoxy coated gussets welded ontoends of each 12 gauge galvanized angle bar.• Stands 19 1 ⁄2˝ (495mm) when mounted to table.model # (pair): WTSA30Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.59 Table Accessories** Stabilizer Bars and Extra Undershelves will not work together.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2011 by the Eagle GroupEG10.59 Rev. 05/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 131


Eagle Group CA6-SB Item#:32Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.59Table AccessoriesTable AccessoriesCastersZINC WITHRESILIENT TREADItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:ZINC WITHPOLY TREADcaster wt. cap. wt. cap. wt. cap.diameter per caster per caster per casterset of in. mm model # lbs. kg model # lbs. kg model # lbs. kg4 swivel (2 with brake) 4˝ 102 CA4-SB 115 52.2 n/a n/a6 swivel (3 with brake) 4˝ 102 CA6-SB 115 52.2 n/a n/a8 swivel (4 with brake) 4˝ 102 CA8-SB 115 52.2 n/a n/a4 swivel (2 with brake) 5˝ 127 CAH4-SB 200 90.7 CAHP4-SB 250 113.4 CAHW4-SB 250 113.46 swivel (3 with brake) 5˝ 127 CAH6-SB 200 90.7 CAHP6-SB 250 113.4 CAHW6-SB 250 113.48 swivel (4 with brake) 5˝ 127 CAH8-SB 200 90.7 CAHP8-SB 250 113.4 CAHW8-SB 250 113.4Extra UndershelvesNote: When ordering an extra or replacement undershelf, please order per the size of your tabletop. Please notethe “for table size” column in chart below.GALVANIZED STAINLESS STEEL for table size *width length weightmodel # model # model # in. mm in. mm lbs. kg2424GADJUS 2424SADJUS-18/4 2424SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 15 6.62430GADJUS 2430SADJUS-18/4 2430SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 30˝ 762 18 8.22436GADJUS 2436SADJUS-18/4 2436SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 36˝ 914 21 9.62448GADJUS 2448SADJUS-18/4 2448SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 48˝ 1219 27 12.22460GADJUS 2460SADJUS-18/4 2460SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 60˝ 1524 33 15.02472GADJUS 2472SADJUS-18/4 2472SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 72˝ 1829 39 17.62484GADJUS 2484SADJUS-18/4 2484SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 84˝ 2134 45 20.42496GADJUS 2496SADJUS-18/4 2496SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 96˝ 2438 51 23.124108GADJUS 24108SADJUS-18/4 24108SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 108˝ 2743 57 25.924120GADJUS 24120SADJUS-18/4 24120SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 120˝ 3048 63 28.624132GADJUS 24132SADJUS-18/4 24132SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 132˝ 3353 69 31.324144GADJUS 24144SADJUS-18/4 24144SADJUS-18/3 24˝ 610 144˝ 3658 75 34.03024GADJUS 3024SADJUS-18/4 3024SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 24˝ 610 17 7.53030GADJUS 3030SADJUS-18/4 3030SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 30˝ 762 21 9.53036GADJUS 3036SADJUS-18/4 3036SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 36˝ 914 24 10.73048GADJUS 3048SADJUS-18/4 3048SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 48˝ 1219 30 13.63060GADJUS 3060SADJUS-18/4 3060SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 60˝ 1524 36 16.33072GADJUS 3072SADJUS-18/4 3072SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 72˝ 1829 42 19.13084GADJUS 3084SADJUS-18/4 3084SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 84˝ 2134 48 21.83096GADJUS 3096SADJUS-18/4 3096SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 96˝ 2438 54 24.530108GADJUS 30108SADJUS-18/4 30108SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 108˝ 2743 60 27.230120GADJUS 30120SADJUS-18/4 30120SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 120˝ 3048 66 29.930132GADJUS 30132SADJUS-18/4 30132SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 132˝ 3353 72 32.730144GADJUS 30144SADJUS-18/4 30144SADJUS-18/3 30˝ 762 144˝ 3658 78 35.4* Undershelves for 30˝ (762mm)-wide tables listed above also fit 36˝ (915mm)-wide tables.POLY CART WASHABLEWITH POLY TREADEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2011 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 05/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 132


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 133Hobart Model: HL600-1STD Item #33SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 33 - MIXER, PLANETARY (1 REQ'D)Hobart HL600-1STDLegacy Planetary Mixer, 2.7 HP, 60-qt., four fixed speeds, gear trans, 50 min. timer, #12 attach hub,power bowl lift, s/s bowl, "B" beater, "D" wire whip, "ED" dough hook, 200-240/50/60/3/1ACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecHobart1Standard warranty - 1-Year parts, labor & traveltime during normal working hours within theUSAHobart1TRUCK-HL6060 Qt. Aluminum Bowl TruckELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN200-240 50/60 3 DirectAFFNEMAAMPS KW HP10.0 2.7MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1


Hobart HL600-1STD Item#:33Item #______________________________________Quantity____________________________________C.S.I. Section 11400701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comLEGACY ®HL600 MIXERSTANDARD FEATURES■ Heavy-Duty 2.7 H.P. Motor■ Gear Transmission■ Four Fixed Speeds Plus Stir Speed■ Shift-on-the-Fly Controls■ Patented soft start Agitation Technology■ 50-Minute SmartTimer■ Automatic Time Recall■ Large, Easy-To-Reach Controls■ Single Point Bowl Installation■ Ergonomic Swing-Out Bowl■ Power Bowl Lift■ #12 Taper Attachment Hub■ Open Base■ Stainless Steel Bowl Guard■ Metallic Gray Hybrid Powder Coat FinishMODELS❑ HL600 – 60-Quart All Purpose Mixer❑ HL600C – 60-Quart All Purpose Mixer withMaximum Security CorrectionalPackageOPTIONS❑ SmartPlus Programmable Recipe TimerSpecifications, Details and Dimensions on Inside and Back.ACCESSORY PACKAGES - featuring HobartQuick Release Agitators❑ Deluxe Accessory Package Includes:- 60 Quart Stainless Steel Bowl- 60 Quart “B” Beater- 60 Quart “D” Wire Whip- 60 Quart “ED” Dough Hook- 60 Quart Bowl Scraper- 60 Quart Bowl Truck- 60 Quart Ingredient Chute❑ Standard Accessory Package Includes:- 60 Quart Stainless Steel Bowl- 60 Quart “B” Beater- 60 Quart “D” Wire Whip- 60 Quart “ED” Dough HookLEGACY ® HL600 MIXERF-40009 – Legacy ® HL600 Mixer Page 1 of 4PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 134


Hobart HL600-1STD Item#:33LEGACY ®HL600 MIXER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comSOLUTIONS/BENEFITS2.7 H.P. MotorDurability■ Heavy-duty to meet the most demandingoperationsGear TransmissionDurability, Reliability■ Ensures consistent performance and minimumdowntime under heavy loadsFour Fixed Speeds plus Stir SpeedFlexibility, Reliability, Consistency■ For incorporating, blending, mixing ingredients■ Supports consistent results and thoroughmixingShift-on-the-Fly ControlsFlexibility■ Allows operator to change speeds while mixeris runningPatented soft start Agitation TechnologySanitation■ Each speed has a soft transition into a higherspeed to reduce the chances of productsplash-out50-Minute SmartTimerConvenience, Ease of Use, Consistency■ Supports recipe mixing times■ Provides accurate results and eliminatesovermixingAutomatic Time RecallProductivity, Consistency■ Remembers the last time set for each speed■ Great for multiple batchesErgonomic Swing-Out BowlEase of Use, Convenience■ Easy loading and unloading of products■ Single Point Bowl Installation allows for simplemounting and removal of bowl■ Bowl Lock ensures mixer bowl is properly inplace for mixer to operateStainless Steel Bowl GuardProtection■ Safety interlock prevents operation when frontportion of guard is out of positionHobart AccessoriesDurability, Flexibility, Simplicity■ Hobart Quick Release agitators allow forsimple installation and removal from agitatorshaft■ Hobart accessories are designed for long-termusage under heavy-duty conditions■ Large array of accessories provide multipleuses for recipe and product processingHL600 MIXER CAPACITY CHARTRecommended Maximum Capacities - dough capacitiesbased on 70°F. water and 12% flour moisture.AGITATORSPRODUCT SUITABLE FOR HL600OPERATIONCAPACITY OF BOWL (QTS. LIQUID) 60Egg Whites D 2 qts.Mashed Potatoes B & C 40 lbs.Mayonnaise (Qts. of Oil) B or C or D 18 qts.Meringue (Qts. of Water) D 1 1 ⁄2 qts.Waffle or Hot Cake Batter B 24 qts.Whipped Cream D or C 12 qts.Cake, Angel Food(8-10 oz. cake) C or I 45Cake, Box or Slab B or C 50 lbs.Cake, Cup B or C 60 lbs.Cake, Layer B or C 60 lbs.Cake, Pound B 55 lbs.Cake, Short (Sponge) C or I 45 lbs.Cake, Sponge C or I 36 lbs.Cookies, Sugar B 40 lbs.Dough, Bread or Roll(Lt.-Med.) 60% AR § ED 80 lbs.*Dough, Heavy Bread 55% AR § ED 60 lbs.*Dough Pie B & P 50 lbs.Dough, Thin Pizza 40% AR(max. mix time 5 min.) §‡ ED 40 lbs. ■Dough, Med. Pizza 50% AR §‡ ED 70 lbs. ■Dough, Thick Pizza 60% AR §‡ ED 70 lbs.*Dough, Raised Donut 65% AR ED 30 lbs.†Dough, Whole Wheat 70% AR ED 70 lbs.Eggs & Sugar for Sponge Cake B & C or I 24 lbs.Icing, Fondant B 36 lbs.Icing, Marshmallow C or I 5 lbs.Shortening & Sugar, Creamed B 48 lbs.Pasta, Basic Egg Noodle(max. mix time 5 min.) ED 30 lbs.NOTE: % AR (% Absorption Ratio) - Water weight divided byflour weight. Capacity depends on moisture content of dough.Above capacities based on 12% flour moisture at 70°F watertemperature.■1st Speed* 2nd Speed† 3rd Speed§ If high gluten flour is used, reduce above dough batch sizeby 10%.‡ 2nd Speed should never be used on 50% AR or lowerproducts.USE OF ICE REQUIRES A 10% REDUCTION IN BATCH SIZE.1 gallon of water weighs 8.33 lbs.NOTE: Attachment hub should not be used while mixing.Page 2 of 4F-40009 – Legacy ® HL600 MixerPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 135


Hobart HL600-1STD Item#:33701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comLEGACY ®HL600 MIXERSPECIFICATIONSMOTOR:2.7 H.P. high torque motor.200-240/50/60/3/1 18.0 (1 Phase) Amps10.0 (3 Phase) Amps380-460/50/60/3 6.5 AmpsELECTRICAL:200-240/50/60/3/1, 380-460/50/60/3 – UL Listed.CONTROLS:Magnetic contactor with thermal overload protection.Internally sealed “Start-Stop” and Power Bowl Lift pushbuttons. Reduced voltage pilot circuit transformer issupplied for 380-460/50/60/3 machines. A 50-minuteSmartTimer is standard. SmartTimer includesAutomatic Time Recall, which remembers the lasttime set for each speed. Optional SmartPlusProgrammable Recipe Timer allows operators theability to program up to 9 recipes with 6 steps perrecipe. SmartPlus automatically changes speeds andstarts timer count-down without operator intervention.TRANSMISSION:A rated 5.4 H.P. poly-V belt transfers power frommotor to the input shaft then geared down to desiredreduction with a constant gear mesh. Gears andshafts are heat-treated hardened alloy steel along withanti-friction ball bearings. Circulating oil and greaselubricants furnished to all gears and shafts.POWER BOWL LIFT:Powered by an electric motor, the bowl may be raisedor lowered by fingertip control through the convenientlylocated switch. Bowl will remain in position until switchis activated. Stir-on-Lift Feature: Allows the agitator torun in Stir Speed while the mixer bowl is being raised.Once the bowl is in the raised position, the mixer automaticallyshifts into the preselected speed.FINISH:Metallic Gray Hybrid Powder Coat finish.FOOTPADS:Neoprene footpads are standard.ATTACHMENT HUB:Comes with front-mounted Hobart standard #12 taperattachment hub for use with #12 size attachments.ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES:The following are available at extra cost:Stainless Steel Bowl“B” Flat Beater“C” Wing Whip“D” Wire Whip“ED” Dough Hook“P” Pastry Knife“I” Heavy Duty Wire WhipBowl Extension RingBowl Splash CoverBowl ScraperBowl Truck40 Quart AccessoriesIngredient Chute9" Vegetable SlicerMeat Chopper AttachmentSPEEDS:Agitator Attachment(RPM)(RPM)Stir 36 71First 71 138Second 123 241Third 206 401Fourth 362 707Hobart Bowl ScraperBOWL GUARD:Heavy-duty stainless steel wire front and solid stainlesssteel rear portion. Front portion of guard rotates easilyto add ingredients and install or remove agitator.It detaches in seconds for cleaning in dishwasher orsink. Rear portion of guard can be quickly cleaned inposition. Guard must be in closed position before mixerwill operate. Bowl support interlock provides furtherprotection.Hobart Ingredient ChuteListed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc. and certified by NSFInternational.F-40009 – Legacy ® HL600 Mixer Page 3 of 4PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 136


Hobart HL600-1STD Item#:33LEGACY ®HL600 MIXER701 S Ridge Avenue, Troy, OH 453741-888-4HOBART • www.hobartcorp.comSPECIFICATIONSELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS: 200-240/50/60/3/1,380-460/50/60/3 – UL Listed.WEIGHT: 866 lbs. net; 916 lbs. domestic shipping.WARRANTY: Unit has full one-year warranty on parts,labor and mileage against manufacturer’s defects.Service contracts are available.DETAILS AND DIMENSIONSAs continued product improvement is a policy of Hobart, specifications are subject to change without notice.Page 4 of 4F-40009 – Legacy ® HL600 MixerF-40009 (rev. 10/08) Litho In U.S.A. (H-01)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 137


Hobart TRUCK-HL60 Item#:33Qty.Item No.FOOD EQUIPMENTFOOD MACHINEATTACHMENTSAND ACCESSORIES9" VEGETABLESLICERListed by National Sanitation Foundation9" VEGETABLESLICEROne of the most useful HobartAttachments is the VegetableSlicer.It will more than double the utility ofa Hobart Mixer or Food <strong>Cut</strong>ter. Itsuses are many and varied: cuttingcabbage for salads and cole slaw,slicing potatoes ranging inthickness from that of a potato chipto 5 ⁄8". Slicing nuts, bananas,cucumbers, celery and othervegetables and fruits, shredding orgrating cheese, raw carrots, beets,etc.The food is sliced by stainless steelscimitar knives for fast clean,uniform cutting. The front of theVegetable Slicer is hinged at oneside, and can be swung aside orremoved, permitting quick and easychanging of plates and cleaning.The Vegetable Slicer Attachmentincludes back case, hopper frontand adjustable slice plate. Shredderand grater plates (interchangeablewith slice plate) and Tubular frontare available at extra cost.The 9" Vegetable Slicer may alsobe used with the PD-35 or PD-70Power Drive units or with the SpeedDrive Attachment for higher volumeoutput.Tubular front is availablefor cutting at right anglesto direction of plate.SHREDDER AND GRATER PLATES FOR9" VEGETABLE SLICERAdjustableSlice Plate -5⁄8" to verythin.Plate HolderAssemblyGrater PlateSPEED DRIVE ATTACHMENTListed by National Sanitation FoundationAttaches easily to the No. 12 orNo. 22 (with adapter) drive hub ofHobart Mixers, Food <strong>Cut</strong>ters andGrinders. Will increase the speedof the Hobart 9" Vegetable Slicerby more than three times. For highspeed slicing, shredding andgrating. Not suited for increasingthe speed of the Dicer Attachmentor the Power Drive Unit and will notaccept meat chopping ends.3⁄32" ShredderPlate5⁄16" ShredderPlate( 3 ⁄16" and 1 ⁄2" plates not shown)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 138


Hobart TRUCK-HL60 Item#:33FOOD EQUIPMENTDICER ATTACHMENT:Listed by National Sanitation FoundationThe Dicer Attachment adds versatilityto Hobart Mixers and Food <strong>Cut</strong>ters andassures efficient performance for dicingneeds — from a few pounds to hundredsper hour. It can dice potatoes, onions,apples, beets, turnips, celery,cucumbers and many other foods asefficiently as machines costinghundreds of dollars more. Many timesfaster than hand dicing, the DicerAttachment is ideal for cutting FrenchFries too.*Restaurants and institutions will findthis attachment invaluable. Delicatessenscan produce a wide varietyof profitable food items at lower cost,and produce departments can packageand freeze diced vegetables.The Dicer operates on the same backcase as the 9" Vegetable Slicer, andattaches in seconds to any HobartMixer, Food <strong>Cut</strong>ter, or small Chopperequipped with a No. 12 or No. 22attachment hub.The Dicer Attachment may also be usedwith the PD-35 Power Drive Unit(No. 12 hub size) for higher volumeoutput.* Specify French Fry Deflector and Drive Connectoraccessory for French Fry cutting.VS9 DICER ATTACHMENTListed by National Sanitation FoundationWorks in combination with new or existingVS9 vegetable slicingattachments. It is powered by Hobartmixers, food cutters or power drives.The basic package (VS9DICE-1) includesthe following parts needed togive your VS9 slicing/shredding attachmentdicing capability.- Latch (replaces existing backcaselatch)- Hinged insert (holds dicing grid)- Drive shaft connectorThe following grids and slicing platesare used in conjunction to give varioussize cuts.- Dicing Grids ( 1 ⁄4", 3 ⁄8", 1 ⁄2")- Serrated Dicing Grid 1 ⁄2")(Ideal for soft products)- French Fry Grid ( 3 ⁄8")- Slicing Plates ( 1 ⁄4", 3 ⁄8", 1 ⁄2")FLEXIBILITY . . .Existing VS9 vegetable slicing attachmentscan easily be upgraded to usethe VS9. A new/longer latch is permanentlyattached. Once this is installed,you can easily switch from slicing/shreddingto dicing. Just add the dicing insert,drive shaft and slicing plate.All parts can be disassembled withouttools for fast sink cleanup.FOOD MACHINEATTACHMENTSAND ACCESSORIESQUALITY . . .With the DICE-1/2S serrated dicing grid,tomatoes can be diced with minimalscrap and juice. The other dicing andFrench Fry grids produce quality cutsof potatoes and other hard vegetables.NOTE: Order the VS9DICE-2 for1⁄2" tomato dicing. This is ideal fortacos.DriveShaftInstallNewLatchDRIVE SHAFT AND LATCH➝DicingInsert➝Slicing PlateDICING INSERT WITH GRIDAND SLICING PLATEPUSHER AND GRIDS AVAILABLE FORDICING IN THESE SIZES(Color Coded for easy matching)TO MAKEEQUIPMENT REQUIREDGRIDS & PUSHER KNIFE1⁄4" Cubes** 1⁄4" Size 4 Blades3⁄8" Cubes 3⁄8" Size 3 Blades1⁄2" Cubes 1⁄2" Size 2 Blades3⁄4" CubesBlank Frame& 3 ⁄4" Size 2 Blades1" CubesBlank Frame& 1 ⁄2" Size1 BladeFrench Fries Your choice French Fry deflectorOnly of size and drive connectorSHOWN WITH VS9 BACKCASE**Available for use in special applications depending on nature of product.and HOPPER FRONTPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 139


Hobart TRUCK-HL60 Item#:33FOOD EQUIPMENTFOOD MACHINEATTACHMENTSAND ACCESSORIESADDITIONAL ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR HOBART MIXERSA wide selection of practicalattachments and accessories forMixers, Food <strong>Cut</strong>ters and smallChoppers further increase their broadrange of usefulness. These attachmentsmeet specific needs and areconstructed to operate with continuedreliability.BOWL TRUCKBOWL SPLASH COVERThis is used to control splash of lightingredients during mixing operations.Thermoformed plastic only for 60 qt.bowls.BOWL EXTENSION RINGProvides higher sidewalls for the bowlto prevent throw-out of certainingredients. Does not increase bowlcapacity.BOWL JACKETUse for receiving mixtures from theStrainer/Colander, and also as an iceor hot water bowl jacket used with astandard mixer bowl.Self-centering, with four rubber-tiredwheels for easy portability when movinglarge bowls for floor model mixers.BOWL TRUCK ADAPTERFor use with 30 and 40-quart bowl sizesof floor model mixers. Inserts easilyinto the standard bowl truck.SOUP STRAINER/COLANDERThe colander bowl replaces the mixerbowl. Mixer agitator is replaced by aroller or brush assembly. Two discscreens, one brush and one roller areincluded.pressure operation. The brush assemblyis used for removing pit or seedsfrom foods used to make jams, jelliesand a variety of other applications. Theseassemblies contact the disc screen witha turning and rubbing action.Optional jacket for bowl can be used toreceive the mixture.BOWL SCRAPERThe scraper is used in conjunction withthe B Beater or Wire Whips. It is easilyattached to the mounting bracket. Whilethe agitator is mixing the product, thescraper is continuously scraping thewhole inside of the mixer bowl. No morestopping mid-cycle to manually scrapedown the sides of the bowl. The bowlscrapers are built to last and are madeof urethane elastomer. The NEW optionalbowl scraper is available for thefollowing models: A200, D300, D330,D340, H600, L800, M802 and V1401.Patent Pending.NOTE: Bowl scrapers should be usedwith Stainless Steel Bowls only.The roller assembly is used for ricingpotatoes or vegetables, making fine orcoarse soup stock, and any other lightH600 with Scraper Option -Bowl in down positionPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 140


Hobart TRUCK-HL60 Item#:33FOOD EQUIPMENTMEAT AND FOOD CHOPPERListed by National Sanitation FoundationTurn meat and food trimmings into croquettes,meat patties or sausage withthe use of this attachment. No kitchenshould be without this important piece ofequipment.Hobart-designed, protective type spiralfluted chopping-end worm provides cleancutting action. There is no crushing ormashing of product; its natural color andflavor are retained.FOOD MACHINEATTACHMENTSAND ACCESSORIESADJUSTABLE TRAY SUPPORTDesigned for floor model mixers, thisconvenient tray support is constructedof sturdy, lightweight aluminum, and isadjustable to convenient work levels.It may be used with the 9" VegetableSlicer, Dicer Attachment or Meat andFood Chopper.ModelNo.N-50(#10 Hub) X***A-120(#12 Hub)X X X X XA-200(#12 Hub)D-300(#12 Hub)D-330(#12 Hub)D-340(#12 Hub)P-660H-600(#12 Hub)L-800(#12 Hub)M-802(#12 Hub)FactoryInstallV-1401(#12 Hub)FactoryInstallAVAILABILITY AND FINISHES FOR FOOD MACHINE ATTACHMENTS AND ACCESSORIES9" Veg.SlicerBurn.Alum.SpeedDriveBurn.Alum.DicerBurn.Alum.Meat & Food ChopperTinned W/Tinned PanBrite MetalWith S/S PanX X X X XAdj. TraySupportAluminumX X X X X XX X X X X XX X X X X XX X X X X XX XX (#12 (#12 X X XHub) Hub)X(#12Hubreq’d)X(#12Hubreq’d)X(#12Hub)X(#12Hubreq’d)A-200FFloorModel OnlyX X XXX(#12Hub X X Xreq’d)* Stainless Steel only.*** White Plastic, #10 Hub† Bowl Adapter required†† Two Bowl Adapters required — 140-80 and 80-60 or 80-40/30Bowl(Qt. Cap.)Bowl SplashCoverTinnedS/SExtensionRingTinned S/SBowl Truck(floor models only)PaintedCastIronBurn.Alum.Bowl TruckAdapterBurn.Alum.Food Strainer& ColanderTinnedBowlJacketTinned5* X12 X X X X20 X X X X12 X X X X30 X X X X X20 X X X30 X X X X X X X20 X X40 X30 X X X X X20 X X60 X X X X X40† X X X X X X† X30† X X X X X X80 X X X X X X60† X X X X X40† X X X X X X† X30† X X X X X X80 X X X X X X60† X X X X X40† X X X X X X† X30† X X X X X X140 X X X X80† X X X X X X60†† X X X X X40†† X X X X X X†† X30†† X X X X X XPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 141


Hobart TRUCK-HL60 Item#:33FOOD EQUIPMENTFOOD MACHINEATTACHMENTSAND ACCESSORIESAGITATORS FOR HOBART MIXERSB - FLAT BEATERCreaming, mixing cake and cookie batters,mashing potatoes, general mixingC - WING WHIPWhipping cream, eggs, sponges, lighticings and marshmallow (4 wings -12 thru 30 qt., 6 wings - 40 thru 140 qt.)D - WIRE WHIPLighter whipping cream, eggs, lightsponges, meringuesI - HEAVY DUTY WIRE WHIPMixing cake and cookie batters, whippingsponges, lighter marshmallows (Reinforcingband as shown on 80 and 140 qt.sizes only)J - WING BEATERWhipping marshmallow and heavy icings(Only used with 80 qt.)*ED - DOUGH ARMBread, pizza and rolldoughs; special doughs(20 to 140 qt.)*K - SPIRAL WHIPSponge cakes, incorporating flour, lightmarshmallow (80 qt. only)*S - SWEETDOUGH ARMMixing sweet yeastdoughs - combinesrubbing/foldingactionQ - SPIRAL WHIPFoaming of light batches at high speed;quick incorporation of flour at low speed(140 qt. only)E - DOUGH ARMDoughs of ordinaryconsistencyP - PASTRY KNIFE<strong>Cut</strong>ting shorteninginto flourNOTE: “CH” Heavy Duty 6 Wing Whip – Not Shown, (Used with 140 qt. only)* Not NSF ListedPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 142


Hobart TRUCK-HL60 Item#:33FOOD EQUIPMENTFOOD MACHINEATTACHMENTSAND ACCESSORIESAVAILABILITY AND FINISHES FOR MIXER AGITATORS (See reverse side for illustrations)ModelNo.N-50A-120A-200D-300D-330D-340H-600P-660L-800M-802V-1401Bowls(Qt. Cap.)Tinned& S/SB – FlatBeaterAlum.S/SC – WingWhipTinnedD – WireWhipS/SWiresI – HeavyDuty WireWhipS/S WiresJ – WingBeaterBronzeE – DoughArm5* X X X* X12 X X X X X X20 X X X X X X X12 X X X X30 X X X X X X X X20 X X X X X X30 X X X X X X X X X20 X X X X X X40 X X X X X X X X30 X30⁄4030⁄4030⁄4030⁄4030⁄4030⁄4030⁄4020 X X X X X X60 X X X X X X X X40 X X X X X X X X30 X X X X X X X X80 X X X X X X X X X X X60 X X X X X X X X40 X X X X X X X X30 X X X X X X X X80 X X X X X X X X X X X60 X X X X X X X X40 X X X X X X X X30 X X X X X X X X140 X X X(a) X X X X X X X80 X X X X X X X X X X X60 X X X X X X X X40 X X X X X X X X30 X X X X X X X XAlum.ED – DoughArmAlum.P - PastryKnifeTinnedK - SpiralWhipS/S WiresQ – SpiralWhipS/S WiresS – SweetDough ArmAlum.* All Stainless Steel only.(a) CH heavy duty wing whip also available.EXECUTIVE OFFICES701 RIDGE AVENUETROY, OHIO 45374-0001FORM F-7573 REV. (693)LITHO IN U.S.A. (H-01)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 143


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 144Eagle Group Model: MT3072ST Item #34SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 34 - HARDWOOD TABLE (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group MT3072STBaker's Table, 72"W x 30"D x 1-3/4" thick flat hardwood top, 1-5/8" O.D. s/s tubular legs, 1-1/4" O.D.s/s side and rear crossrails, adjustable hi-impact plastic bullet feet, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group MT3072ST Item#:34Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Flat Top Hardwood Baker’s Table, model_______________. Top to be 1 3 ⁄4˝ thick hardwood top, withadjustable (galvanized, stainless steel) undershelf or tubularbase, and 1 5 ⁄8˝-diameter (galvanized, stainless steel) tubularlegs with 1˝ plastic bullet feet.Eagle Hardwood Baker’s Table with Backsplash and EndSplashes, model ____________. Top to be 1 3 ⁄4˝ thick hardwoodtop with 4˝ coved back and end splashes. Adjustable(galvanized, stainless steel) undershelf or tubular base, and1 5 ⁄8˝-diameter (galvanized, stainless steel) tubular legs with1˝ plastic bullet feet.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Hardwood TablesMODELS:MT2448BMT2448GTMT2448SMT2448STMT2460BMT2460GTMT2460SMT2460STMT2472BMT2472GTMT2472SMT2472STMT2496BMT2496GTMT2496SMT2496STMT3048BMT3048GTMT3048SMT3048STMT3060BMT3060B-BSMT3060GTMT3060GT-BSMT3060SMT3060S-BSMT3060STMT3060ST-BSMT3072BMT3072B-BSMT3072GTMT3072GT-BSMT3072SMT3072S-BSMT3072STMT3072ST-BSMT3096BMT3096B-BSMT3096SMT3096S-BSMT3096GTMT3096GT-BSMT3096STMT3096ST-BSCatalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.10 Hardwood Tablestable with coved backsplash andend splashes, with tubular baseTabletop• 1 3 ⁄4˝ (44mm)-thick hardwood tabletop.• Available with a flat top or with 4˝ (102mm) coved splasheson back and ends.• Stainless steel gussets.Legs• 1 5 ⁄8˝ (42mm) diameter.• 16 gauge stainless steel.• 1˝ (25mm) adjustable hi-impact plastic feet.Options / AccessoriesDrawer assembliesLockStainless steel bullet feetflat top table with undershelfCastersOvershelfSpice binsBases• Adjustable 1 1 ⁄4˝ (32mm)-diameter tubular base or adjustableundershelf available.• Both bases available in galvanized or stainless steel.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.10 Rev. 03/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 145


Eagle Group MT3072ST Item#:34Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.10Hardwood TablesHardwood Tables with Flat Top…FRONT VIEW…WITH ADJUSTABLE UNDERSHELFItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:SIDE VIEW…WITH TUBULAR BASEGALVANIZED STAINLESS weight GALVANIZED STAINLESS weight width lengthmodel # model # lbs. kg model # model # lbs. kg in. mm in. mmMT2448B MT2448S 94 42.6 MT2448GT MT2448ST 92 41.7 24˝ 610 48˝ 1219MT2460B MT2460S 118 53.5 MT2460GT MT2460ST 117 53.1 24˝ 610 60˝ 1524MT2472B MT2472S 141 64.0 MT2472GT MT2472ST 138 62.6 24˝ 610 72˝ 1829MT2496B MT2496S 189 85.7 MT2496GT MT2496ST 182 82.6 24˝ 610 96˝ 2438MT3048B MT3048S 141 64.0 MT3048GT MT3048ST 139 63.1 30˝ 914 48˝ 1219MT3060B MT3060S 147 66.7 MT3060GT MT3060ST 145 65.8 30˝ 914 60˝ 1524MT3072B MT3072S 177 80.3 MT3072GT MT3072ST 174 77.8 30˝ 914 72˝ 1829MT3096B MT3096S 235 106.6 MT3096GT MT3096ST 230 104.3 30˝ 914 96˝ 2438Hardwood Tables with Backsplash and End Splashes…FRONT VIEW…WITH ADJUSTABLE UNDERSHELFSIDE VIEW…WITH TUBULAR BASEGALVANIZED STAINLESS weight GALVANIZED STAINLESS weight width lengthmodel # model # lbs. kg model # model # lbs. kg in. mm in. mmMT3060B-BS MT3060S-BS 149 67.6 MT3060GT-BS MT3060ST-BS 147 66.7 30˝ 914 60˝ 1524MT3072B-BS MT3072S-BS 180 81.6 MT3072GT-BS MT3072ST-BS 177 80.3 30˝ 914 72˝ 1829MT3096B-BS MT3096S-BS 240 108.9 MT3096GT-BS MT3096ST-BS 235 106.6 30˝ 914 96˝ 2438Optional Casters For Hardwood WorktablesZINCPOLYMERCART WASHABLEW/RESILIENT TREAD wt. cap. W/RUBBER TREAD wt. cap. W/POLY TREAD wt. cap.model # lbs. kg model # lbs. kg model # lbs. kgCA4-SB 115 52.2 - - - - 4˝ (102mm)-dia., set of 4 (2 swivel, 2 w/brake)CA6-SB 115 52.2 - - - - 4˝ (102mm)-dia., set of 6 (3 swivel, 3 w/brake)CAH4-SB 200 90.7 CAHP4-SB 250 113.4 CAHW4-SB 250 113.4 5˝ (127mm)-dia., set of 4 (2 swivel, 2 w/brake)CAH6-SB 200 90.7 CAHP6-SB 250 113.4 CAHW6-SB 250 113.4 5˝ (127mm)-dia., set of 6 (3 swivel, 3 w/brake)EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USA • Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065 • www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Printed in U.S.A. ©2009 by Eagle Group Rev. 03/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 146


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 147Eagle Group Model: CT3072S-BS Item #34ASPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 34A - CUTTING TABLE (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group CT3072S-BS<strong>Cut</strong>ting Table, 72"W x 30"D x 1/2" thick removable white polymer top, 4-1/2" removable backsplash, 1-1/2" square stainless steel tubular frame, 1-5/8" O.D. s/s tubular legs, 1-1/4" O.D. s/s side and rearcrossrails, adjustable metal bullet feet, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group CT3072S-BS Item#:34ASpecification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle <strong>Cut</strong>ting Table with Flat Top, model _____________. Topto be 1 1 ⁄2˝ square stainless steel tubular frame with 1 ⁄2˝ thickremovable polymer top. 1 5 ⁄8˝ O.D. stainless steel tubular legswith stainless steel crossrails and adjustable bullet feet.Eagle <strong>Cut</strong>ting Table with Backsplash, model ____________.Top to be 1 1 ⁄2˝ square stainless steel tubular frame with 1 ⁄2˝ thickremovable polymer top, and 4 1 ⁄2˝-high removable backsplash.1 5 ⁄8˝ O.D. stainless steel tubular legs with stainless steelcrossrails and adjustable bullet feet.cutting table with flat topItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:<strong>Cut</strong>ting TablesMODELS:CT3036SCT3048SCT3060SCT3072SCT3084SCT3096SCT30108SCT30120SCT3036SCT3048SCT3060SCT3072SCT3084SCT3096SCT30108SCT30120SCT3036S-BSCT3048S-BSCT3060S-BSCT3072S-BSCT3084S-BSCT3096S-BSCT30108S-BSCT30120S-BSCT3036S-BSCT3048S-BSCT3060S-BSCT3072S-BSCT3084S-BSCT3096S-BSCT30108S-BSCT30120S-BSTabletop• 1 ⁄2˝ (13mm)-thick removable poly top.• Available with flat top or 4 1 ⁄2˝ (114mm)-high type 304stainless steel removable backsplash to match balanceof product line.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) square stainless steel tubular frame.• Tabs, along perimeter of tabletop frame, lock poly top inplace and are virtually self-cleaning.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.16 <strong>Cut</strong>ting TablesOptions / AccessoriesDrawer assembliesCastersStainless steel bullet feetUndershelf *All-welded construction **Boat rack* For optional stainless steel undershelf, add suffix “-US”. Example: CT3072S-US** For optional all-welded construction, add suffix “-AW”. Example: CT3084S-AWCrossbracing• Heavy gauge stainless steel.• 1 1 ⁄4˝ (32mm)-diameter.• Adjustable.• Runs left-to-right and front-to-back.Legs• Heavy gauge stainless steel.• 1 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm)-diameter.• Adjustable metal feet.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Certifications / ApprovalsFor custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.16 Rev. 08/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2011 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 148


Eagle Group CT3072S-BS Item#:34ACatalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.16<strong>Cut</strong>ting TablesTOP VIEWItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:<strong>Cut</strong>ting TablesFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW - FLAT TOPSIDE VIEW - BACKSPLASHTables withFlat TopTables with 4 1 ⁄2˝ (114mm)Removable Backsplashweight weight width lengthmodel # lbs. kg model # lbs. kg in. mm in. mmCT2436S 110 49.9 CT2436S-BS 110 49.9 24˝ 610 36˝ 914CT2448S 120 54.4 CT2448S-BS 120 54.4 24˝ 610 48˝ 1219CT2460S 150 68.0 CT2460S-BS 150 68.0 24˝ 610 60˝ 1524CT2472S 176 79.8 CT2472S-BS 180 81.6 24˝ 610 72˝ 1829CT2484S 196 88.9 CT2484S-BS 198 89.8 24˝ 610 84˝ 2134CT2496S 215 97.5 CT2496S-BS 217 98.4 24˝ 610 96˝ 2438CT24108S 225 102.1 CT24108S-BS 230 104.3 24˝ 610 108˝ 2743CT24120S 243 110.2 CT24120S-BS 250 113.4 24˝ 610 120˝ 3048CT3036S 115 52.2 CT3036S-BS 118 53.5 30˝ 762 36˝ 914CT3048S 130 59.0 CT3048S-BS 135 61.2 30˝ 762 48˝ 1219CT3060S 157 71.2 CT3060S-BS 160 72.6 30˝ 762 60˝ 1524CT3072S 178 80.3 CT3072S-BS 181 82.1 30˝ 762 72˝ 1829CT3084S 198 89.8 CT3084S-BS 205 93.0 30˝ 762 84˝ 2134CT3096S 220 99.8 CT3096S-BS 228 103.4 30˝ 762 96˝ 2438CT30108S 230 104.3 CT30108S-BS 235 106.6 30˝ 762 108˝ 2743CT30120S 255 115.7 CT30120S-BS 260 117.9 30˝ 762 120˝ 3048EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2011 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 08/11Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 149


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 150Rubbermaid Model: FG360088WHT Item #35SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 35 - INGREDIENT BIN (3 REQ'D)Rubbermaid FG360088WHTProSave® Ingredient Bin, mobile, 2-3/4 cu. ft., 29-1/4"L x 13-1/8"W x 28"H, slant front with sliding lid,32 oz. scoop, seamless construction, 3" extra wide casters front fixed & rear swivel, white base/clearlid, USDA, FDA, NSF, S.O.S. (Special Order Smallwares) product; see SOS document for detailsACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecRubbermaid3FG9F7600CLRBouncer® Contour Scoop, 64 oz., clear, NSF,HACCP, S.O.S. (Special Order Smallwares)product; see SOS document for detailsELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Rubbermaid FG360088WHT Item#:35238 Foodservice: StorageProSave ® Ingredient Management SystemIngredient BinsImproved productivity through integrated lid and scoop system.n Integrated lid and measuring scoop allows for quick one-handed access tostored ingredientsn Clear window for fast ingredient identification andinventory managementn Certified to NSF/ANSI/3-A and 2 Standardsn Commercial dishwasher safen Complies with FDA Food code 3-304.12 to increaseinspection scoreShelf Ingredient Bins (additional features)The only storage system to access ingredients when stacked.n One-handed access while stacked improves space efficiencyn FIFO (First In First Out) barrier for proper food rotation improves foodquality55 %Productivitysavingswith one-handed accessDedicated internal scoop storagemeets safety compliance.SCOOPSINCLUDEDwith bins!Speed up food preparation withone-handed access.Ensures proper food rotationwith FIFO barrier.FG9G600040 Cups10 lbs flourFG9G5700100 Cups25 lbs flourFG9G5800200 Cups50 lbs flourFG360088400 Cups125 lbs flourFG360288500 Cups150 lbs flourFG360388600 Cups175 lbs flourProSave ® ingredient binsNo. Color DescriptionFG9G6000 Wht 40 Cup Shelf IngredientBin with ½ Cup ScoopFG9G5700 Wht 100 Cup Shelf IngredientBin with 2 Cup ScoopFG9G5800 Wht 200 Cup Shelf IngredientBin with 2 Cup ScoopFG360088 Wht Slant Front Ingredient Bin withSliding Lid and 32 oz (0.9 L) ScoopFG360100 Wht Flat Top Ingredient Bin withSliding Hinged LidFG360288 Wht Slant Front Ingredient Bin withSliding Lid and 32 oz (0.9 L) ScoopFG360388 Wht Slant Front Ingredient Bin withSliding Lid and 32 oz (0.9 L) ScoopU.S. Capacity(gal/cu. ft)2.63 gal.33 cu ft6.25 gal.836 cu ft12.63 gal1.67 cu ft20.5 gal2.75 cu ft28 gal3.75 cu ft26.2 gal3.5 cu ft30.8 gal4.12 cu ftU.S. Flour/SugarCapacityFlour: 13 lbSugar: 17 lbFlour: 25 lbSugar: 50 lbFlour: 50 lbSugar: 100 lbFlour: 124 lbSugar: 158 lbFlour: 139 lbSugar: 178 lbFlour: 154 lbSugar: 197 lbFlour: 188 lbSugar: 240 lbDimensionsU.S.Ship Wt/CtnMetricCapacityMetric Flour/SugarCapacity15” l x 11.75” w x 8.5” h 3.30 lbs .12 m 3 Flour: 11.34 kgSugar: 22.68 kg23.5” l x 11.5” w x 16.88” h 13.25 lbs .08 m 3 Flour: 11.34 kgSugar: 22.68 kg23.5” l x 19.2” w x 16.88” h 18.5 lbs .10 m 3 Flour: 22.68 kgSugar: 45.36 kg29.25” l x 13.13” w x 28” h 27.7 lb .08 m 3 Flour: 56.3 kgSugar: 72.7 kg22” l x 22” w x 23” h 29.1 lb .11 m 3 Flour: 63.1 kgSugar: 80.8 kg29.5” l x 15.5” w x 28” h 32.7 lb .1 m 3 Flour: 69.9 kgSugar: 89.4 kg29.75” l x 18” w x 28” h 38.7 lb .12 m 3 Flour: 85.3 kgSugar: 108.9 kgMetricDimensions38.1 cm x 29.8x 21.6 cm59.7 cm x 29.2cm x 42.9 cm59.7 cm x 48.8cm x 42.9 cm74.3 cm x 33.4cm x 71.1 cm55.9 cm x 55.9cm x 58.4 cm74.9 cm x 39.4cm x 71.1 cm75.6 cm x 45.7cm x 71.1 cmMetricShip Wt/ Ctn Pack1.5 kg 16.01 kg 18.39 kg 112.6 kg 113.2 kg 114.8 kg 117.6 kg 1prosave ® lids with scoopsNo. Color Description U.S. DimensionsFits Rubbermaid ®Ingredient BinU.SShip Wt/CtnMetricDimensionsMetricShip Wt/Ctn PackFG9F7700 CLR Sliding Lid with 32 oz (0.9 L) Scoop29” l x 12.1” w x 1.9” h 3600 5.8 lb 73.7 cm x 30.7 cm x 4.8 cm 2.6 kg 1for FG360088 Ingredient BinFG9F7800 CLR Sliding Lid with 32 oz (0.9 L) Scoop29” l x 14.5” w x 1.9” h 3602 6.5 lb 73.7 cm x 36.8 cm x 4.8 cm 2.9 kg 1for FG360288 Ingredient BinFG9F7900 CLR Sliding Lid with 32 oz (0.9 L) Scoopfor FG360388 Ingredient Bin29” l x 17.2” w x 1.9” h 3603 7.4 lb 73.7 cm x 43.7 cm x 4.8 cm 3.4 kg 1When ordering products with Bold color codes, please specify color code after the product number.See page 271 for the Product Color Guide.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 151


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 152Eagle Group Model: SWS1272-14/3 Item #36SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 36 - OVERSHELF (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3Wall Shelf, Snap-n-Slide®, 1 1/2" Rolled Front Edge, 12" x 72", 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, 1 1/2"upturn on rear and ends, stainless steel wall brackets mount to wall studs, no wall backing required,270 lb. weight capacity, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3 Item#:36Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with Rolled Front Edge, model________________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304, or14/304 stainless steel. Front rolled edge with 1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn onrear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets are shipped loosefor mounting directly to wall studs.Eagle Snap-n-Slide ® Wall Shelf with “V” Marine Front Edge,model ____________. Unit constructed of 16/430, 16/304,14/304, or 14/316 stainless steel. “V” marine front edge with1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn on rear and ends. Stainless steel wall brackets areshipped loose for mounting directly to wall studs.#SWS1236-16/4 wall shelfOptions / AccessoriesSolid Dividers – 16 gauge stainless steel, 4˝ (76mm)-highItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesMODELS:SWS1224-*SWS1236-*SWS1248-*SWS1260-*SWS1272-*SWS1524-*SWS1536-*SWS1548-*SWS1560-*SWS1572-*SWS1524-*-VMARSWS1536-*-VMARSWS1548-*-VMARSWS1560-*-VMARSWS1572-*-VMAR* See charts on back page for complete model numbers.Design and Construction Features• Brackets can be mounted to studs—no wall backing required.• Heavy gauge stainless steel construction.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) upturn on rear and ends of shelf.• Models available with 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) rolled front edge or1 3 ⁄4˝ (45mm) “V” marine edge on shelf.• 12˝ and 15˝ (305 and 381mm) widths available.• Lengths available range from 24˝ to 72˝ (610 to 1829mm).• No tools required to attach shelf to wall brackets.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01 Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG02.01 Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 153


Eagle Group SWS1272-14/3 Item#:36Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.01Snap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesTOP VIEWItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:“V” MARINEEDGEROLLEDEDGESnap-n-Slide ® Wall ShelvesFRONT VIEWSHELVES WITH ROLLED FRONT EDGE(15˝ wide shelf shown)SIDE VIEW12˝ (305mm)-WIDE SHELVES15˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 14 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight TYPE 430 TYPE 304 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # lbs. kg model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1224-16/4 SWS1224-16/3 SWS1224-14/3 12 5.4 SWS1524-16/4 SWS1524-16/3 SWS1524-14/3 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1236-16/4 SWS1236-16/3 SWS1236-14/3 14 6.4 SWS1536-16/4 SWS1536-16/3 SWS1536-14/3 17 7.7 36˝ 914 135 61.2SWS1248-16/4 SWS1248-16/3 SWS1248-14/3 17 7.7 SWS1548-16/4 SWS1548-16/3 SWS1548-14/3 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1260-16/4 SWS1260-16/3 SWS1260-14/3 23 10.4 SWS1560-16/4 SWS1560-16/3 SWS1560-14/3 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1272-16/4 SWS1272-16/3 SWS1272-14/3 25 11.3 SWS1572-16/4 SWS1572-16/3 SWS1572-14/3 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.515˝ (381mm)-WIDE SHELVES WITH “V” MARINE FRONT EDGE14 GAUGE 14 GAUGE 16 GAUGE 16 GAUGE shelf weightTYPE 304 TYPE 316 TYPE 430 TYPE 304 weight length capacitymodel # model # model # model # lbs. kg in. mm lbs. kgSWS1524-14/304-VMAR SWS1524-14/316-VMAR SWS1524-16/430-VMAR SWS1524-16/304-VMAR 15 6.8 24˝ 610 90 40.8SWS1536-14/304-VMAR SWS1536-14/316-VMAR SWS1536-16/430-VMAR SWS1536-16/304-VMAR 17 7.7 36˝ 915 135 61.2SWS1548-14/304-VMAR SWS1548-14/316-VMAR SWS1548-16/430-VMAR SWS1548-16/304-VMAR 21 9.5 48˝ 1219 180 81.6SWS1560-14/304-VMAR SWS1560-14/316-VMAR SWS1560-16/430-VMAR SWS1560-16/304-VMAR 28 12.7 60˝ 1524 225 102.1SWS1572-14/304-VMAR SWS1572-14/316-VMAR SWS1572-16/430-VMAR SWS1572-16/304-VMAR 30 13.6 72˝ 1829 270 122.5EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 09/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 154


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 155Item #37SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 37 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 156Item #38SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 38 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 157Eagle Group Model: WS1296-14/3 Item #39SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 39 - OVERSHELF (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group WS1296-14/3Wall Shelf, 12" x 96" 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, 1 1/2" roll on front, 1 1/2" upturn on rear andends, stainless steel mounting brackets stud welded to shelf, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecEagle Group1WS12108-14/3Wall Shelf, 12" x 108" 14 gauge type 304stainless steel, 1 1/2" roll on front, 1 1/2"upturn on rear and ends, stainless steelmounting brackets stud welded to shelf, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group WS1296-14/3 Item#:39Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Wall Shelf, model ______________. Constructed of16 gauge type 430, 16 gauge type 304, or 14 gauge type 304stainless steel. 1 1 ⁄2˝ roll on front, with 1 1 ⁄2˝ upturn on rear andends. Stainless steel mounting brackets are stud weldedto shelf.#WS1236-16/3 wall shelfItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Wall ShelvesMODELS:WS1024-*WS1036-*WS1048-*WS1060-*WS1072-*WS1084-*WS1096-*WS10108-*WS10120-*WS1224-*WS1236-*WS1248-*WS1260-*WS1272-*WS1284-*WS1296-*WS12108-*WS12120-** See chart on back page for complete model numbers.Wall Mounted Shelves• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) roll on front.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm) upturn on rear and ends.• Die-formed stainless steel mounting brackets arestud-welded to shelf.• All stainless steel polished to #3 finish.• Available in 16 gauge type 430, 16 gauge type 304,and 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel.• Wide selection of sizes.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.05 Wall ShelvesEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Certifications / ApprovalsFor custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG02.05 Rev. 03/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 158


Eagle Group WS1296-14/3 Item#:39Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG02.05Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Wall Mounted ShelvesTOP VIEWWall ShelvesFRONT VIEWSIDE VIEW16 gauge 16 gauge 14 gaugetype 430 type 304 type 304 width* length weightmodel # model # model # in. mm in. mm lbs. kgWS1024-16/4 WS1024-16/3 WS1024-14/3 10˝ 254 24˝ 610 10 4.5WS1036-16/4 WS1036-16/3 WS1036-14/3 10˝ 254 36˝ 914 12 5.4WS1048-16/4 WS1048-16/3 WS1048-14/3 10˝ 254 48˝ 1219 15 6.8WS1060-16/4 WS1060-16/3 WS1060-14/3 10˝ 254 60˝ 1524 20 9.0WS1072-16/4 WS1072-16/3 WS1072-14/3 10˝ 254 72˝ 1829 22 10.0WS1084-16/4 WS1084-16/3 WS1084-14/3 10˝ 254 84˝ 2134 24 10.9WS1096-16/4 WS1096-16/3 WS1096-14/3 10˝ 254 96˝ 2438 29 13.2WS10108-16/4 WS10108-16/3 WS10108-14/3 10˝ 254 108˝ 2743 32 14.5WS10120-16/4 WS10120-16/3 WS10120-14/3 10˝ 254 120˝ 3048 34 15.4WS1224-16/4 WS1224-16/3 WS1224-14/3 12˝ 305 24˝ 610 12 5.4WS1236-16/4 WS1236-16/3 WS1236-14/3 12˝ 305 36˝ 914 14 6.4WS1248-16/4 WS1248-16/3 WS1248-14/3 12˝ 305 48˝ 1219 17 7.7WS1260-16/4 WS1260-16/3 WS1260-14/3 12˝ 305 60˝ 1524 23 10.4WS1272-16/4 WS1272-16/3 WS1272-14/3 12˝ 305 72˝ 1829 25 11.3WS1284-16/4 WS1284-16/3 WS1284-14/3 12˝ 305 84˝ 2134 28 12.7WS1296-16/4 WS1296-16/3 WS1296-14/3 12˝ 305 96˝ 2438 31 14.1WS12108-16/4 WS12108-16/3 WS12108-14/3 12˝ 305 108˝ 2743 36 16.3WS12120-16/4 WS12120-16/3 WS12120-14/3 12˝ 305 120˝ 3048 39 17.6* 15˝ and 18˝ (381 and 457mm)-wide shelves available. To order, replace “12” in model number with a “15” or “18” indicating shelf width. Example: WS1536-16/3EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 03/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 159


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 160Continental Refrigerator Model: SWF48-BS Item #40SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 40 - WORKTOP FREEZER (1 REQ'D)Continental Refrigerator SWF48-BSWork Top Freezer, 48" wide, two-section, stainless steel top with 6" backsplash, (2) field rehingabledoors, stainless steel front, aluminum sides & interior, 5" casters, rear mounted self-containedrefrigeration, 1/2 hpACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecContinental Refrigerator1115v/60/1, 10' cord & plug, standardContinental Refrigerator1Self-Contained refrigeration, 1/2 hp, standardContinental Refrigerator1Casters, 5" standardContinental Refrigerator120177Cylinder lock, per doorELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN115 60 1 Cord & PlugAFFNEMAAMPSKWHP7.6 1.34 1/2MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 161Continental Refrigerator Model: CRA60-12 Item #41SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 41 - REFRIGERATED SANDWICH UNIT (1 REQ'D)Continental Refrigerator CRA60-12Refrigerated Base Sandwich Unit, 60" wide, #300 Series stainless steel top with (12) 1/6 size x 4" deepnon-recessed pans, stainless steel front & sides, galvanized steel case back, aluminum interior, 12"deep nylon cutting board, (2) full & (1) half height field rehingable doors, 5" casters, 1/3 hp, sidemountedrefrigeration, NSF, CE, ETLACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental Refrigerator1111120177115v/60/1, 10' cord & plug, standardSelf-Contained refrigeration, 1/3 hp, standardStandard warranty (for the United States &Canada Only): 3 year parts and labor; 5 yearcompressorCylinder lock, per door5" Swivel Casters standardELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN115 60 1 Cord & PlugAFFNEMAAMPSKWHP1/3MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Eagle Group Model: T36144SE Item #42SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 42 - WORK TABLE (1 REQ'D)Eagle Group T36144SESpec-Master® Work Table, 144"W x 36"D, 14/304 stainless steel top with rolled edges front & back,square turndown ends, Uni-Lok® gusset system, 18 gauge stainless steel undershelf, (8) 1-5/8"diameter heavy gauge s/s legs with 1" adjustable stainless steel feet, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecEagle Group1E27Top cutout, square or round (specify location)Eagle Group1 ftE35Apron in front of sink or cutout, 16 gaugestainless steel, per linear footEagle Group1OS12144-14/3Overshelf, Table Mounted, single deck, 12"W x12 feet long, 14 gauge 304 stainless steel,turned down edge, 1" dia. stainless steeltubular base legs, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 162


Eagle Group T36144SE Item#:42Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle worktables, Spec-Master ® series, model ____________.Top to be constructed of 14/304 stainless steel, with 1 1 ⁄2˝ roll onfront and rear, and sides turned down 90˚. Undershelf to beadjustable and constructed of 18/304 stainless steel withmarine edge. Top reinforced with stainless steel hat channelsand sound deadened. Constructed with uni-lok ® patentedgusset system with the gussets recessed into the hat channelsto reduce lateral movement. Legs to be 1 5 ⁄8˝ O.D., stainlesssteel, with stainless steel gussets and 1˝ stainless steeladjustable bullet feet.worktable with flat topand undershelfPatented uni-lok ® System(Patent No. 5,165,349)EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Worktables with Flat Top andStainless Steel Base withUndershelf—Spec-Master ® SeriesMODELS:T2424SET2430SET2436SET2448SET2460SET2472SET2484SET2496SET24108SET24120SET24132SET24144SET3030SET3036SET3048SET3060SET3072SET3084SET3096SET30108SET30120SETabletop• Patented uni-lok ® gusset system (patent #5,165,349): gussetsare recessed into hat channel, reducing lateral movement.• Top reinforced with welded-on hat channel.• Sound-deadened between top and channels.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm)-diameter 180˚ rolled edges on front and rear.Ends are turned down 90˚ providing for flush installationswhen required.• 14 gauge type 304 polished stainless steel.Adjustable Undershelf• 18 gauge type 304 stainless steel.• Guesset welded to each corner.• Heavy duty marine edge design.Legs—1 5 ⁄8˝ (41mm)-diameter• 24˝ to 36˝ (610 to 914mm)-wide units that are 96˝ (2438mm)and longer come with six legs or more. 48˝ (1219mm)-wideunits that are 72˝ (1829mm) and longer come with six legsor more.• Heavy gauge stainless steel.• 1˝ (25mm) adjustable stainless steel feet.Options / AccessoriesDrawerLockCastersStainless steel bullet feetOvershelvesCertifications / ApprovalsT30132SET30144SET3648SET3660SET3672SET3684SET3696SET36108SET36120SET36132SET36144SET4848SET4860SET4872SET4884SET4896SET48108SET48120SET48132SET48144SEDuplex receptaclesPot rackSinkAdditional undershelfStabilizer Bar (for 30˝and36˝-wide tables)For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.41C Rev. 08/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2012 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 163Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.41C Spec-Master ® Series Worktables with Flat Top and Stainless Steel Base with Undershelf


Eagle Group T36144SE Item#:42Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.41CWorktables with Flat Top and Stainless Steel Basewith Undershelf—Spec-Master ® Series**For custom sizes - fill in requireddimensions in layout providedItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:rolled edgeconstruction1 1 /2˝38mmSpec-Master ® Series Worktables with Flat Top and Stainless Steel Base with UndershelfTOP VIEWFRONT VIEWmodel ## oflegswidthin. mmlengthin. mmweightlbs. kgT2424SE 4 24˝ 610 24˝ 610 46 20.9T2430SE 4 24˝ 610 30˝ 762 50 22.7T2436SE 4 24˝ 610 36˝ 914 55 24.9T2448SE 4 24˝ 610 48˝ 1219 67 30.4T2460SE 4 24˝ 610 60˝ 1524 78 35.4T2472SE 4 24˝ 610 72˝ 1829 90 40.8T2484SE 4 24˝ 610 84˝ 2134 103 46.3T2496SE 6 24˝ 610 96˝ 2438 125 56.7T24108SE 6 24˝ 610 108˝ 2743 144 65.3T24120SE 6 24˝ 610 120˝ 3048 163 73.9T24132SE 8 24˝ 610 132˝ 3353 186 84.4T24144SE 8 24˝ 610 144˝ 3658 200 90.7T3030SE 4 30˝ 762 30˝ 762 54 24.5T3036SE 4 30˝ 762 36˝ 914 57 25.9T3048SE 4 30˝ 762 48˝ 1219 75 34.0T3060SE 4 30˝ 762 60˝ 1524 87 39.5T3072SE 4 30˝ 762 72˝ 1829 101 45.8T3084SE 4 30˝ 762 84˝ 2134 116 52.6T3096SE 6 30˝ 762 96˝ 2438 139 63.1T30108SE 6 30˝ 762 108˝ 2743 161 73.0T30120SE 6 30˝ 762 120˝ 3048 182 82.6T30132SE 8 30˝ 762 132˝ 3353 204 92.5T30144SE 8 30˝ 762 144˝ 3658 224 101.6T3648SE 4 36˝ 914 48˝ 1219 83 37.6T3660SE 4 36˝ 914 60˝ 1524 97 44.0T3672SE 4 36˝ 914 72˝ 1829 114 51.7T3684SE 4 36˝ 914 84˝ 2134 132 59.9T3696SE 6 36˝ 914 96˝ 2438 153 69.4T36108SE 6 36˝ 914 108˝ 2743 180 81.6T36120SE 6 36˝ 914 120˝ 3048 207 93.9T36132SE 8 36˝ 914 132˝ 3353 234 106.1T36144SE 8 36˝ 914 144˝ 3658 261 118.4T4848SE 4 48˝ 1219 48˝ 1219 136 617T4860SE 4 48˝ 1219 60˝ 1524 161 73.0T4872SE 6 48˝ 1219 72˝ 1829 188 85.3T4884SE 8 48˝ 1219 84˝ 2134 217 98.4T4896SE 8 48˝ 1219 96˝ 2438 265 120.2T48108SE 8 48˝ 1219 108˝ 2743 306 138.8T48120SE 8 48˝ 1219 120˝ 3048 348 157.9T48132SE 8 48˝ 1219 132˝ 3353 388 176.0T48144SE 8 48˝ 1219 144˝ 3658 430 195.0SIDE VIEWEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2012 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 08/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 164


Eagle Group E27 Item#:42Specification SheetRefer to chart below fordescription of E# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Table Modificationsand AccessoriesFor complete list of E# models and description, see chartbelow and chart on back page.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.50 Table Modificationssquare edgemarine counter edgemarine edgebullnose edgemodel # description model # descriptionE10 Square edge table - front and/or rear313835 Stainless steel flanged bullet feetE11 Marine counter edgeE15 Vertical tray dividers - 4-section assembly, 3˝ on centersE12 “V” type marine edge (not available in 16/430)E17 Special height legsE13 Bullnose edgeE18* Duplex receptacle and mounting plate (under table)300698 Casters - 4˝ (102mm)-diameter with brakeE18.1* Duplex receptacle in splash (requires at least 6˝-high splash)300699 Casters - 4˝ (102mm)-diameter without brakeE18.2* Pedestal duplex receptacle (top of table or overshelf)317635 Casters - 5˝ (127mm)-diameter with brakeE19 Stainless steel gussets317636 Casters - 5˝ (127mm)-diameter without brake300692 Bullet feet - stainless steelNOT PICTURED301036 Bullet feet - white metalmodel # description300293 Bullet feet - plastic606329 Scrap chute, 6˝ (152mm)-diameter606331 Knife rack (fits rolled rim, poly, and square edge tables)* For GFI receptacle, add “-GFI” to E number (example: E18.1-GFI).EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comCertifications / Approvals(fabricated to NSF-applicable standards)Eagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2012 by the Eagle GroupEG10.50 Rev. 04/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 165


Eagle Group E27 Item#:42EG10.50Catalog Specification Sheet No.Table ModificationsTable Modificationsand AccessoriesRefer to chart at right fordescription of E# models.Item No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:model # descriptionSinks — complete with faucet and basket drain (Specify location)E20 - 10˝ x 14˝ x 9.5˝ bowl (254 x 356 x 241mm)E21 - 14˝ x 16˝ x 9.5˝ bowl (356 x 406 x 241mm)E22* - 16˝ x 20˝ x 8˝ bowl (406 x 508 x 203mm)E23* - 16˝ x 20˝ x 14˝ bowl (406 x 508 x 356mm)E24* - 18˝ x 20˝ x 14˝ bowl (457 x 508 x 356mm)E24A* - 20˝ x 20˝ x 14˝ (508 x 508 x 356mm)E25 - 24˝ x 24˝ x 14˝ bowl (610 x 610 x 356mm)for 36˝ (914mm)-wide tables313304 T&S faucet upgrade - deck mount 4˝ (102mm) centers300720 Lever drain - 1.5˝ I.P.S. (38mm)300721 Lever drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm)300722 Lever drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm) with overflow341189** Twist handle drain - 1.5˝ I.P.S. (38mm)336002** Twist handle drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm)341190** Twist handle drain - 2˝ I.P.S. (51mm) with overflowE27 Top cutout - square or round (Specify location)E28 Angle slides for pans, up to six pairs(Specify location and pan size)E29 Urn trough, 4.5˝ wide x 1.25˝ deep (114 x 32mm) with1.5˝ (38mm) drain, complete with louvered grate. (Lengthmust be maximum of 6˝ shorter than table. Specify location.)E30 End splash — per end (Specify end), all heightsE31 1.5˝ (38mm) rear upturn for undershelfE32 Can opener hole with under table support (Specify location)E33 Sink splash — single thickness, 4˝ tall (102mm)E34 Column cutout (Send floor plan/sketch)model #E35E36E36AE37E37AE38-6***E38-12***E39NOT PICTUREDdescription16 gauge s/s apron in front of sinks or cutoutsFully welded - top, undershelf & legsWelded base only - undershelf & legsNSF sprayed-on sound deadening up to 12´ (3658mm)- for each additional footCantilever mount up to 6´ (1829mm) - add to wall shelf priceCantilever mount up to 12´ (3658mm)Enclosed backsplashOptional Sinks Built Into Tables – Standard Locations* These sink bowls will not fit in a table any less than 30˝ (762mm) wide.** Optional twist drain brackets available for use with twist handle drains.*** Applicable to wall mount shelves and pot racks.sink on left/right side of tablesink on center of tablesink with faucet on end of tableEAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2012 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 04/12Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 166


Eagle Group OS12144-14/3 Item#:42Specification SheetShort Form SpecificationsEagle Non-Adjustable Overshelf, model ______________.Constructed of (16/430, 16/304, or 14/304) stainless steel, the(single deck, double deck) shelf shall be (10˝, 12˝) wide.Shelves are mounted on 1˝-diameter stainless steel tubing.single deck overshelfdouble deck overshelfItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:Non-Adjustable OvershelvesMODELS:OS1036*OS1048*OS1060*OS1072*OS1084*OS1096*OS10108*OS10120*OS10132*OS10144*OS1236*OS1248*OS1260*OS1272*OS1284*OS1296*OS12108*OS12120*OS12132*OS12144*DOS1036*DOS1048*DOS1060*DOS1072*DOS1084*DOS1096*DOS10108*DOS10120*DOS10132*DOS10144** See charts on back page for complete model numbers.DOS1236*DOS1248*DOS1260*DOS1272*DOS1284*DOS1296*DOS12108*DOS12120*DOS12132*DOS12144*Features• All type 304 stainless steel construction.• 1˝ (25mm)-diameter stainless steel tubular base legs.• 1 1 ⁄2˝ (38mm)-diameter 180˚ rolled edge on front and rear ofovershelves.• Ends are turned down 90˚ providing for flush installationwhen required.• 10˝ and 12˝ (254 and 305mm) standard widths.Special width shelves are available.Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.28 Non-Adjustable OvershelvesOptions / AccessoriesHeat lamp bracketsNote: It is recommended that overshelves be ordered when ordering table. Specify center- or rear-mount.Otherwise, table must be field-drilled for mounting overshelves.EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comCertifications / ApprovalsFoodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440MHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100For custom configuration or fabrication needs, contact our SpecFAB ® Division.Phone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-3091 • e-mail: specfab@eaglegrp.comEG10.28 Rev. 05/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comEagle Foodservice <strong>Equipment</strong>, Eagle MHC, SpecFAB ® , and Retail Display are divisions of Eagle Group. ©2009 by the Eagle GroupPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 167


Eagle Group OS12144-14/3 Item#:42Catalog Specification Sheet No. EG10.28Non-Adjustable OvershelvesSINGLE DECK OVERSHELVESItem No.:Project No.:S.I.S. No.:SIDE VIEWFRONT VIEWNon-Adjustalbe OvershelvesDOUBLE DECK OVERSHELVESSIDE VIEWFRONT VIEWSINGLE DECK OVERSHELVES DOUBLE DECK OVERSHELVES10˝ (254mm) WIDE 12˝ (305mm) WIDE 10˝ (254mm) WIDE 12˝ (305mm) WIDEweight weight weight weight # of lengthmodel # lbs. kg model # lbs. kg model # lbs. kg model # lbs. kg legs in. mmOS1036 15 6.8 OS1236 16 7.3 DOS1036 31 14.1 DOS1236 32 14.5 4 36˝ 914OS1048 19 8.6 OS1248 20 9.0 DOS1048 39 17.6 DOS1248 40 18.1 4 48˝ 1219OS1060 24 10.9 OS1260 25 11.3 DOS1060 48 21.8 DOS1260 48 21.8 4 60˝ 1524OS1072 29 13.2 OS1272 30 13.6 DOS1072 59 26.8 DOS1272 60 27.2 4 72˝ 1829OS1084 34 15.4 OS1284 35 15.9 DOS1084 69 31.3 DOS1284 70 31.8 6 84˝ 2134OS1096 37 16.8 OS1296 38 17.2 DOS1096 75 34.0 DOS1296 76 34.5 6 96˝ 2438OS10108 38 17.2 OS12108 39 17.6 DOS10108 77 34.9 DOS12108 78 35.4 6 108˝ 2743OS10120 39 17.6 OS12120 40 18.1 DOS10120 79 35.8 DOS12120 80 36.3 6 120˝ 3048OS10132 42 19.1 OS12132 43 19.5 DOS10132 85 38.6 DOS12132 87 39.5 8 132˝ 3353OS10144 46 20.9 OS12144 47 21.3 DOS10144 92 41.7 DOS12144 95 43.1 8 144˝ 3658For 16 gauge type 430 stainless steel, add suffix “-16/4”. Example: OS1036-16/4For 16 gauge type 304 stainless steel, add suffix “-16/3”. Example: OS1036-16/3For 14 gauge type 304 stainless steel, add suffix “-14/3”. Example: OS1036-14/3EAGLE GROUP100 Industrial Boulevard, Clayton, DE 19938-8903 USAPhone: 302-653-3000 • Fax: 302-653-2065www.eaglegrp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Foodservice Division: Phone 800-441-8440©2009 by Eagle GroupMHC/Retail Display Divisions: Phone 800-637-5100Rev. 05/09Spec sheets available for viewing, printing or downloading from our online literature library at www.eaglegrp.comAlthough every attempt has been made to ensure the accuracy of the information provided, we cannot be held responsible fortypographical or printing errors. Information and specifications are subject to change without notice. Please confirm at time of order.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 168


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 169ACP Model: RMS10T Item #43SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 43 - MICROWAVE OVEN (1 REQ'D)ACP RMS10TAmana® Commercial Microwave Oven, 1000 watts, low volume, stainless steel exterior wrap & whitepowder coat painted interior, 10 menu pads with capacity to program 20 menus, 5 power levels, 3-stages, braille touch pads, sealed in ceramic shelf, side hinged door with glass window, limited 3-yrwarranty, 120v/60/1-ph, 9.6 amps, 15 MCA, 5' cord & NEMA 5-15P, UL, ETLELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN120 60 1AFFNEMA5-15PAMPSKWHPMCA9.6 1.1515MOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1


ACP RMS10T Item#:43Project #:Item #:Model RMS10T and RMS10TS shownLow VolumeThis category of microwave is ideal for...Applications:- Convenience stores- Dessert stations- Nurses stations- Teachers/Staff loungeAll ACP, Inc. commercial ovens are backedby our Culinary Center. Call us with anyquestion regarding food preparation,menu development and cooking times.866-426-2621.Low VolumeAmana Commercial Microwave Model RMS10T and RMS10TSPower Output• 1000 watts of power.• Five power levels for cooking flexibility.• Three cooking stages for one touch cooking.Certified Oven for Commercial Applications• Tested to higher standards for a commercial rating -required by most commercial insurance polices andhealth inspectors.• Interlock safety switch is tested to 4 times the standard ofresidential ovens.• Constructed to withstand the foodservice environment,multiple users and variable ambient temperatures.• Compared to a residential oven, this oven is more powerfulfor faster heating and better quality results.• Engineered for a simple, “self-service” operation.Easy to Use• Perfect replacement for inappropriate domestic ovens usedin a foodservice applications.• Touch controls are perfect for self-service locations.• 20 programmable menu items simplifies cooking.• Multiple quantity pad calculates the proper cookingtimes for multiple portions.• Braille touch pads are ADA compliant.• See-through door and lighted interior for monitoring withoutopening the door.• 0.8 cubic foot (23 liter) capacity accommodates a 12” (305mm)platter, prepackaged foods and single servings.AIA File #: Specification #:Easy to Maintain• RMS10T - Stainless steel exterior wrap and painted interior foreasy cleaning.• RMS10TS - Stainless steel exterior wrap and oven interior forincreased durability.• Sealed in ceramic shelf for easy cleaning.• Backed by the ACP, Inc. 24/7 ComServ Support Center,866-426-2621.• UL and ETL Listed.225 49th Ave. Dr. SW Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 U.S.A. | 800-233-2366 | 319-368-8120 | Fax: 319-368-8198 | www.acpsolutions.comAmana® is a Registered trademark of Maytag <strong>Corporation</strong>. Brand used under license.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 170


ACP RMS10T Item#:43Amana Commercial Microwave Model RMS10T and RMS10TS | Low VolumeInstallation clearance: 3” all sidesDrawings available from KCL CADlog - techs@kclcad.comAIA File #: Specification #:SpecificationsModel RMS10T UPC Code 728028020793RMS10TS UPC Code 728028020809ConfigurationCountertopControl SystemTouchProgrammable Control Pads 10Settings Programmable 20Max. Cooking Time 60:00Power Levels 5DefrostYesTime Entry OptionYesMicrowave Distribution Rotating stirrer, bottomMagnetron 1DisplayLEDStage Cooking Yes, 3Interior LightYesDoor HandleGrab & GoSignalEnd of cycle, adjustableExterior Dimensions H 12 1 ⁄4” (311) W 20” (508) D* 16 1 ⁄2” (419)Cavity Dimensions H 7 3 ⁄4” (197) W 13” (330) D 13” (330)Door Depth29” (737), 90 o + door openUsable Cavity Space 0.8 cubic ft. (23 liter)Exterior FinishRMS10T & RMS10TS: Stainless steel wrapInterior FinishRMS10T: PaintedRMS10TS: Stainless steelPower Consumption 1150 W, 9.6 APower Output*1000 W** MicrowavePower Source120V, 60 Hz, 15 A single phasePlug Configuration / Cord NEMA 5-15 5 ft. (1.5m)Frequency2450 MHzProduct Weight32 lbs. (14 kg.)Ship Weight (approx.) 39 lbs. (18 kg.)UPS ShippableYesShipping Carton Size H 15” (381) W 23” (584) D 18” (457)Measurements in ( ) are millimeters* Includes handle**IEC 60705 TestedSpecificationsCommercial microwave 10 touch pad control panel shall beprogrammable with the ability to program up to 20 menuitems. Touch pad shall include Braille for ADA compliance.Cooking timer shall be 60 minute countdown style for allpower settings with a time entry option and an end of cycleaudible signal. LED display shall be backlit. Oven shall have 5power levels and 3 cooking stages. Microwave output shallbe 1000 watts distributed by one magnetron with a bottomfeed rotating stirrer to provide superior even heatingthroughout the cavity. Durable door shall have a temperedglass window and a grab and go handle with a 90 o + openingfor easy access. An interior light shall facilitate monitoringwithout opening the door. The 0.8 cubic ft. (23 liter) cavityshall accommodate a 12” (305 mm) platter. Oven shall have astainless steel exterior wrap and a white powder coat paintedinterior (RMS10T) or stainless steel interior (RMS10TS). Microwaveoven shall comply with standards set by the U.S Departmentof Health and Human Services, UL for safety and ETL forsanitation.WarrantyWarranty Certificate for this product can be found on the ACP,Inc. website at:www.acpsolutions.com/warrantyServiceAll products are backed by the ACP, Inc. 24/7 ComServSupport Center.225 49th Ave. Dr. SW Cedar Rapids, IA 52404 U.S.A. | 800-233-2366 | 319-368-8120 | Fax: 319-368-8198 | www.acpsolutions.comForm # ACRR0972 ACP commitment to quality may mean a change in specification without notice. Product of the U.S.A. © 2012 ACP Inc. Printed in the U.S.A.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 171


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 172Lakeside Manufacturing Model: 194425 Item #44SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 44 - HEATED DISH DISPENSER (2 REQ'D)Lakeside Manufacturing 194425Adjust-a-Fit® Plate Dispenser, heated, enclosed drop-in style, maximum dish size approximately 13-1/4" diameter, stainless steel construction, NSF, UL listed (ADA compliant counter height)ACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecLakeside ManufacturingLakeside Manufacturing22ELECTRICAL5'cord with NEMA L5-15P, std.120v/60/1-ph, 450 watts, 3.8 amps, std.1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN120 60 1AFFNEMAL5-15PAMPSKW3.8 .45HPMCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1


Lakeside Manufacturing 194425 Item#:44Adjustable Diameter And DispensingHeight Adjustments Without Tools• Overall height allows for fit into ADA heightcompliantcounters.• Five tube sizes, each with a 3¼ ” diameteradjustment range.• Heated dispensers feature thermostatic control.Thermostat minimum 100°F (38°C) - maximum175°F (79°C).• All models have a 22” plate stackingcapacity.Model 92225OpenItem #QuantityDrop-in Self-Leveling DispensersAdjust-a-Fit ® - Open, Shielded and Heated, ADA HeightSpec. # AIA #Model 92425HeatedModel 92325ShieldedSpecificationsUnit shall be of welded stainless steel construction. Dispensers shall hang from surface opening by an 18-gaugeflange ring and feature three each 22-gauge vertical side supports welded to 20-gauge bottom plate. Overallheight from flange ring to base of 25” shall allow for fit into ADA height-compliant counters. Self-leveling dishcarriage shall be of welded stainless steel construction and shall travel vertically in dispenser tube with 3 sets ofnylon roller guides for smooth operation. Carriage shall have 22-gauge removable dish platform. Unit shallfeature flange mounted perimeter extension springs, which are detachable from the dish carriage to provideadjustment without tools for different weight dishes. Unit shall also feature three stainless steel dish guidesrunning the entire height of the dispenser. Dish guides shall pivot to provide diameter adjustability of 3-1/4” (83mm) without tools or removing components to accommodate various diameter dishes. Unit shall have a verticalplate stacking capacity of 22” (559 mm). Unit shall be NSF listed.Specifications continued on back.Lakeside Manufacturing, Inc.4900 West Electric Avenue • West Milwaukee, WI 53219 U.S.A.800-558-8565 • 414-902-6400 • Fax 414-902-6446 • www.eLakeside.comLit# 0307 DISLDA25 Lakeside reserves the right to modify specifications or discontinue models without prior notification. Printed in the U.S.A.SL-225PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 173


Lakeside Manufacturing 194425 Item#:44Drop-in Self-Leveling DispensersAdjust-a-Fit ® - Open, Shielded and HeatedSpecifications ContinuedHeated Models Only: Unit shall be 120 VAC 60 Hz and shall have 5´ (1524 mm) power supply cablewith L15-5P NEMA twist lock plug for 120 VAC. Dispenser tubes shall be fully enclosed in 22 gaugestainless steel, and have a circular bottom mounted 300 or 450 watt heater element to provide convectionheat. Heating system shall feature thermostatic control in a tamper protective location with safehigh-end shut off. Control shall have infinite settings between low and high temperature cut-outs.Thermostat shall be field adjustable for average interior air temperature between 100° F (38° C) and175° F (79° C) at middle adjustable thermostatic setting. On-off switch and power indicator light shall bemounted on top flange of dispenser. Average dish temperature rise of 40° F (22° C) above ambientshall be achieved within one hour of initial heating cycle at middle adjustable thermostatic setting. Unitshall be UL listed.Spec. # AIA #OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES• Stainless steel dispenser covers• 208/240 VAC 60Hz (heated models)• 220 VAC 50 Hz (heated models)Specification sheets available at www.eLakeside.comDimensionsBAutoCAD drawings available through KCL CADalogModel Accommodates Plate SizeHeight To Ring Top Ring DiameterElectricalCounter <strong>Cut</strong>-Out(A)(B)Watts Ampslbs. (kg.)Open Models90225 2-3/4” to 6” (970 to 152) 25” (635) 10” (254) 9-1/8” (232) _ _ 13 (5.9)91225 4-1/4” to 7-1/2” (108 to 191) 25” (635) 11-1/2” (292) 10-5/8” (270) _ _ 15 (6.8)92225 6-1/2” to 9-3/4” (165 to 248) 25” (635) 13-3/4” (349) 12-7/8” (327) _ _ 18 (8.2)93225 8-3/4 to 12” (222 to 305) 25” (635) 16” (406) 15-1/8” (384) _ _ 20 (9.1)194225 10” to 13-1/4” (254 to 337) 25” (635) 17-1/16” (432) 16-1/4” (413) _ _ 21 (9.6)Shielded Models90325 2-3/4” to 6” (970 to 152) 25” (635) 10” (254) 9-1/8” (232) _ _ 20 (9.1)91325 4-1/4” to 7-1/2” (108 to 191) 25” (635) 11-1/2” (292) 10-5/8” (270) _ _ 22 (10)92325 6-1/2” to 9-3/4” (165 to 248) 25” (635) 13-3/4” (349) 12-7/8” (327) _ _ 27 (12.2)93325 8-3/4 to 12” (222 to 305) 25” (635) 16” (406) 15-1/8” (384) _ _ 31 (14.1)194325 10” to 13-1/4” (254 to 337) 25” (635) 17-1/16” (432) 16-1/4” (413) _ _ 32 (14.5)Heated Models91425 4-1/4” to 7-1/2” (108 to 191) 25” (635) 11-1/2” (292) 10-5/8” (270) 300 2.5 25 (11.3)92425 6-1/2” to 9-3/4” (165 to 248) 25” (635) 13-3/4” (349) 12-7/8” (327) 450 3.8 30 (13.6)93425 8-3/4 to 12” (222 to 305) 25” (635) 16” (406) 15-1/8” (384) 450 3.8 34 (15.4)194425 10” to 13-1/4” (254 to 337) 25” (635) 17-1/16” (432) 16-1/4” (413) 450 3.8 35 (15.9)AMeasurements in ( ) denote metric millimeters, unless otherwise specified.Lit# 0307 DISLDA25 Lakeside reserves the right to modify specifications or discontinue models without prior notification. Printed in the U.S.A.SL-225Lakeside Manufacturing, Inc.4900 West Electric Avenue • West Milwaukee, WI 53219 U.S.A.800-558-8565 • 414-902-6400 • Fax 414-902-6446 • www.eLakeside.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 174


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 175Item #45SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 45 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 176Item #46SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 46 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 177Hatco Model: TQ-800 Item #47SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 47 - CONVEYOR TOASTER (1 REQ'D)Hatco TQ-800Toast-Qwik® Conveyor Toaster, horizontal conveyor, countertop design, all bread types toaster,approximately 14 slice capacity/min, 2" opening height, electronic controls, colorguard sensing system,UL, CEACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecHatcoHatcoHatcoHatco1111ELECTRICALNOTE: Sale of this product must comply withHatco's Minimum Resale Price Policy; consultorder acknowledgement for detailsNOTE: Includes 24/7 parts & service assistance,call 800-558-0607One year on-site parts and labor warranty, plusone additional year parts only warranty on allToast-Qwik metal sheathed elements208v/60/1-ph,3.3kw, 16.0 amps, NEMA 6-20P(US & Canada)1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN208 60 1 Cord & PlugAFFNEMA6-20PAMPSKWHPMCA16 3.330MOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Hatco TQ-800 Item#:47ITEM#TOAST-QWIK® ELECTRIC CONVEYOR TOASTERSModels TQ-10, -400, -400BA, -400H, -800, -800BA, -800H, -800HBA, -1200, -1800, -1800BA, -1800H, -1800HBAThe Hatco Toast-Qwik® is an economicalconveyor toaster with fast, dependable andversatile toasting, offering 300 to 1800 slicesper hour. Hatco toasters utilize conveyorspeed, not temperature to determine toastingcolor. This method allows for instantadjustment of toasting time to matchthe bread product being toasted.FLEXIBILITYFor uniformly colored golden-brown toast,as well as bagels, buns, and English muffins,Toast-Qwik Conveyor Toasters provide theoptimum in features, quality and value. Theelectronic controls precisely regulate bothtop and bottom heating elements for perfecttoasting every time. The exclusive, patentedColorGuard sensing system monitors cabinettemperature and adjusts conveyor speedduring high usage periods to assure uniformtoast. The power save mode with indicatorlight saves energy and money during slowperiods.Hatco versatility offers standard and bagelmodels, as well as versions with a talleropening for thicker products and a highspeedmodel. The efficient design of frontor rear discharge allows Toast-Qwik to beplaced where it is most convenient – forsending product to operator side orcustomer/server.Hatco Toast-Qwik toasters featurepermanently lubricated ball bearing motorand heating elements guaranteed againstburnout and breakage for two years.QUALITYThe following features assure the finestperformance for years to come:• ColorGuard sensing system assures toastuniformity (excluding TQ-10).• Electronic infinite controls regulate top andbottom heat (excluding TQ-10).• Easy-to-load rack with front or reardischarge.• Power save mode conserves energy andsaves money (excluding TQ-10).• Opening height for H and HBA models is3" (76 mm) for all other models the openingheight is 2" (51 mm).• Aluminum toast collector tray preventscondensation (excluding TQ-10).• Insulation and an interior fan provide coolsurface temperatures.Model TQ-400Model TQ-800HModel TQ-800HBAModel TQ-1800HProduct FlowModel TQ-10For lower volume applications, theToast-Qwik TQ-10 model is an economicalconveyor toaster with the capacity of upto 300 slices per hour. Features includeindependent controls for upper and lowerelements allowing single- or double-sidetoasting, conveyor speed to determine thetoast color, and an easy-to-load rack withfront or rear discharge. Durable paintedsteel top and aluminized steel constructionassures years of trouble-free service.ONE YEAR ON-SITE PARTS AND LABOR WARRANTY, PLUS ONEADDITIONAL YEAR PARTS-ONLY WARRANTY ON ALL METALSHEATHED HEATING ELEMENTSHATCO CORPORATION P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A.(800) 558-0607 • (414) 671-6350 • Fax (800) 543-7521 • Int’l Fax (414) 671-3976www.hatcocorp.com • E-mail: equipsales@hatcocorp.comForm No. TQ Spec SheetPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 178Printed in U.S.A.February 2013


Hatco TQ-800 Item#:47ITEM#TOAST-QWIK® ELECTRIC CONVEYOR TOASTERSModels TQ-10, -400, -400BA, -400H, -800, -800BA, -800H, -800HBA, -1200, -1800, -1800BA, -1800H, -1800HBATQ-400 Series 10.37" (263 mm)TQ-800, -1200 Series 10.45" (265 mm)TQ-1800 Series 14.45 (367 mm)TQ-400 Series17.71" (450 mm)TQ-800, -1200, -1800 Series22.71" (577 mm)10.43"(265 mm)17.71" (450 mm)TQ-400, -400BA14.88" (378 mm)TQ-400H15.88" (403 mm)TQ-800, -1200,-1800 Series16.58" (421 mm)TQ-400, -800, -1200 SeriesSIDE VIEW14.5" (368 mm)TQ-1800 Series18.5" (470 mm)FRONT VIEWModels TQ-400, -800, -1200, -1800 SeriesSPECIFICATIONSModel kW Type Cap./Min. † Shipping WeightTQ-10 1.8 All 5 slices 42 lbs. (19 kg)TQ-400 1.8 • All 6 slices 48 lbs. (22 kg)TQ-400BA ▼ 1.8 Bagels or Buns 6 slices 48 lbs. (22 kg)TQ-400H 2.2 All 6 slices 48 lbs. (22 kg)TQ-800 3.3 All 14 slices 62 lbs. (28 kg)TQ-800BA ▼ 3.3 Bagels or Buns 14 slices 62 lbs. (28 kg)TQ-800H 3.3 All 13 slices 62 lbs. (28 kg)TQ-800HBA ▼ 3.3 Bagels or Buns 14 slices 62 lbs. (28 kg)TQ-1200 4.0 All 20 slices 65 lbs. (29 kg)TQ-1800 4.4 All 30 slices 75 lbs. (34 kg)TQ-1800BA ▼ 4.6 Bagels or Buns 30 slices 75 lbs. (34 kg)TQ-1800H 4.6 All 20 slices 75 lbs. (34 kg)TQ-1800HBA ▼ 4.6 Bagels or Buns 30 slices 75 lbs. (34 kg)† Toasting capacity may vary by product. Toasting of coated products isnot recommended.• 120 volts only. 2.2 kW for 208 and 240 volt models.▼ BA models toast one side only.Toast-Qwik can be shipped United Parcel Service or FedEx SmallPackage.Selector Chart(Based on serving 2 slices per customer.)Number ofServing TimeCustomers TQ-10, -400, TQ-800, -800BA, TQ-1200, TQ-1800,-400BA, -400H -800H, -800HBA -1800H -1800BA, -1800HBA30 12 Minutes 5 Minutes 3 Minutes 2 Minutes60 24 Minutes 9 Minutes 6 Minutes 4 Minutes90 36 Minutes 13 Minutes 9 Minutes 6 Minutes120 48 Minutes 18 Minutes 12 Minutes 8 MinutesOPTIONS (NOT FOR RETROFIT)❑ Automatic Power Save Mode (TQ-400, -800, -1200, -1800 Series only)13.75"(349 mm)14.5" (368 mm)FRONT VIEW3.95"(100 mm)SIDE VIEWDIMENSIONSTQ-10: 14.5"W x 17.71"D x 13.75"H (368 x 450 x 349 mm).TQ-400, -400BA: 14.5"W x 17.71"D x 14.88"H (368 x 450 x 378 mm).TQ-400H: 14.5"W x 17.71"D x 15.88"H (368 x 450 x 403 mm).Tray extends 2.5" (64 mm) in rear.TQ-800 Series, -1200: 14.5"W x 22.71"D x 16.58"H (368 x 577 x 421 mm).Tray extends 6.5" (165 mm) in rear.TQ-1800 Series: 18.5"W x 22.71"D x 16.58"H (470 x 577 x 421 mm).Tray extends 6.5" (165 mm) in rear.VOLTAGETQ-10, -400 Series: 120, 208, and 240 volts, 60 Hz, single phase.TQ-800, -1200, -1800 Series: 208 and 240 volts, 60 Hz, single phase.CORD LOCATIONBottom right corner on back of unit.PLUG CONFIGURATIONS➀➁➂➃NEMA 5-15PModel TQ-10NEMA 6-20PNEMA 6-30PAMP RATING & PLUG SUPPLIEDModel 120V 208V 240VTQ-10 15.0 amps ➀ ➁* 8.8 amps ➂ 7.6 amps ➂TQ-400 15.0 amps ➀ ➁* 10.7 amps ➂ 9.3 amps ➂TQ-400BA 14.8 amps ➀ ➁* 9.0 amps ➂ 7.8 amps ➂TQ-400H — 10.7 amps ➂ 9.3 amps ➂TQ-800, -800H — 16.0 amps ➃ 13.9 amps ➂ ➃*TQ-800BA, -800HBA — 15.8 amps ➃ 13.7 amps ➂ ➃*TQ-1200 — 19.4 amps ➄ 16.8 amps ➄TQ-1800 — 21.4 amps ➄ 18.5 amps ➄TQ-1800H — 22.4 amps ➄ 19.4 amps ➄TQ-1800BA, -1800HBA — 22.0 amps ➄ 19.1 amps ➄*For Canada.➄NEMA 5-20P NEMA 6-15PACCESSORIES❑ 20 Amp Receptacle, 125V (NEMA 5-20R)❑ 20 Amp Receptacle, 250V (NEMA 6-20R)❑ 30 Amp Receptacle, 250V (NEMA 6-30R)❑ Security Package❑ Additional Extended Feed Guide (not available on TQ-1800 series)PRODUCT SPECSConveyor ToasterThe electric Conveyor Toaster shall be a Hatco Model ... as manufacturedby the Hatco <strong>Corporation</strong>, Milwaukee, WI 53234 U.S.A.The toaster shall have the capacity to toast up to ... pieces per minuteand it shall be rated at ... kW, ... volts, single phase.The toaster shall be of stainless steel (or aluminized TQ-10) designand shall include a front mounted control panel with state-of-the-artelectronic top and bottom heat controls, ColorGuard sensing system(patented), variable speed control, power save mode with indicator lightand a toast collector pan (except TQ-10).The toaster will have metal sheathed heating elements and factoryattached UL listed cord and plug.TQ-10 will have a durable painted steel top and aluminized steelconstruction with controls for power, heating elements, and conveyorspeed.One year on-site parts and labor warranty, plus one additional yearparts-only warranty on all metal sheathed heating elements, with 24/7service (U.S. and Canada only).HATCO CORPORATION P.O. Box 340500 Milwaukee, WI 53234-0500 U.S.A. • (800) 558-0607 • (414) 671-6350Fax (800) 543-7521 • Int’l. Fax (414) 671-3976 • www.hatcocorp.com • E-mail: equipsales@hatcocorp.comPrinted in U.S.A.Form No. TQ Spec Sheet February 2013PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 179


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 180Continental Refrigerator Model: CRA60-12 Item #48SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 48 - REFRIGERATED SANDWICH UNIT (1 REQ'D)Continental Refrigerator CRA60-12Refrigerated Base Sandwich Unit, 60" wide, #300 Series stainless steel top with (12) 1/6 size x 4" deepnon-recessed pans, stainless steel front & sides, galvanized steel case back, aluminum interior, 12"deep nylon cutting board, (2) full & (1) half height field rehingable doors, 5" casters, 1/3 hp, sidemountedrefrigeration, NSF, CE, ETLACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental Refrigerator1111120177115v/60/1, 10' cord & plug, standardSelf-Contained refrigeration, 1/3 hp, standardStandard warranty (for the United States &Canada Only): 3 year parts and labor; 5 yearcompressorCylinder lock, per door5" Swivel Casters standardELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN115 60 1 Cord & PlugAFFNEMAAMPSKWHP1/3MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 181Traulsen Model: RIF132H-FHS Item #49SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 49 - ROLL-IN FREEZER (1 REQ'D)Traulsen RIF132H-FHSSpec-Line Freezer, Roll-in, one-section, designed for remote refrigeration, stainless steel exterior andinterior, standard depth cabinet, full-height doors, accepts 72" high racks (by others) with INTELA-TRAULACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecTraulsenTraulsenTraulsen111ELECTRICAL115v/60/1ph, 7.5 amps, cord & plug notincluded, standardWarranty, 3 yr parts/labor warranty, standardDoor hinged on right, standard1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN115 60 1AFFNEMAAMPS7.5KWHPMCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PLUMBING 1 REMARKSCondensate to be run to a floor drain unless purchased with condensate evaporator


Traulsen RIF132H-FHS Item#:49Project Quantity Item #Model Specified: CSI Section 11400Roll-In Freezer Models For72" High Racks/Self-ContainedRSERIESStainless Exterior& InteriorOne & Two Section Models, 32" Deep1-Section Solid Door Model RIF132HUT-FHS2-Section Solid Door Model RIF232HUT-FHSINTELA-TRAUL ®Equipped!ASERIES1-Section Solid Door Model2-Section Solid Door ModelAIF132HUT-FHSAIF232HUT-FHSStainless Exterior,Anodized AluminumInteriorModel RIF132HUT-FHSThe R & A Series represent Traulsen's Top-of-the-Line product offering.The “H-Height” roll-in freezer models are all designed to offer convenientinterior storage for 72" high racks. Each is supplied standard withsuch high quality features as easy to operate microprocessor controls,balanced refrigeration systems and stainless steel exteriors. Additionally,they offer the widest range of optional accessories to choose from, and canbe specified for use with many different applications, including: Foodservice,Correctional, Institutional, Export, etc.Standard Product Features• R-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior & Interior• A-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior/Anodized Aluminum Interior• INTELA-TRAUL ® Microprocessor Control System• Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Using R-404A• Scroll Blower Type Evaporator Fan• Biased Return Air Duct• Full Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks• Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees• Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges• Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s)• Standard Door Hinging: 132H = Right, 232H = Left/Right(other hingings available)• Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights• Stainless Steel Breaker Caps• Accommodates Roll-In Racks Up To 72" High (provided byothers)• Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator• Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets• Gasket Protecting Metal Door Liner• Controllable Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters• Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device• Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly• Stainless Steel Interior Rack Guides & Threshold Ramp(s)• 9' Cord & Plug Attached• One Year Parts And Labor Warranty• Two Year Control Warranty (parts and labor)• Five Year Compressor WarrantyOptions & Accessories• Stainless Steel Finished Back With Rear Louvers• Re-Hinging Feature For Door(s)• Wire Shelf Package For Roll-In Models (includes three wireshelves per section)• Additional Wire Shelves For Above• Stainless Steel Shelf Package For Roll-In Models (includesthree stainless steel shelves per section)• Additional Stainless Steel Shelves For Above• Locking Hasps (padlocks supplied by others)• Export 220/50/1 Voltage• Kool Klad Exterior Laminate Decor• Recessed Installation• Remote Applications (see form TR35837 for more details)• Water Cooled Self-Contained Condenser Suitable forConnection To Glycol• Prison/Correctional Facilities Options• Two Year Service/Labor Warranty AvailablePlease visit www.energystar.gov to view the mostup-to-date product listing and performance data.Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.,to U.S. and Canadian safety standards andListed by NSF International.Approval:___________________________________TRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 182


Traulsen RIF132H-FHS Item#:49Project Quantity Item #Model Specified: CSI Section 11400Construction, Hardware and InsulationCabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructedof 20 gauge stainless steel with #4 finish. Cabinet interior and door liners areconstructed of stainless steel (anodized aluminum in the A-Series). The exterior cabinettop, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. The interiorfloor is constructed of stainless steel and insulated with 3 ⁄4" of resilient cork. A readilyattachable stainless steel ramp is provided to facilitate loading/unloading.Doors are equipped with a heavy-duty, extruded wiper gasket for sealing to bottomramp, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action,self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hingesinclude a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescentlighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally overrecess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Doors haveseamless, polished metal corners.Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal.Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density,non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane.DIMENSIONAL DATA R/AIF132HUT R/AIF232HUTNet capacity cu. ft. 39.0 (1104 cu l) 79.5 (2252 cu l)Length - overall in. 35 1 ⁄2 (90.2 cm) 68 (172.7 cm)Depth - overall in. 35 9 ⁄16 (90.3 cm) 35 9 ⁄16 (90.3 cm)Depth - over body in. 32 (81.3 cm) 32 (81.3 cm)Depth - door open 90° in. 63 1 ⁄4 (160.7 cm) 63 1 ⁄4 (160.7 cm)Clear door width in. 27 1 ⁄8 (68.8 cm) 27 1 ⁄8 (68.8 cm)Clear door height in. 72 3 ⁄16 (183.4 cm) 72 3 ⁄16 (183.4 cm)Height - overall in. 89 1 ⁄8 (226.4 cm) 89 1 ⁄8 (226.4 cm)RIF Net Wt. lbs. 480 (218 kg) 785 (356 kg)AIF Net Wt. lbs. 410 (186 kg) 685 (311 kg)Rack Capacity - 72" High 1 2ELECTRICAL DATAVoltage 115/60/1 208-230/115/60/1Feed wires with Ground 3 4Full load amperes 11.5 9.4REFRIGERATION DATARefrigerant R-404A R-404ABTU/HR H.P. 1 2160 ( 1 ⁄2 HP) 4710 (1 HP)NOTESNOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents.1= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and -10 degree F evaporator.2= For approximate remote weights deduct 40 lbs. from respective net or gross weight. For otherinformation on remote models, please refer to form TR35837.SpecificationsRefrigeration SystemA top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-404Arefrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It featuresan easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooledhermetic compressor, plenum effect blower coil, large, high humidity evaporatorcoil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensateevaporator. Biased return air duct protects against introduction of warm kitchen air,promoting even temperature maintenance and efficient operation. A 9' cord andplug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 0 to -5°F.ControllerThe easy to use water resistant INTELA-TRAUL ® microprocessor control systemis supplied standard. Unit is NAFEM Data Protocol communication (NDP) ready.Optional hardware required to be NDP compliant. Third party software requiredfor network connection. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, Fahrenheit or CelsiusTemperature Scale Display Capability, Defrost Lockouts, and an RS485 data port. Inaddition it includes audio/visual alarms for: Hi/Lo Cabinet Temperature, Door Open,Clean Condenser, Evaporator Coil and Discharge Line Sensor Failures, and PowerSupply Interruption.InteriorReadily removable, interior-mounted, stainless steel guides for rack are providedfor protection. Maximum rack size with wheels inboard of frame is 27" wide by 29"deep by 72" high. Racks supplied by others.WarrantiesBoth a one year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty(self-contained models only) are provided standard. An optional 2 nd year extendedparts and labor warranty is also available. In addition the INTELA-TRAUL ® control iswarranted by a two year parts and labor warranty.Elevation -R/AIF132HUTElevation -R/AIF232HUTOne Section Models Equipped WithOne NEMA 5-15P PlugTwo Section Models Equipped WithOne NEMA L14-20P PlugNOTE: Full load amps and plug style may vary depending onelectrical options chosen and condensing unit employed.Plan - R/AIFI132HUTPlan - R/AIF232HUTREQUIRED CLEARANCESIn order to assure optimum performance, the condensing unit MUST have an adequate supplyof air for cooling purposes. Therefore, the operating location must either have a minimum of 12”clearance overhead of the condensing unit or allow for unrestricted air flow at the back of the unit.Clearance of at least 12” above is required in order to perform certain maintenance tasks.NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additionalwarranties.Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice.Part No. TR35770 (revised 1/10)Section - All ModelsTRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 183


Traulsen RIF132H-FHS Item#:49Remote Refrigeration DataRefer to the below chart to determine the following remote characteristics: Voltage, Amps, BTU’s, Refrigerant, and if thefollowing components are included: Condensate Evaporator, Solenoid, Expansion Valve and Temperature Control.BTU @ 90°F Ambient Cond. Evap. Solenoid Exp. ValveModel No. Voltage Amps and Evap. Temp. Refrig’t Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Temp ControlG10000, etc. 115/60/1 4.1 1520 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG10002P, etc. 115/60/1 4.1 1520 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG11000, etc. 115/60/1 4.1 2410 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG11002P, etc. 115/60/1 4.1 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG12010, etc. 115/60/1 10.6 1930 @ -10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG20000, etc. 115/60/1 5.2 2410 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG20004P, etc. 115/60/1 5.2 2410 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG21000, etc. 115/60/1 5.2 4160 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG21004P, etc. 115/60/1 5.2 4160 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG22010, etc. 115/60/1 13.2 3080 @ -10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG30000, etc. 115/60/1 5.2 3780 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG31010, etc. 115/60/1 13.2 4710 @ -10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG31310, etc. 115/60/1 13.2 4710 @ -10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorG32000, etc. 115/60/1 5.2 5330 @ +20°F Evap R-134a Yes Yes Yes MicroprocessorR/AHT132W 115/60/1 1.5 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT132EW 115/60/1 1.5 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT232W 115/60/1 2.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT332W 115/60/1 2.5 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT232N 115/60/1 2.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT332N 115/60/1 2.5 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT126W 115/60/1 1.5 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT226W 115/60/1 2.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT132D 115/60/1 1.5 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT232D 115/60/1 2.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT132WP 115/60/1 2.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT232WP 115/60/1 2.5 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT332WP 115/60/1 3.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT232NP 115/60/1 2.5 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT332NP 115/60/1 3.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT126WP 115/60/1 2.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AHT226WP 115/60/1 2.5 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT132W 115/60/1 7.5 2160 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT232W 115/60/1 10.0 3790 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT332W 115/60/1 11.0 5220 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT232N 115/60/1 10.0 3790 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT332N 115/60/1 11.0 5220 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT126W 115/60/1 4.0 1980 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT226W 115/60/1 7.5 3790 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT132D 115/60/1 6.0 2160 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ALT232D 115/60/1 10.0 3790 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI132L 115/60/1 2.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI232L 115/60/1 3.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI332L 115/60/1 4.0 5330 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI132LP 115/60/1 3.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI232LP 115/60/1 4.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI332LP 115/60/1 5.0 5330 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI132H 115/60/1 2.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI232H 115/60/1 3.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ARI332H 115/60/1 4.0 5330 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AIF132L 115/60/1 7.5 2160 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AIF232L 115/60/1 11.0 5220 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/AIF332L 208/115 12.0 7580 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulTRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 184


Traulsen RIF132H-FHS Item#:49Remote Refrigeration DataBTU @ 90°F Ambient Cond. Evap. Solenoid Exp. ValveModel No. Voltage Amps and Evap. Temp. Refrig’t Yes/No Yes/No Yes/No Temp ControlR/ACV132W 115/60/1 7.5 2160 @ -10°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes NoR/ACV232W 115/60/1 10.0 1870 @ -10°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes NoR/ADT132EW 115/60/1 6.5 F-1850 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-1130 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ADT132W 115/60/1 6.5 F-1850 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-1130 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ADT232W 115/60/1 8.0 F-2170 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-1730 @ -20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ADT332W 115/60/1 9.0 F-2160 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ADT232N 115/60/1 8.0 F-2170 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-1730 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ADT332N 115/60/1 9.0 F-2160 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ADT132D 115/60/1 6.5 F-1850 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-1130 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulR/ADT232D 115/60/1 6.5 F-1850 @ -20°F Evap R-404AR-1130 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRDH232W 208/115-1-60 10.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRDH232WP 208/115-1-60 10.0 2400 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRRI264L 115/60/1 4.0 2 X 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRRI364L 115/60/1 8.0 2 X 5330 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRRI264LP 115/60/1 4.0 2 X 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRRI364LP 115/60/1 8.0 2 X 5330 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRIF264L 208/115/60/1* 12.0 10,440 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRIF364L 208/115/60/1* 14.0 15,160 @ -20°F Evap R-404A No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRHT232NSL 115/60/1 6.5 5330 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulRHT232NHG 115/60/1 2.0 4360 @ +20°F Evap R-134a No Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE036HR 115/60/1 3.2 2370 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE048HR 115/60/1 3.3 2370 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE060HR 115/60/1 3.5 2370 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE065HR 115/60/1 3.5 2370 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE072HR 115/60/1 3.6 2370 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE084HR 115/60/1 3.7 2370 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE096HR 115/60/1 3.9 4090 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTE110HR 115/60/1 4.0 4090 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTU044HR 115/60/1 3.3 3080 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTU072HR 115/60/1 3.7 3080 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTU100HR 115/60/1 3.9 3080 @ +20°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTS048HR 115/60/1 9.8 3300 @ +10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTS066HR 115/60/1 10.2 3870 @ +10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTS072HR 115/60/1 10.2 3870 @ +10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulTS090HR 115/60/1 10.4 3870 @ +10°F Evap R-404A Yes Yes Yes Intela-TraulNOTES:1) Remote INTELA-TRAUL ® equipped units do not require use of a temperature control.2) Cord and plug are not supplied with remote units.3) Listed BTU rating shown is the required BTU’s delivered to the unit at the evaporator coil.4) Compressor HP not supplied by Traulsen. Compressor size should be determined by a qualified refrigeration technician based on the delivered BTU rating at the unit and actualjobsite requirements.5) To determine approximate remote model weights, please deduct 40 lbs. from the respective self-contained models net or gross weight.6) Standard Traulsen five year compressor warranty does not apply to remote units.7) Condensate Removal: except where noted above, all remote models require provisions to be made to allow for condensate removal. As supplied standard, these models includeonly a drain tube exiting the evaporator compartment on top of the cabinet from which condensate will drip. Optional condensate removal provisions include a drain lineextended down the cabinet back (n/a for pass-thru or roll-thru models) or optional Top-Mounted Electric Condensate Evaporator.Note: provision of the first option will add approximately 7/8" to the overall cabinet depth, while the latter will add approximately 1.5 amps to the cabinets full load amp rating.Cabinets built with optional TMCE's or BMCE's include arrangements to allow for these to be plugged directly into the unit.8) Traulsen does not recommend the use of casters with remote models )legs supplied standard on G-Series remote units).9) Refrigeration connections provided are 1/4" O.D. for the liquid line and either 1/2" or 3/4" O.D. for the suction line, no other connections are required.10) The solenoid valve provided is wired at the factory directly to the control, and so no electrical connections are required between the unit and remote compressor.Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice.Part No. TR35837 (revised 1/13)TRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 185


Traulsen Model: AHF132WP-HHS Item #50SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 50 - PASS-THRU HEATED CABINET (1 REQ'D)Traulsen AHF132WP-HHSSpec-Line Heated Cabinet, Pass-thru, one-section, stainless steel exterior, aluminum interior, standarddepth cabinet, half-height doors, (3) chrome plated adjustable shelves per section, INTELA-TRAULmicroprocessor controls, 6" adjustable stainless steel legs, NSF, UL, ENERGY STAR®ACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecTraulsenTraulsenTraulsenTraulsenTraulsen11111ELECTRICAL208/115v/60/1ph, 7.8 amps, standard3 yr service/labor warranty, standardThermometer side door: hinged on right,standardRear door hinged on right, standardCasters, 4-5/8" high (set of 4)VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1208/115 60 17.8GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 186


Traulsen AHF132WP-HHS Item#:50Project Quantity Item #Model Specified: CSI Section 11400INTELA-TRAUL ®Equipped!"W-Width" Pass-ThruHot Food Holding CabinetsModel RHF132WP-FHS(shown with optional casters)RSERIESStainless Exterior& InteriorASERIESStainless Exterior,Anodized AluminumInteriorOne, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep1-Section Full Length Door Model2-Section Full Length Door Model3-Section Full Length Door Model1-Section Half Length Door Model2-Section Half Length Door Model3-Section Half Length Door Model1-Section Full Length Door Model2-Section Full Length Door Model3-Section Full Length Door Model1-Section Half Length Door Model2-Section Half Length Door Model3-Section Half Length Door ModelRHF132WP-FHS ★RHF232WP-FHS ★RHF332WP-FHSRHF132WP-HHS ★RHF232WP-HHS ★RHF332WP-HHSAHF132WP-FHS ★AHF232WP-FHS ★AHF332WP-FHSAHF132WP-HHS ★AHF232WP-HHS ★AHF332WP-HHSIn addition to the already outstanding cabinet construction you have cometo expect from Traulsen, these dependable pass-thru hot food holdingcabinets are built using our high performance ducted fan air distributionsystem. Unlike designs which simply radiate heat, this minimizestemperature stratification inside the cabinet, while providing for quicker dailystart-up, lower energy usage, and reduced lifetime service costs. Each issupplied standard with easy to operate microprocessor controls, stainlesssteel exteriors, and are communications capable.Standard Product Features• R-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior & Interior• A-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior/Anodized Aluminum Interior• INTELA-TRAUL ® Microprocessor Control System• Ducted Fan Air Distribution System• Standard Operating Temperature Range 135 to 180°F• One-Time Start-Up Temperature Adjustment Feature• ON/OFF Switch Located On Control Face• Full or Half Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks• Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees• Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges• Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handles• Standard Door Hinging F & R: 132W = Right, 232W = Left/Right, 332W = Left/Right/Right (other hingings available)• Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights• Stainless Steel Breaker Caps• Three Adjustable Wire Shelves Per Section,Supported On Pilasters (installed at the factory)• Special Heat Resistant Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets• Gasket Protecting Metal Door Liners• Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly - Front & Rear• 9' Cord & Plug Attached (one section models only)• Set of Four (4) 6" High Adjustable Stainless Steel Legs• Three Year Parts And Labor WarrantyOptions & Accessories• Re-Hinging Feature For Door(s)• No. 1 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate either (1) 18" x 26"or (2) 14" x 18" Pans• No. 2 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Pans•No. 3 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (2) 12" x 20" Pans• No. 4 Type Tray Slides To Accommodate (1) 18" x 26" Pans(chrome rod type, equips 1/2 section)• Universal Type Tray Slides To Accommodate Either (1)18" x 26" or (2) 14" x 18", or (2) 12" x 20" Pans• Additional Wire Shelves• Locking Hasps (padlocks supplied by others)• 115/60/1 Voltage (single section models only)• Export 220/50/1 Voltage• Stainless Steel Shelves In Lieu of Standard Wire• Kool Klad Exterior Laminate Decor• Set of Four (4) 6" High Casters In Lieu of Legs• Set of Four (4) 4-5/8" High Casters In Lieu of Legs• 4-1/2" High Stainless Steel Base In Lieu of Legs• 6" High Stainless Steel Kickplate (for use with standard legs)• Prison/Correctional Facilities Options• Clear Glass Door(s) In Place Of One Or More Solid Door(s)★ Noted models are ENERGY STAR ® listed. Please referto www.energystar.gov to view the most up-to-dateproduct listing and performance data.Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.,to U.S. and Canadian safety standards andListed by NSF International.Approval:________________________________________TRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 187


Traulsen AHF132WP-HHS Item#:50Project Quantity Item #Model Specified: CSI Section 11400Construction, Hardware and InsulationCabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructedof 20 gauge stainless steel with #4 finish. Cabinet interior and door liners areconstructed of stainless steel (anodized aluminum in the A-Series). The exterior cabinettop and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. A set of four (4)adjustable 6" high stainless steel legs are included.Doors are equipped with a gasket protecting metal door pan, removable plugcylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action, self-closing metal,glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hinges include a concealedswitch to automatically activate the interior incandescent lighting. Guaranteed forlife, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally over recess in door which limitsprotrusion from door face into aisleways. Doors have seamless, polished metalcorners.Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal.Both the cabinet and doors are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density,non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane.DIMENSIONAL DATA R/AHF132WP R/AHF232WP R/AHF332WPNet capacity cu. ft. 26.1 (739 cu l) 55.8 (1581 cu l) 83.2 (2357 cu l)Length - overall in. 29 7 ⁄8 (75.9 cm) 58 (147.3 cm) 86 1 ⁄8 (218.8 cm)Depth - overall in. 37 15 ⁄16 (96.4 cm) 37 15 ⁄16 (96.4 cm) 37 15 ⁄16 (96.4 cm)Depth - over body in. 32 (81.3 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 32 (81.3 cm)Depth - doors open 90° in. 83 3 ⁄8 (211.8 cm) 83 3 ⁄8 (211.8 cm) 83 3 ⁄8 (211.8 cm)Clear door width in. 1 21 1 ⁄8 (53.6 cm) 21 1 ⁄8 (53.6 cm) 21 1 ⁄8 (53.6 cm)Clear half-door height in. 27 1 ⁄2 (69.9 cm) 27 1 ⁄2 (69.9 cm) 27 1 ⁄2 (69.9 cm)Clear full-door height in. 57 5 ⁄8 (146.3 cm) 57 5 ⁄8 (146.3 cm) 57 5 ⁄8 (146.3 cm)Height - overall on 6" legs 83 1 ⁄4 (211.5 cm) 83 1 ⁄4 (211.5 cm) 83 1 ⁄4 (211.5 cm)RHF Net Wt. lbs. 2 345 (156 kg) 585 (265 kg) 1040 (488 kg)AHF Net Wt. lbs. 2 295 (134 kg) 505 (229 kg) 785 (356 kg)No. Standard Shelves 3 6 9Shelf area sq. ft. 3 18.8 (1.75 sq m) 37.6 (3.49 sq m) 56.4 (5.23 sq m)ELECTRICAL DATAVoltage 208/115/60/1 208/115/60/1 208/115/60/1Feed wires with Ground 4 4 4Wattage @ 208V 1500 3000 3000Full load amperes @ 208V 7.8 15.5 15.5SHIPPING DATALength - crated in. 35 (89 cm) 63 (160 cm) 91 (231 cm)Depth - crated in. 43 (109 cm) 43 (109 cm) 43 (109 cm)Height - crated in. 83 1 ⁄2 (212 cm) 83 1 ⁄2 (212 cm) 83 1 ⁄2 (212 cm)Volume - crated cu. ft. 71 (2011 cu l) 131 (3711 cu l) 189 (5354 cu l)SpecificationsHeating SystemA low watt density, serpentine style, heater is employed for the generation of electricheat. Low velocity air is forced across its large surface area to efficiently move heatradiating away from these through a down-air distribution duct, where it is then evenlydistributed throughout the cabinet, assuring the proper holding environment for hotfood product, without drying. A vent, located at the top of the cabinet, is includedfor positive humidity control.ControllerThe easy to use, water resistant INTELA-TRAUL ® microprocessor control systemis supplied standard. Unit is NAFEM Data Protocol communication (NDP) ready.Optional hardware required to be NDP compliant. Third party software required fornetwork connection. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, ON/OFF Button, Fahrenheitor Celsius Temperature Scale Display Capability, One-Time Start-Up TemperatureAdjustment Feature, and an RS485 data port. In addition it includes audio/visualalarms for: Hi/Lo Cabinet Temperature, Door Open and Power Supply Interruption.InteriorStandard interior arrangements include three (3) wire shelves per section, mountedon pilasters. Shelves are full-width, and do not have any large gaps between themrequiring the use of "bridge" or "junior shelves." Recommended load limit per shelfshould not exceed 225 lbs. Optional tray slides may be purchased in combinationwith, or in lieu of these. Both standard and optional interior arrangements arecompletely installed at the factory.WarrantiesA three year parts and labor warranty is provided standard.Elevation -R/AHF132WPElevation -R/AHF232WPElevation -R/AHF332WPNOTESNOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents.1= Please note that the available cabinet width narrows for 5-3/8" from the top of the door frame to 20-1/8" inorder to allow for the heater fans.2= For shipping weights and dimensions please refer to form TR35875.3= Area of standard shelf compliment only, does not include storage area of additional shelves or availableon cabinet bottom.Plan - R/AHF132WPPlan - R/AHF232WPEquipped With One NEMA L14-20P Plug(one section models only)NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options andany additional warranties.Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice.Part No. TR35793 (revised 1/13)Plan - R/AHF332WPSection - All ModelsTRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 188


Traulsen Model: ARI132HUT-FHS Item #51SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 51 - ROLL-IN REFRIGERATOR, 1 SECTION (2 REQ'D)Traulsen ARI132HUT-FHSSpec-Line Refrigerator, Roll-in, one-section, self-contained refrigeration, stainless steel exterior,aluminum interior, standard depth cabinet, full-height doors, accepts 72" high racks (by others) withINTELA-TRAUL, 1/3 hpACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecTraulsenTraulsenTraulsen222ELECTRICAL115v/60/1ph, 10.6 amps, NEMA 5-15P,standard3 yr service/labor & 5 yr compressor warranty,standardDoor hinged on right, standardVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1115 60 1 Cord & Plug5-15P10.6 1/3GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 189


Traulsen ARI132HUT-FHS Item#:51Project Quantity Item #Model Specified: CSI Section 11400Roll-In Refrigerator Models For72" High Racks/Self-ContainedRSERIESStainless Exterior& InteriorOne, Two & Three Section Models, 32" Deep1-Section Solid Door Model2-Section Solid Door Model3-Section Solid Door ModelRRI132HUT-FHS ★RRI232HUT-FHS ★RRI332HUT-FHSINTELA-TRAUL ®Equipped!ASERIESStainless Exterior,Anodized AluminumInterior1-Section Solid Door Model2-Section Solid Door Model3-Section Solid Door ModelARI132HUT-FHS ★ARI232HUT-FHS ★ARI332HUT-FHSModel RRI332HUT-FHSThe R & A Series represent Traulsen's Top-of-the-Line product offering.The “H-Height” roll-in refrigerator models are all designed to offerconvenient interior storage for 72" high racks. Each is supplied standardwith such high quality features as easy to operate microprocessor controls,balanced refrigeration systems and stainless steel exteriors. Additionally,they offer the widest range of optional accessories to choose from, and canbe specified for use with many different applications, including: Foodservice,Correctional, Institutional, Export, etc.Standard Product Features• R-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior & Interior• A-Series: Stainless Steel Exterior/Anodized Aluminum Interior• INTELA-TRAUL ® Microprocessor Control System• Balanced, Self-Contained Refrigeration System Using R-134a• Scroll Blower Type Evaporator Fan• Biased Return Air Duct• Full Length Stainless Steel Doors With Locks• Self-Closing Doors With Stay Open Feature At 120 Degrees• Guaranteed For Life Cam-Lift Hinges• Guaranteed For Life Horizontal Work Flow Door Handle(s)• Standard Door Hinging: 132H = Right, 232H = Left/Right,332H = Left/Right/Right (other hingings available)• Automatically Activated Incandescent Lights• Stainless Steel Breaker Caps• Accommodates Roll-In Racks Up To 72" High (provided byothers)• Automatic Non-Electric Condensate Evaporator• Magnetic Snap-In Door Gaskets• Gasket Protecting Metal Door Liner• Controllable Anti-Condensate Door Perimeter Heaters• Thermostatic Expansion Valve Metering Device• Stainless Steel One-Piece Louver Assembly• Stainless Steel Interior Rack Guides & Threshold Ramp(s)• 9' Cord & Plug Attached• Three Year Parts And Labor Warranty• Five Year Compressor WarrantyOptions & Accessories• Stainless Steel Finished Back With Rear Louvers• Re-Hinging Feature For Door(s)• Wire Shelf Package For Roll-In Models (includes three wireshelves per section)• Additional Wire Shelves For Above• Stainless Steel Shelf Package For Roll-In Models (includesthree stainless steel shelves per section)• Additional Stainless Steel Shelves For Above• Locking Hasps (padlocks supplied by others)• Export 220/50/1 Voltage• Kool Klad Exterior Laminate Decor• Clear Glass Door(s) In Place Of One Or More Solid Door(s)• Fluorescent Lights• Remote Applications (see form TR35837 for more details)• Remote For Use With 20°F Glycol System• Recessed Installation• Prison/Correctional Facilities Options★ Noted models are ENERGY STAR ® listed. Please referto www.energystar.gov to view the most up-to-dateproduct listing and performance data.Listed by Underwriters Laboratories Inc.,to U.S. and Canadian safety standards andListed by NSF International.Approval:________________________________________TRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 190


Traulsen ARI132HUT-FHS Item#:51Project Quantity Item #Model Specified: CSI Section 11400Construction, Hardware and InsulationCabinet exterior front, one piece sides, louver assembly and doors are constructedof 20 gauge stainless steel with #4 finish. Cabinet interior and door liners areconstructed of stainless steel (anodized aluminum in the A-Series). The exterior cabinettop, back and bottom are constructed of heavy gauge aluminized steel. The interiorfloor is constructed of stainless steel and insulated with 3 ⁄4" of resilient cork. A readilyattachable stainless steel ramp is provided to facilitate loading/unloading.Doors are equipped with a heavy-duty, extruded wiper gasket for sealing to bottomramp, removable plug cylinder locks and guaranteed for life cam-lift, gravity action,self-closing metal, glide hinges with stay open feature at 120 degrees. Hingesinclude a concealed switch to automatically activate the interior incandescentlighting. Guaranteed for life, work flow door handles are mounted horizontally overrecess in door which limits protrusion from door face into aisleways. Doors haveseamless, polished metal corners.Easily removable for cleaning, vinyl magnetic door gasket assures tight door seal.Both the cabinet and door(s) are insulated with an average of 2" thick high density,non-CFC, foamed in place polyurethane.DIMENSIONAL DATA R/ARI132HUT R/ARI232HUT R/ARI332HUTNet capacity cu. ft. 39.0 (1104 cu l) 79.5 (2252 cu l) 120.5 (3414 cu l)Length - overall in. 35 1 ⁄2 (90.2 cm) 68 (172.7 cm) 100 1 ⁄2 (255.3 cm)Depth - overall in. 35 9 ⁄16 (90.3 cm) 35 9 ⁄16 (90.3 cm) 35 9 ⁄16 (90.3 cm)Depth - over body in. 32 (81.3 cm) 32 (81.3 cm) 32 (81.3 cm)Depth - door open 90° in. 63 1 ⁄4 (160.7 cm) 63 1 ⁄4 (160.7 cm) 63 1 ⁄4 (160.7 cm)Clear door width in. 27 1 ⁄8 (68.8 cm) 27 1 ⁄8 (68.8 cm) 27 1 ⁄8 (68.8 cm)Clear door height in. 72 3 ⁄16 (183.4 cm) 72 3 ⁄16 (183.4 cm) 72 3 ⁄16 (183.4 cm)Height - overall in. 3 89 1 ⁄8 (226.4 cm) 89 1 ⁄8 (226.4 cm) 89 1 ⁄8 (226.4 cm)RRI Net Wt. lbs. 480 (218 kg) 785 (356 kg) 1075 (488 kg)ARI Net Wt. lbs. 410 (186 kg) 685 (311 kg) 1000 (454 kg)Rack Capacity - 72" High 1 2 3ELECTRICAL DATAVoltage 115/60/1 115/60/1 115/60/1Feed wires with Ground 3 3 3Full load amperes 10.6 11.4 12.8REFRIGERATION DATARefrigerant R-134a R-134a R-134aBTU/HR H.P. 1 2220 ( 1 ⁄3 HP) 4200 ( 1 ⁄2 HP) 5120 ( 3 ⁄4 HP)NOTESNOTE: Figures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents.1= Based on a 90 degree F ambient and 20 degree F evaporator.2= For approximate remote weights deduct 40 lbs. from respective net or gross weight. For otherinformation on remote models, please refer to form TR35837.3= 12" Top clearance preferred for optimum performance and service access.SpecificationsRefrigeration SystemA top mounted, self-contained, balanced refrigeration system using R-134arefrigerant is conveniently located behind the one piece louver assembly. It featuresan easy to clean front facing condenser, thermostatic expansion valve, air-cooledhermetic compressor, plenum effect blower coil, large, high humidity evaporatorcoil located outside the food zone and a top mounted non-electric condensateevaporator. Biased return air duct protects against introduction of warm kitchen air,promoting even temperature maintenance and efficient operation. A 9' cord andplug is provided. Standard operating temperature is 34 to 38°F.ControllerThe easy to use water resistant INTELA-TRAUL ® microprocessor control systemis supplied standard. Unit is NAFEM Data Protocol communication (NDP) ready.Optional hardware required to be NDP compliant. Third party software requiredfor network connection. It includes a 3-Digit LED Display, Fahrenheit or CelsiusTemperature Scale Display Capability, and an RS485 data port. In addition itincludes audio/visual alarms for: Hi/Lo Cabinet Temperature, Door Open, CleanCondenser, Evaporator Coil and Discharge Line Sensor Failures, and Power SupplyInterruption.InteriorReadily removable, interior-mounted, stainless steel guides for rack are providedfor protection. Maximum rack size with wheels inboard of frame is 27" wide by 29"deep by 72" high. Racks supplied by others.WarrantiesBoth a three year parts and labor warranty and a five year compressor warranty(self-contained models only) are provided standard.Elevation -R/ARI132HUTElevation -R/ARI232HUTElevation -R/ARI332HUTOne & Two Section Models EquippedWith One NEMA 5-15P PlugPlan - R/ARI132HUTPlan - R/ARI232HUTThree Section Models Equipped WithOne NEMA 5-20P PlugNOTE: Full load amps and plug style may vary depending onelectrical options chosen and condensing unit employed.NOTE: When ordering please specify: Voltage, Hinging, Door Size, Options and any additional warranties.Continued product development may necessitate specification changes without notice.Part No. TR35768 (revised 1/13)TRAULSEN4401 BLUE MOUND RD. FT. WORTH, TX 76106PHONE 1 (800) 825-8220 FAX-MKTG. 1 (817) 624-4302Website: www.traulsen.comPlan - R/ARI332HUTSection - All ModelsPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 191


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 192Item #52SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 52 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 193Item #53SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 53 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Blodgett Oven Model: HV-100G DOUBLE Item #54SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 54 - CONVECTION OVEN (2 REQ'D)Blodgett Oven HV-100G DOUBLEHydroVection Convection Oven, Gas, full size, double stacked, capacity (10) 18" x 26" pans, glassdoors, (10) stainless steel racks and (20) rack positions, cavity vent, manual controls, four speed autoreversingfan motor, core probe, stainless steel construction, 8-1/2" stainless steel legs with castersand stacking kit, 60,000 BTU, ETL, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecDormont Manufacturing21675KITS48Safety System Moveable Gas Connector Kit,3/4" inside dia., 48" long, covered withstainless steel braid, coated with blueantimicrobial PVC, 1 SnapFast QD, 1SwivelMAX, 1 full port valve, 1 elbow, coiledrestraining cable with hardware, limitedlifetime warrantyBlodgett Oven2(1) One year parts and labor warranty, standardBlodgett Oven2Gas type to be determinedBlodgett Oven2Gas manifoldBlodgett Oven2Backflow preventer, per sectionBlodgett Oven4(2) 120v/60/1-ph, 20.0 amps, NEMA 5-20P,standardELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1(2) 120 (2) 60 (2) 15-20P(2) 20.0GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 (2) 3/4" (2) 70.01WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE1 3/4" 1 1"PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 194


Blodgett Oven HV-100G DOUBLE Item#:54ProjectItem No.QuantityHV-100GMODEL HV-100GFull-Size Gas OvenStandard depth baking compartment - accepts five 18” x 26” standard fullsizebaking pans in left-to-right positions.All data is shown per oven section, unless otherwise indicated.Refer to operator manual specification chart for listed model names.EXTERIOR CONSTRUCTION• Fully welded angle-iron frame• Stainless steel front, top, back and sides• Simultaneous split door operation with catch-latch system• Triple mounted door design with turnbuckle assembly• Dual pane tempered viewing window with hinged inner glass for easy cleaning• Modular slide out front control panel with major components for ease of service• Retractable hand shower for ease of cleaningINTERIOR CONSTRUCTION• 316 stainless steel coved corner liner for easy cleaning• Five stainless steel racks and ten rack positions• Two halogen interior lights for superior visibility• Drain in oven cavity• Hinged air pressure panel for easy cleaning• Up to 2.5” of mineral board insulation for greater heat retentionShown on optional stand with castersOPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES(AT ADDITIONAL CHARGE)• Controlsq MenuSelect control can hold multi-stage programmingfor up to 99 products, includes Cook &Hold, core probe cooking and USB portq Touchscreen control allows cooking with timerand core probe simultaneously. Includes shelf timing,cooking compensation and multi-shelf recipes.Holds up to 255 recipes.• Legs/casters/stands:q 11” (279mm) adjustable legsq 11” (279mm) seismic feetq 34” (864mm) stainless steel open stand withrack guidesq Extra stainless steel oven racksq Additional core probeq Chicken roasting rackq French fry panq Water pressure regulatorq Side heat shieldOPERATION• Standard control with function selection for hydro low, hydro high, hot air, andcool down• Retherm and Fry bands on control• Three inshot burners• Direct spark ignition• Removeable core temperature probe• Hydrovection cook modes provide low or high humidity• Hot air cook mode for baking and pastries• One touch cooking• Four speed auto-reversing fan motor for even bake• Cavity vent control provides ability to release steam at the push of a switch• Thermostatically controlled quench system, Eco-FriendlySTANDARD FEATURES• 25” (635mm) adjustable stainless steel legs (for single units)• 8-1/2” (216mm) stainless steel legs with casters (for double sections)• 1 year parts and 1 year labor warrantyBLODGETT OVEN COMPANYwww.blodgett.com44 Lakeside Avenue, Burlington, VT 05401Phone: (802) 658-6600 • Fax: (802) 864-0183PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 195


Blodgett Oven HV-100G DOUBLE Item#:54MODEL HV-100GAPPROVAL/STAMP45.94 (167)44.07 (1119)40.27 (1023)3.32 (84)0 (0)3.86 (98)47.25 (1200)44.07 (1119)40.27 (1023)TOP VIEWSingle OvenDRIPSHIELD25.56 (649)4.28 (109)3.28 (83)2.28 (58)0 (0)0 (0)50.56 (1284)1.83 (47)3.91 (99)8.47 (215)FLUE21.75 (553)D32.75 (832)CAVITY VENT38.07 (967)REAR VIEW2.58 (66)0 (0)D66.12 (1679)DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES (MM)TOP VIEWDouble Stack25 (635)3.32 (84)0 (0)15 (381)3.54 (90) 0 (0)0 (0)SHORT FORM SPECIFICATIONS Provide Blodgett full-size hydrovection oven model HV-100G, (single/double) compartment with fully welded angle iron frame. Each compartmentshall have fully welded 316 stainless steel liner. Liner to be coved top and bottom. Unit shall accept five 18” x 26” standard full-size bake pans. Doors shall be triple mounted, stainlesssteel with dual pane thermal glass windows, single tubular handle and simultaneous operation. Unit shall be heated by 70,000 BTU gas burner. Air in baking chamber distributedby single inlet blower wheel powered by a four speed, auto-reversing, 1/2 HP motor with thermal overload protection. Each chamber shall be fitted with bright halogen lamps, and fivestandard stainless steel removable racks. Retractable hose reel mounted just below the control for easy cleanup. Unit shall have manual control with hydro low and hydro high moisturecontrol, hot air and cool down modes. Breaker shut off switch on front panel for easy service. 1 year parts and 1 year labor warranty Provide options and accessories as indicated.DIMENSIONS:Floor space38.07” (967mm) W x 45.9” (1166mm) DInterior29” (737mm) W x 20” (508mm) H x 23.43” (595mm) DSingle oven on casters Add 4-1/2” (114mm) to heightProduct clearance from combustible and non-combustible constructionOven sides0” (0mm) Blodgett recommends 4” clearance from anyheat source on the control panel side of the oven, anoptional heat shield should be consideredOven back6” (152mm)WATER & DRAIN CONNECTION (per section):1” NPT drain connection 140°F (60°C) avg. drain temp.3/4” NPT garden hose - cold water onlyAppliance is to be installed with backflow protection in accordance with Federal, State orLocal codes.POWER SUPPLY (per section):Standard 120VAC, 20 amp, Nema 5-20R dedicated receptacleOption 208/240VAC, 15 amp, Nema 6-15 dedicated receptacleExport Export voltages available on requestBlodgett recommends a Pass & Seymour, model 2095, GFCI for thisoven model due to the use of a variable frequency drive.GAS SUPPLY (per section):3/4” NPTInlet Pressure:Maximum Input:Natural 7.0” W.C. static to unit Single 60,000 BTU/hrPropane 14.0” W.C. static to unit Double 120,000 BTU/hrMINIMUM ENTRY CLEARANCE:Uncrated25.56” (649mm)Crated37-1/2” (953mm)WATER SUPPLY (per section):Good quality water feed is the responsibility of the owner. The use of water that is not SHIPPING INFORMATION:within the following guidelines will void the warranty.Approx. WeightTDS: < 100 ppm Hardness: 80-120 ppm pH: 7.0 - 8.0Per section 520 lbs. (236 kg)Chlorides: < 30 ppm Chlorine: 0 ppm 30(min)-50(max) PSICrate sizesThe best defense against poor water quality is a water filter system designed to meet your37-1/2” (952mm) x 43-1/2” (1105mm) x 51-3/4” (1315mm)water quality conditions. Filtered water is highly advised.(2 crates required for double)Water Consumption 2.5 - 3.0 GPHNOTE: The company reserves the right to make substitutionsof components without prior noticeBLODGETT OVEN COMPANYwww.blodgett.com 44 Lakeside Avenue, Burlington, VT 05401 • Phone: (802) 860-3700 • Fax: (802) 864-0183Printed in U.S.A.NOTE: FOR COMMERCIAL USE ONLYP/N 54468 Rev F (4/13)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 196


Dormont Manufacturing 1675KITS48 Item#:54For Commercial ApplicationsJob Name ________________________________________Job Location_______________________________________Engineer _________________________________________Approval __________________________________Contractor ________________________________________Approval _________________________________________Contractor's P.O. No.________________________________Representative _____________________________________SKU ______________________________________________Single Swivel MAX ® /SnapFast ® Quick-Disconnect AssembliesSizes: ½" to 1¼" (15 to 32mm)Single Swivel MAX ® /SnapFast ® Quick-Disconnect Assemblies feature flexible movement and theone-handed, quick-disconnect fitting with a unique thermal shut-off design that automatically shuts off thegas when the internal temperature exceeds 350°F (177°C). The 360° movement of Swivel MAX adds extraprotection to the life of the connector and increases kitchen aisle space by allowing the appliance to becloser to the wall.SnapFast ®One-handedQuick-DisconnectFeaturesSwivel MAX ®Multi-plane Fitting ................ Aluminum body, plated steel fittingMovement ............................ 360° rotational end fittingSnapFast ® One-Handed Quick-DisconnectQuick-Disconnect..................Brass body, aluminum collarThermal Shut-off...................Shuts off gas when internal temperatures exceed 350°F (177ºC)SpecificationsThe Dormont Blue Hose ®Tubing ................................ Annealed, 304 stainless steelBraiding................................ Multi-strand, 304 stainless steel wireCoating ................................ Blue antimicrobial PVC, melts at 350ºF (177ºC),coating will not hold a flameEnd Fittings........................... Carbon steel; zinc trivalent chromateStress Guard ® ....................... 360º rotational end fitting at both endsAdditional ComponentsRestraining Device................ PVC-coated, steel multi-strand cable and mounting hardwareValve ................................ Full port, brass bodyElbow ................................ Malleable iron, 1 includedApprovals & CertificationsNSF/ANSI 169 – Special-purpose food equipment and devicesANSI Z21.69/CSA 6.16 – Connectors for moveable gas appliancesANSI Z21.41/CSA 6.9 – Quick-disconnect devices for use with gas fuel appliancesANSI Z21.15/CSA 9.1 – Manually operated gas valves for appliances, appliance connectorUL 567 – Pipe connectors for flammable and combustible liquids and LP gasMeets requirements of ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code.Refer to the catalog for additional approvals and certifications or go to www.dormont.com.Not for use in temperatures less than 32°F (0°C). For indoor use only.Maximum operating pressure 1/2 psi.A restraining device is required for all moveable gas equipment.Swivel MAX ®Multi-planeRotation FittingStress Guard ®Rotation TechnologyReduces Stress at BothEnds of the HoseThe DormontBlue Hose ®Stainless Steel ConstructionStainless Steel BraidBlue AntimicrobialPVC Coating(<strong>Cut</strong>away shown)The Dormont Safety System is the first and only complete gas equipmentconnection system specifically engineered for the commercial kitchen.The Safety System consists of the famous Dormont Blue Hose and a variety ofaccessories designed for improved safety and performance in commercial kitchens. Because they aremanufactured in the USA under an ISO qualified production process and to multiple design certifications,you can Connect with Confidence with the Dormont Safety System.Stress Guard ®Rotation TechnologyReduces Stress at BothEnds of the HosePIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 197


Dormont Manufacturing 1675KITS48 Item#:54Single Swivel MAX ® with SnapFast ® Quick-Disconnect Deluxe Kit AssemblyOrdering InformationLENGTHConfiguration Size I.D. 24" (607mm) 36" (914mm) 48" (1,219mm) 60" (1,524mm) 72" (1,829mm)Deluxe Kit* 1650KITS24 1650KITS36 1650KITS48 1650KITS60 1650KITS72Basic Kit** ½" (15mm) 1650BPQSR24 1650BPQSR36 1650BPQSR48 1650BPQSR60 1650BPQSR72Hose Assembly*** 1650BPQS24 1650BPQS36 1650BPQS48 1650BPQS60 1650BPQS72Deluxe Kit* 1675KITS24 1675KITS36 1675KITS48 1675KITS60 1675KITS72Basic Kit** ¾" (20mm) 1675BPQSR24 1675BPQSR36 1675BPQSR48 1675BPQSR60 1675BPQSR272Hose Assembly*** 1675BPQS24 1675BPQS36 1675BPQS48 1675BPQS60 1675BPQS72Deluxe Kit* 16100KITS24 16100KITS36 16100KITS48 16100KITS60 16100KITS72Basic Kit** 1" (25mm) 16100BPQSR24 16100BPQSR36 16100BPQSR48 16100BPQSR60 16100BPQSR72Hose Assembly*** 16100BPQS24 16100BPQS36 16100BPQS48 16100BPQS60 16100BPQS72Deluxe Kit* 16125KITS24 16125KITS36 16125KITS48 16125KITS60 16125KITS72Basic Kit** 1¼" (32mm) 16125BPQSR24 16125BPQSR36 16125BPQSR48 16125BPQSR60 16125BPQSR72Hose Assembly*** 16125BPQS24 16125BPQS36 16125BPQS48 16125BPQS60 16125BPQS72BTU/hr Flow Capacity Natural Gas (Flow rating BTU/hr 0.64 SP. GR. @ 0.5 inch WC pressure drop)LENGTHModel Size I.D. 24" (607mm) 36" (914mm) 48" (1,219mm) 60" (1,524mm) 72" (1,829mm)1650BPQS ½" (15mm) 81,000 72,000 63,000 56,000 51,0001675BPQS ¾" (20mm) 216,000 203,000 167,000 147,000 130,00016100BPQS 1" (25mm) 385,000 353,000 310,000 274,000 260,00016125BPQS 1¼" (32mm) 535,000 491,000 482,000 463,000 460,000*Deluxe Kits include: The Dormont Blue Hose, Swivel MAX, SnapFast, restraining device, full port valve, street elbow and display box**Basic Kits include: The Dormont Blue Hose, Swivel MAX, SnapFast, restraining device and street elbow***Hose Assemblies include: The Dormont Blue Hose, Swivel MAX, SnapFast and street elbowTypical InstallationThe Dormont Blue Hose ®The Dormont Blue Hose is a commercial, moveable-grade gasconnector designed for use with moveable equipment.Moveable equipment is defined in ANSI Standard Z21.69/CSA 6.16as gas utilization equipment that may be mounted on casters orotherwise be subject to movement.• Reduces stress on connector• Increases kitchen aisle space by allowing connector to bepositioned closer to the wall• One-handed quick-disconnect fitting• Thermal shut-off when internal temperature exceeds 350°F (177°C)Restraining Device• ANSI Z21.69 Standard section 1.7.4 states: Connectors whenused on caster-mounted equipment shall be installed with arestraining device, which prevents transmission of the strain tothe connectorGAS CONNECTORLimitedLIFETIMESee catalog for detailsWAR RA N T YWe guarantee our commercial gas connectors for thelife of the original appliance to which it is connected.A Watts Water Technologies CompanyUSA: Export, PA • Tel. (724) 733-4800 • Fax: (724) 733-4808 • www.dormont.comES-D-SwivelSnapFast 1205© 2012 DormontPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 198


Cleveland Range Model: KGL-25-T Item #55SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 55 - TILTING KETTLE, 25 GAL (1 REQ'D)Cleveland Range KGL-25-TKettle, Gas, Tilting, 25-gallon capacity, 2/3 steam jacket design, floor mounted control consolesupports, stainless steel exterior finish, standard with flanged feet, 50 psi rating, electronic sparkignition, cover & draw-off optionalACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecCleveland Range1One year limited warranty, standardCleveland Range1Gas type to be specifiedCleveland Range1120v/60/1-ph, 10.0 amps, electronic sparkignition, cord & plug for controls, standardCleveland Range1TD22" tangent draw-off valve with strainerCleveland Range1DPKTDouble Pantry Faucet, with swing spout &mounting bracket for tilting kettlesCleveland Range1FBKTFaucet bracket (required for mounting faucet)ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1120 60 110GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 3/4" 90.01WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE1 1/2"1/2"1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 199


Cleveland Range KGL-25-T Item#:55ClevelandGAS KETTLESProject ________________________________Item __________________________________Quantity _______________________________FCSI Section ____________________________Approval _______________________________Date __________________________________LEG TYPE, GAS-FIRED KETTLESTILTING, 2⁄3 STEAM JACKETED“SPLASH PROOF SERIES”25 GALLONS (100 LITERS)MODEL: KGL-25-TCleveland Standard Features■Self-contained gas tilting kettle is easily installed, only needsa gas connection and a 115 volt outlet.■ Precise, consistent temperature control, less than 1ºCtemperature variance (ideal for simmering). Operatingtemperature range from 145ºF-260ºF (63ºC-127ºC).■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■"Splash-Proof" Solid-State Control Panel for temperature, LowWater Safety, and Power "On/Off" Switch. Accurate L.E.D.Indicators for Heat Cycle and Low Water Warning.Kettle and all exterior surfaces are a 304 Stainless Steel witha #4 finish.Energy efficient (65%), high performance gas-fired heatingsystem for fast heat-up and recovery time:Twenty-five gallon model with 90,000 BTU firing rate and58,500 BTU directly applied to the product.Supplied with Gas Pressure Regulator.Standard for natural gas operation.Large pouring lip for easier, faster, pouring. Heavy-dutyRolled Rim design provides strong reinforcement, preventsdamages from abuse."Splash-Proof" rear-mounted pressure/vacuum gauge.Steam jacket permanently filled with treated distilled water;venting and/or refilling is not required.50 psi Steam Jacket Rating. Safety Valve mounted towardrear of kettle to avoid tampering.Automatic Electronic Spark Ignition System.Supplied with cord and plug for 115 volt controls.Tilt Mechanism of roller bearings and case hardenedself-locking worm and segment gear.Support Legs with level adjustable feet, flanged for floorbolting.Typical approvals include AGA, CSA, CE, NSF and ASME.Options & Accessories❐ 316 Stainless Steel Liner (316)❐ Propane Gas Option (LP)❐ Kettle Markings (KM)❐ Spring Assist Cover (CHS)❐ Lift Off Cover (CL)❐ Basket Strainer (BS and TBS)Shown with optional Spring AssistedCover and 2" Tangent Draw-Off ValveShort Form SpecificationsShall be CLEVELAND, Gas Kettle, self-contained, tilting, Model KGL-25-T; 25gallons, natural or LP gas, 2/3 Steam Jacketed, Type 304 Stainless Steel andsupports. Jacket rated at 50psi with Safety Valve. Complete with "Splash-Proof" Solid-State Water Level, Temperature, and Safety Low Water Power<strong>Cut</strong>-Off, including L.E.D. Indicators for Heat Cycle and Low Water Warning.❐ Measuring Strip (MS)❐ Food Strainer (FS)❐ Hot and cold water faucet (DPK), or cold water (SPK).Requires faucet bracket (FBKT)❐ 2" Tangent Draw-Off Valve (TD2)❐ Kettle Accessory Kit (KAK) includes:❐ Clean-up Brush (CB) ❐ 36˝ Kettle Paddle (KP)❐ 36˝ Kettle Whip (KW) ❐ 36˝ Kettle Brush❐ Draw-Off Brush (DB) ❐ 24 oz. Ladle (KL)❐ Correctional PackagesSECT. IX PAGE 306091333 East 179 St.,Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 44110Tel: 1-216-481-4900Fax: 1-216-481-3782Web Site: www.ClevelandRange.comEmail: Steam@ClevelandRange.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 200


Cleveland Range KGL-25-T Item#:55• CAPACITIES: (in 4 oz. servings, other sizes may becalculated)25 gallons / 100 liters..... 426 servings7/16" (11 mm) Ø3 HOLES ON3 1/8" (80 mm) ØB.C.D.4 7/8"124 Ø mm1 5/8" (42 mm) Ø120ºTYPFOOT LOCATION &FLOOR DRAIN DETAIL1" (25 mm)MAX. ADJUSTMENT9/16"14 mmFLANGEDFOOT DETAILNOTESSPECIFICATIONSOVERALL DEPTHNOTES:Cleveland Range reserves right of design improvement or modification, as warranted.Many regional, state and local codes exist and it is the responsibility of the owner and installer to comply with the codes.Installation of backflow preventers, vacuum breakers and other specific coder requirements is the responsibility of the owner and installer.Cleveland Range equipment is built to comply with applicable standards for manufacturers. Included among those approval agencies are U.L., A.G.A., NSF, ASME/N.Bd., CSA, CGA, ETL and others.(NOT TO SCALE)SECT. IX PAGE 40609Litho in U.S.A.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 201


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 202IMC/Teddy Model: CFT-1260-SGAS Item #56SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 56 - FLOOR TROUGH (1 REQ'D)IMC/Teddy CFT-1260-SGASCFT Floor Trough, 12" wide x 60" long x 4" deep, with drain & (SGAS) anti-slip subway gratingACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecIMC/Teddy1ELECTRICALStandard widthVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


IMC/Teddy CFT-1260-SGAS Item#:56Project________________________Consultant___________________Model Number______________Item Number_________CFT Floor TroughsStandard DesignSPECIFICATION:CFT Model Floor Troughs are14-gauge type 304 stainless steelone-piece construction. Horizontalcorners are coved and the troughis integrally pitched toward a wasteoutlet with a stainless steel beehivestrainer and a 4” OD tailpiece.Recessed flange and 1” deep ledgefor IMC grating are integral with theunit. Troughs are 4” deep overall.Joints are TIG welded and leakproof.Exposed surfaces finishedbrush satin.PRODUCT GUIDE:Use for Commercial and InstitutionalBuildings or large food prepfacilities.Flexible design such as customdepths and cross-section shapemake this a versatile drain trough.Recessed flange supports floor tileand provides a grout pocket.Setting frame for waterproof membraneand/or integral seepageflange with “weep” holes can beadded for wet floor areas.Extension arms and intersectionsavailable for multiple equipmentlayout.OPTIONS:12 gauge stainless steelScrap collection trayUse with any style IMC troughgratingCustom designs, sizes andwaste location. Shallow 2” deepavailableOptional wastes and locationsLaundry design with lint basket.(See Spec Sheet)Seepage flange and “weep”holes.op-See Price Book for othertions.Standard and stock sizes fitmost applications.Anti-Splash Design*Price page 33Specifications subject to change without notice.P.O. Box 206Copiague, NY 11726-0206www.imcteddy.com800-221-5644/631-789-8881Fax: 631-789-3633CFT-30 1007PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 203


IMC/Teddy CFT-1260-SGAS Item#:56CFT Floor TroughsStandard DesignA = 1” for Troughs up to 15” WideA = 1 1/2” for Troughs over 15” WideFLOOR TROUGHS, CFT SERIES, STANDARD DESIGN - 4” DeepMODEL SIZE (W x L) METRIC WEIGHT MODEL SIZE (W x L) METRIC WEIGHTCFT-1224 12” x 24” 305 x 610 16 CFT-2424 24” x 24” 610 x 610 28CFT-1236 12” x 36” 305 x 914 24 CFT-2436 24” x 36” 610 x 914 42CFT-1248 12” x 48” 305 x 1219 32 CFT-2448 24” x 48” 610 x 1219 56CFT-1260 12” x 60” 305 x 1524 40 CFT-2460 24” x 60” 610 x 1524 70CFT-1272 12” x 72” 305 x 1829 48 CFT-2472 24” x 72” 610 x 1829 84CFT-1284 12” x 84” 305 x 2134 56 CFT-2484 24” x 84” 610 x 2134 98CFT-1296 12” x 96” 305 x 2438 64 CFT-2496 24” x 96” 610 x 2438 112CFT-12108 12” x 108” 305 x 2743 72 CFT-24108 24” x 108” 610 x 2743 126CFT-12120 12” x 120” 305 x 3048 80 CFT-24120 24” x 120” 610 x 3048 140CFT-1824 18” x 24” 458 x 610 20 CFT-3024 30” x 24” 762 x 610 42CFT-1836 18” x 36” 458 x 914 30 CFT-3036 30” x 36” 762 x 914 63CFT-1848 18” x 48” 458 x 1219 40 CFT-3048 30” x 48” 762 x 1219 84CFT-1860 18” x 60” 458 x 1524 50 CFT-3060 30” x 60” 762 x 1524 105CFT-1872 18” x 72” 458 x 1829 60 CFT-3072 30” x 72” 762 x 1829 126CFT-1884 18” x 84” 458 x 2134 70 CFT-3084 30” x 84” 762 x 2134 147CFT-1896 18” x 96” 458 x 2438 80 CFT-3096 30” x 96” 762 x 2438 168CFT-18108 18” x 108” 458 x 2743 90 CFT-30108 30” x 108” 762 x 2743 189CFT-18120 18” x 120” 458 x 3048 100 CFT-30120 30” x 120” 762 x 3048 210Note - Standard troughs up to 96” have one (1) waste at center. Over 96”, troughs have two (2) wastes equidistant.*See Price book pages 33, 37, 41, 45, 52, 54 & 56-59 for additional sizes and options.Specifications subject to change without notice.P.O. Box 206Copiague, NY 11726-0206www.imcteddy.com800-221-5644/631-789-8881Fax: 631-789-3633CFT-30 1007PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 204


Cleveland Range Model: KGT-6-T Item #57SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 57 - TABLE TOP KETTLE (1 REQ'D)Cleveland Range KGT-6-TKettle, Gas, Table Top, Tilting, 6-gallon capacity, 2/3 steam jacket design, stainless steel construction,support console on rightACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecCleveland Range1One year limited warranty, standardCleveland Range1Gas type to be specifiedCleveland Range1115v/60/1-ph, 5.0 amps, electronic ignition,cord & plug for controls, standardCleveland Range1DPKTDouble Pantry Faucet, with swing spout &mounting bracket for tilting kettlesCleveland Range1ST28<strong>Equipment</strong> Stand, for single kettles only, openbase with sliding drain drawer & splash screen,28" x 26", 18" high, stainless steel top and legs,allows unit to be hard piped to a floor drainELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1115 60 15GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 3/4" 34.01WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE1 1/2"1/2"1PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 205


Cleveland Range KGT-6-T Item#:57ClevelandGAS KETTLESProject ________________________________Item __________________________________Quantity _______________________________FCSI Section ____________________________Approval _______________________________Date __________________________________TABLE TOP, GAS-FIRED KETTLESTILTING, 2⁄3 STEAM JACKETED“SPLASH PROOF SERIES”6 or 12 GALLONS (23 or 45 LITERS)Cleveland Standard FeaturesMODELS: KGT-6-T KGT-12-T■ Self contained gas tilting kettle is easily installed, only needs agas connection and a 115 volt outlet.■ Precise, consistent temperature control, less than 1°Ctemperature variance (ideal for simmering). Operatingtemperature range from 145°- 260°F (63°C-127°C).■ “Splash Proof” solid state control panel for temperature,low water safety, and power “on/off” switch. Accurate L.E.D.indicators for heat cycle and low water warning.■ Kettle and all exterior surfaces are a 304 Stainless Steelwith a #4 finish.■ Energy efficient (65%), high performance gas-firedheating system for fast heat up and recovery time:■ Six gallon model with a 34,000 BTU firing rate, and■ 22,100 BTU directly applied to the product.■ Twelve gallon model with a 53,000 BTU firing rate, and■ 34,450 BTU directly applied to the product.■ Supplied with Gas Pressure Regulator.■ Standard for natural gas operation.■ Self locking marine type tilting mechanism preventsaccidental tilting. Balanced design makes it easy to tilt. The tilthandle easily mounts on left or right side. Double safety gasshut off turns off the gas when the unit is tilted.■ Large pouring lip for easier, faster pouring. Heavy dutyRolled Rim design provides strong reinforcement, preventsdamages from abuse.■ “Splash Proof” pressure/vacuum gauge.■ Steam jacket permanently filled with treated distilledwater, venting and / or refilling is not required.■ 50 PSI Steam Jacket Rating. Safety valve mounted towardrear of kettle to avoid tampering.■ Automatic Electronic Spark Ignition System.■ Supplied with cord and plug for 115 volt controls.■ Typical approvals include AGA, CSA, NSF and ASME.Options & Accessories❐ Stainless Steel equipment stand with sliding drain drawer andsplash shield (ST-28)❐ Hot and cold water faucet (DPK), or Cold Water (SPK).Requires bracket (FBKT)❐ 316 Stainless Steel Liner (316G)❐ Cooking Baskets (BS)Short Form SpecificationsShall be CLEVELAND, gas kettle, Table Type, self-contained, tilting,Model KGT- _____ -T; _____ gallons, natural or LP gas, 2/3 steam jacketed,type 304 Stainless Steel and supports. Jacket rated at 50 psiwith Safety Valve. Complete with solid state water level, temperature,and safety low water power cut off, including LED indicators.Optional lift off cover.❐ Food Strainers (FS)❐ Measuring Strips (MS)❐ Spray Hose (PRS-K)❐ Lift Off Cover (CL)❐ Propane Gas Operation (PG)❐ Kettle Markings (KM)❐ Protective Control Panel (PCE)SECT. IX PAGE 1A06091333 East 179 St.,Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 44110Tel: 1-216-481-4900Fax: 1-216-481-3782Web Site: www.ClevelandRange.comEmail: Steam@ClevelandRange.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 206


Cleveland Range KGT-6-T Item#:57• CAPACITIES: (in 4 oz. servings, othersizes may be calculated)16 gallons / 23 liters .......192 servings12 gallons / 45 liters .......352 servings5/16-18 THREADED BUSHING(FOUR PLACES)A14.50”(368mm)2.00”(51mm)BF10.00”(254mm)14.50”(368mm)ABASE MOUNTING DETAILC (I.D.)DOUBLEPANTRYFAUCET(Optional)E4.00”(102mm)DG1.75”(44mm)Manufacturer must be notified if unit will be operated above 2,000 ft. [610m] altitude.NOTES:Cleveland Range reserves right of design improvement or modification, as warranted.Many regional, state and local codes exist and it is the responsibility of the owner and installer to comply with the codes.Installation of backflow preventers, vacuum breakers and other specific coder requirements is the responsibility of the owner and installer.Cleveland Range equipment is built to comply with applicable standards for manufacturers. Included among those approval agencies are U.L., A.G.A., NSF, ASME/N.Bd., CSA, CGA, ETL and others.(NOT TO SCALE)SECT. IX PAGE 2A0609Litho in U.S.A.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 207


Cleveland Range ST28 Item#:57ClevelandMODULAR BASESProject ________________________________Item __________________________________Quantity _______________________________FCSI Section ____________________________Approval _______________________________Date __________________________________EQUIPMENT STANDS28" OPEN TYPE STANDREMOVABLE DRAIN DRAWER with SPLASH SHIELDALL STAINLESS STEELCleveland Standard Features■ All Stainless Steel construction with 1 1/4" square tubing■ Adjustable Feet (rear feet are flanged for Floor Bolting)■ Removable combination Drain Drawer (with Splash Shield)and Pan Support■ Ideal for mounting table type kettles, mixer kettles andskillets (models KET-3-T, KET-6-T, KET-12-T, KDT-3-T*,KDT-6-T*, KDT-12-T*, KDT-20-T*, MKET-12-T, MKDT-12-T,SET-15, SET-10).*Requires Direct Steam Adaptor Top accessoryOptions & Accessories❐ Direct Steam Adaptor Top (AK)MODEL: ST-28Short Form SpecificationsShall be CLEVELAND, Open Type <strong>Equipment</strong> Stand with removableDrain Drawer, Splash Shield and Adaptor Top (optional),Model ST-28. All Stainless Steel construction with 11⁄4" square tubing.Furnished with Level Adjustable Feet (rear feet are flanged forFloor Bolting).28" OPEN TYPE ECONOMY STANDALL STAINLESS STEELMODEL: EST-28Cleveland Standard Features■ All Stainless Steel construction with 1 1/4" square tubing■ Adjustable Feet (rear feet are flanged for Floor Bolting)■ Ideal for mounting table type kettles, mixer kettles andskillets (models KET-3-T, KET-6-T, KET-12-T, KDT-3-T*,KDT-6-T*, KDT-12-T*, KDT-20-T*, MKET-12-T, MKDT-12-T,SET-15, SET-10).*Requires Direct Steam Adaptor Top accessoryOptions & Accessories❐ Direct Steam Adaptor Top (AK)Short Form SpecificationsShall be CLEVELAND, Open Type <strong>Equipment</strong> Stand with AdaptorTop (optional), Model EST-28. All Stainless Steel construction with11⁄4" square tubing. Furnished with Level Adjustable Feet (rear feetare flanged for Floor Bolting).SECT. VII PAGE 1106091333 East 179 St.,Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 44110Tel: 1-216-481-4900Fax: 1-216-481-3782Web Site: www.ClevelandRange.comEmail: Steam@ClevelandRange.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 208


Cleveland Range ST28 Item#:572 5/8"5 3/8"REAR VIEW / DRAIN PAN DETAILDRAINPAN25 1/8"28 1/8"1 1/4" NPT DRAINPAN NIPPLE20 3/4"40 1/4"(Drawer Fully Extended)21 3/8"(Drawer Fully Closed)4"17 5/8"7 5/8"26 7/8"19 1/2"MOUNTING OPTIONS (SELECT ANY ONE UNITS PER STAND)39 3/16"39 11/16"KDT-3-TDIRECT STEAMADAPTOR TOPREQUIRED (AK)45 1/16"35 11/16"KDT-6-TDIRECT STEAMADAPTOR TOPREQUIRED (AK)49 13/16"42 15/16"53 5/8"46 1/8"KDT-12-TKDT-20-TDIRECT STEAMDIRECT STEAMADAPTOR TOPADAPTOR TOP 2 5/8"REAR CLEARANCE - 0" REAR CLEARANCE - 0" REQUIRED (AK) REAR CLEARANCE - 0" REQUIRED (AK) REAR CLEARANCE - 2" MIN5 3/8"KET-3-T46 3/16"37 5/8"REAR CLEARANCE - 0"KET-6-T1 1/4" NPT DRAINPAN NIPPLE45 7/8"40 3/8"DRAINPANREAR CLEARANCE - 0"18 5/8"KET-12-T50 3/16"42 7/16"REAR CLEARANCE - 0"REAR CLEARANCE - 1" MIN2 5/8"42KGT-6-T48"41 1/4"REAR VIEW / DRAIN PAN DETAILKGT-12-T53 3/4"44 15/16"18 5/8"SET-10REAR CLEARANCE - 2" MIN REAR CLEARANCE - 4 1/2" MIN REAR CLEARANCE - 2 1/2" MINRIGHT SIDE CLEARANCE - 6" MIN20 3/4"16 1/4"51 3/4"37 13/16"52 3/16"38 5/16"SET-15(1 only)REAR CLEARANCE - 2 1/2" MINRIGHT SIDE CLEARANCE - 6" MINNOTES:Cleveland Range reserves right of design improvement or modification, as warranted.40 1/4"Many regional, state and local codes exist and it is the responsibility of the owner and installer to comply with the codes.(Drawer Fully Extended)Installations of Back Flow Preventers, Vacuum Breakers and other specific code requirements are the responsibility of the Owner and Installer.Cleveland Range equipment is built to comply with applicable standards for manufacturers. Included among those approval agencies are U.L., NSF, CGA, CSA, ETL and 21 others. 3/8"(Drawer Fully Closed)(NOT TO SCALE)SECT. VII PAGE 120609Litho in U.S.A.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 209


Cleveland Range Model: 24CGA10.2 Item #58SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 58 - CONVECTION STEAMER (1 REQ'D)Cleveland Range 24CGA10.2Steamcraft® Gemini 10 Convection Steamer, pressureless, gas, 2 compartments with individualgenerators, (5) 12 x 20 x 2-1/2 pans/compartment capacity, electro-mechanical 60 minute timers, 1standard treated & tap water connection, stainless steel construction, 6" adjustable legs with flangedfeet, twin 72,000 BTU, total 144,000 BTUACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecCleveland Range1One year limited warranty, standardCleveland Range1CWT-06Claris Water Treatment System, includes (1) pre-filter, (1) Claris X-large steam system, (1) Clarisflow meter and (1) water test kit (see waterquality requirements in price list)Cleveland Range1Gas type to be specifiedCleveland Range1(VOS115) 115v/60/1-ph, 2.0 amps, 2-wire (DONOT connect to GFI outlet)Cleveland Range1LGDCKDrain Cooling Kit (requires 115v/60/1connection)ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1115 60 12120 60 12GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 3/4" 144.01WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZEINDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE1 1/4" 1/4"1 1-1/2"PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 210


Cleveland Range 24CGA10.2 Item#:58ClevelandSTEAMCRAFT ® GENERATOR STYLEHIGH SPEED CONVECTION STEAMERSProject ________________________________Item __________________________________Quantity _______________________________FCSI Section ____________________________Approval _______________________________Date __________________________________SteamCraft ® Gemini TM 10TWO COMPARTMENT FLOOR MODEL DESIGNPRESSURELESS CONVECTION STEAMERTWIN, INDEPENDENT GAS-FIRED GENERATORSCleveland Standard Features■■■■■■■■■■■■■■Cooking Capacity for up to ten 12˝ x 20˝ x 2 1/2˝ deepCafeteria Pans, five each compartment.Totally independent cooking compartments, each has its' owngenerator, gas valve and water level controls - no shared componentsExclusive High Efficiency Gas Power Burner (forced air)Generator: Produces more steam for faster cooking while loweringoperating costs (72M BTU's per compartment)Easy Access Cleaning Port: Each generator has a delimingport located on the outside, top of the unitGenerator Steam Standby Mode: Holds generator at asteaming temperature, allows unit to start cooking quicklyEach compartment has one, 60-Minute Electro-MechanicalTimer with "SureCook" load compensating feature.Manual Bypass Switch for constant steaming.Durable 14 Gauge, 304 Stainless Steel construction forcompartment door, cooking cavity and steam generatorExclusive Two-Piece Compartment door: Slammable,self-adjusting door provides and airtight seal, reversable doorgasket for extended lifeExclusive Gemini Drain/Power Control System: Simple,reliable 1/2" ball valve style drain automatically turns powerON/OFFExclusive Brass Steam Jets distribute even-high velocity steamthroughout cooking compartment for faster cooking timesEasy, Front -Access Generator Controls comes with apullout drawer for simple servicing of unit6˝ Stainless Steel Adjustable Legs with Flanged FeetApprovals: CSA (AGA, CSA) and U.L/NSF#4Compartment Steam Shut-Off Switch when compartment dooris openedOptions & AccessoriesMODEL: 24-CGA-10.2Shall be Two Compartments, Cleveland Convection Steamer seriesSteamCraft ® Gemini TM10, Model 24-CGA-10.2, Twin Gas AtmosphericSteam Generator, 72M BTU's input per compartment. Independent steamgenerator, gas valve and water level control system. AutomaticGenerator Blowdown. Steam Generator with Automatic Water Fill on startup. Exclusive remote probe-type water level controls. ExclusiveBrass “Steam Jet” distribution system. Two-piece free-floatingcompartment door. Type 430 Stainless Steel exterior and cooking compartments.Pullout service drawer for controls and GeminiDrain/Power Control System. Exclusive Cold Water Condenser design.Choice of Compartment Controls. Manual By Pass for continuous steaming.markings (106174)❐ Water FiltersShort Form Specifications❐ Electronic Timer with Compensating Feature (ETC)❐ On/Off Steam Switch Controls, no timer (MC)❐ Propane Gas (PG)❐ Dissolve ® Descale Solution, 6 one gallon container w/quartSECT. IV PAGE 13A06121333 East 179 St.,Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 44110Tel: 1-216-481-4900Fax: 1-216-481-3782Web Site: www.ClevelandRange.comEmail: Steam@ClevelandRange.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 211


Cleveland Range 24CGA10.2 Item#:58Each Compartment hascapacity for:• Five, 12˝ x 20˝ x 2 1 ⁄2˝ deepCafeteria Pans.WATER QUALITYREQUIREMENTSThe quality of water variesgreatly from region to region.Steam equipment generatorsmust be drained daily andchemically descaled periodicallyto ensure proper operation. Tominimize service problemscaused by the accumulation ofminerals and chemicals in waterreview the following qualityguidelines with a local watertreatment specialist. Inlet waterthat is beyond these specifiedguidelines should be treated toachieve these acceptable limits.Total Dissolved Solids less than60 ppm, Alkalinity less than 20ppm, Silica less than 13 ppm,pH factor greater than 7.5,Chlorine less than 30 ppm.A B DECGAS ELECTRIC C COLD WATER CLEARANCE D DRAINAGE1 1 ⁄4˝ IPS line size, 3 ⁄4˝ connection 120V-1Phase, 60 Hz. 35 psi minimum Right - RIGHT 3”, Left - 3”, = 3˝ operating, 1 1 ⁄2˝ dia.Rear -3”NATURAL PROPANE BTU 2 Blowers & Controls 60 psi maximum 12˝ if adjoining wall orDo not connect other units to this(12” on control side if adjoining drainPiping 3 ⁄4˝ N.P.T. Piping 3 ⁄4˝ N.P.T. 72,000 each 150 watts each wall or equipment LEFT = is over 3˝ 30”Drain must not be locatedhigh for service access)Supply pressure Supply pressure Generator, One (E) 3/8" dia. REAR = 3˝ beneath the steamer itselfPreferred floor drain location4.50˝ W.C. Min. 11.00˝ W.C. Min. 144,000 total ** Do not connect to GFI NPT for Generator Allow 6˝ space min.Contact factoryshould be a minimum distance14.00˝ W.C. Max. 14.00˝ W.C. Max. outlet. See note below. for variances to(from sthe unit) of at least 12” fromOne (D) 3/8" diaclearances.the left side, 12" from the rightwhen located near side, 6” from the front and 6" fromManufacturer must be notified if unit will NPT for Condenser combustible walls the rear.be used above 2,000 feetDo not use PVC pipeNOTES:**DO NOT CONNECT TO GFI OUTLET. CLEVELAND RANGE RECOMMENDS GAS FIRED 120 VOLT STEAMERS BE HARD WIRED DIRECTLY TO ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.Cleveland Range reserves right of design improvement or modification, as warranted.Many regional, state and local codes exist and it is the responsibility of the owner and installer to comply with the codes.Cleveland Range equipment is built to comply with applicable standards for manufacturers. Included among those approval agencies are UL/NSF#4 and CSA (AGA, CGA).(NOT TO SCALE)SECT. IV PAGE 14A0612Litho in U.S.A.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 212


Cleveland Range CWT-06 Item#:58ClevelandCOMBI OVEN-STEAMEROptions & AccessoriesProject ________________________________Item __________________________________Quantity _______________________________FCSI Section ____________________________Approval _______________________________Date __________________________________MODEL: CWT-06 (includes complete system)Claris Water Treatment Systemfor Convotherm by Cleveland Combi OvensSystem Components, Includes:■ one (1) Pre-filter■ one (1) Claris X-Large Steam System■ one (1) Claris Flow Meter■ one (1) Water Test KitFlow MeterProgramer& DisplayAccessories:❐ Claris X-Large Filter Cartridge (CWT-XLC)❐ EC-110 Cartridge - Prefilter Replacement Cartridge (EC-110)Cleveland Standard Features:E-10 Prefilter System■ Filters out larger dirt and rust particles.■ Extends the life of primary filter cartridges.■ Tightly spun EC-110 sediment cartridge delivers 10 micronnominal filtration.■ Durable slim bowl design makes cartridge replacement easy.■ Clear housing allowing visual inspection of trapped particles todetermine when to change the cartridge.■ 10” bowl design accepts most 10” drop in cartridges.Claris Single Head with Zero Bypass■ Commercial quality filter head designed exclusively for Claris filtercartridges.■ Engineered for durability, strength and longevity.■ Corrosion resistant hardware.■ The system can be operated horizontally or vertically, dependingon the available space.Water Test Kit■ Used to determine the scale causing hardness (mainly calcium andmagnesium).■ Indicates water test completion when the color changes from bluegreento orange-yellow.Water Test KitPre-Filter with HousingShort Form SpecificationsShall be Cleveland Model CWT-06 Claris Water Treatment System includingone (1) Pre-filter, one (1) Claris X-Large Steam System, one (1) Claris FlowMeter & one (1) Water Test Kit.Claris X-Large Filter Cartridge:■ 5-stage filtration process.■ Operation in vertical or horizontal position.■ NSF Certified under NSF/ANSI Standard 42.Claris Flow Sensorand DisplayClaris Flow Sensor and Display■ Monitors water usage rate to determine cartridge replacement.■ Display indicates cartridge replacement based on gallons ofwater treated.■ Display unit provides information about residual capacity ofinstalled cartridge, total filtrate volume since flow sensor wasinstalled, filtrate volume and operation time of last five (5)installed cartridges.SECT. IIB PAGE 1201111333 East 179 St.,Cleveland, Ohio, U.S.A. 44110Tel: 1-216-481-4900Fax: 1-216-481-3782Web Site: www.ClevelandRange.comEmail: Steam@ClevelandRange.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 213


Cleveland Range CWT-06 Item#:58Technical Data:Claris Water Treatment Components5.35”136mm5.16”131mm5.35”136mmINLET3/4” FNPT5.16”131mmOUTLET3/4” FNPT20.67”527mmINLET3/4” FNPTOUTLET3/4” FNPT12.44”316mm20.67”527mm12.44”316mmPre-FilterOverall Dimensions:12.44" H x 5.16" W(316mm H x 131mm W)Inlet Connection:3/4" FNPTOutlet Connection:3/4" FNPTService Flow Rate:Maximum 6.0 gpm (22.7 Lpm)Pressure Requirement:35 psi - 70 psi (2.4 – 4.8 bar) non-shockWater Temperature Inlet Requirement: 39º - 86ºF (4º - 30ºC)Electrical:No electrical connection requiredShipping Weight:4 lbs.Operating Weight:6 lbs.Flow Meter SensorOverall Dimensions:Connection:Service Flow Rate:Pressure Loss:Pressure Requirement:Ambient Temperature (min/max):Installation Position:3.25 W x 2" H x 2" D(83mm W x 51mm H x 51mm D)Inlet: 3/8-inch BSP F nutOutlet: 3/8-inch BSP M0.44-3.08 gpm (100-700 LPH)184 gph (up to 700 LPH flow rate)3 PSI (0,2 bar)35 psi - 70 psi (2.4 – 4.8 bar) non-shock39 - 104 °F (+4 - +40 °C)Horizontal recommendedClaris X-Large Filter CartridgeOverall Dimensions:20.67" H x 5.35" Dia.(525 mm x 136 mm)Service Flow Rate:1.0 gpm (3.7 Lpm)Treatment Capacity*:1,100 gal.Pressure Requirement:35 psi - 70 psi (2.4 – 4.8 bar) non-shockWater Temperature Inlet Requirement: 39º - 86ºF (4º - 30ºC)Electrical:No electrical connection required*Capacity is based on water hardness of 180 ppm.Programmer & DisplayOverall Dimensions:Cable:Electrical:2.75" H x 2" W(70mm H x 51mm W)59" (1.5 meters)Lithium Coin Battery (type CR2032)WATER QUALITY REQUIREMENTS FOR CLEVELAND STEAMERSTDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 60 ppm pH Factor . . . . . . . . . . 7.0 – 8.5Total Alkalinity . . . . . . . < 20 ppm Free Chlorine . . . . . . . < 0.1 ppmSilica . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 13 ppm Conductivity . . . . . . . . min. 20 μS/cm (50 kOhms)Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . < 25 ppmNOTES:Proper maintenance of the steam cooking equipment and water treatment systemis the responsibility of the owner/operator. Improper installation or maintenancemay void the warranty. Refer to the Operators Manual for proper instructions. Awater quality analysis is required prior to installing the Claris water treatmentsystem, since water conditions vary throughout the country.Do not use the “Claris System” with water that is microbiologically unsafe or ofunknown quality, without adequate disinfection before or after the system.NOTES:Cleveland Range reserves right of design improvement or modification, as warranted.Many regional, state and local codes exist and it is the responsibility of the owner and installer to comply with the codes.Cleveland Range equipment is built to comply with applicable standards for manufacturers.SECT. IIC PAGE 120111PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 214


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 215Vulcan Model: VCRH36 Item #59SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 59 - COUNTERTOP HOTPLATE (1 REQ'D)Vulcan VCRH36Hotplate, gas, 36" W, 150,000 BTU, (6) 25,000 BTU open burners with lift-off burner heads andstanding pilots, cast iron top grates, manual gas valve controls, stainless steel front, sides & backsplash,aluminized pull out crumb tray, 4" adjustable legs, CSA, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecDormont ManufacturingVulcanVulcanVulcanVulcan111111675KITS48ALTIKIT-VCRSTAND/C-36Safety System Moveable Gas Connector Kit,3/4" inside dia., 48" long, covered withstainless steel braid, coated with blueantimicrobial PVC, 1 SnapFast QD, 1SwivelMAX, 1 full port valve, 1 elbow, coiledrestraining cable with hardware, limitedlifetime warranty1 year limited parts & labor warranty, standardNatural gas (add -1 suffix) (specify elevation ifover 2,000 ft.) (LP gas conversion kit suppliedwith unit)Orifice Kit - Nat and LP Elevation to 8,000 feet<strong>Equipment</strong> Stand, 37" W x 24" H, with marineedge, undershelf, stainless steel, 5" castersELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 3/4" 150.01LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Vulcan VCRH36 Item#:59GRIDDLES & BROILERSItem # C.S.I. Section 11420VCRH SERIESRESTAURANT SERIES GAS HOTPLATEVCRH12VCRH24VCRH3612" wide24" wide36" wideSTANDARD FEATURESModel VCRH24■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■Stainless steel front, sides and front top ledge.Full width front crumb trays.13" cooking height on 4" adjustable legs.25,000 BTU/hr. open burners with lift-off heads.Cast iron top grates.One infinite heat control valve for each burner.Standing pilot ignition system.¾" rear gas connection and convertible gas pressureregulator for LP service.Constructed standard for natural gas service. LPconversion kit supplied with unit.One year limited parts and labor warranty.SPECIFICATIONSLow profile gas hotplate, Vulcan model No.____________.Stainless steel front, sides and front top ledge. 13" cookingheight on 4" legs. 25,000 BTU/hr. open burners with lift-offheads. Cast iron top grates. Full width front crumb trays. Oneinfinite heat control valve for each burner. Standing pilot ignitionsystem. 3 ⁄4" rear gas connection and convertible gas pressureregulator for LP service.Exterior Dimensions:_____"w x 29.3" d x 13.3" h on 4" legs.CSA design certified. NSF listed.a division of ITW Food <strong>Equipment</strong> Group LLCP.O. Box 696 ■ Louisville, KY 40201 ■ Toll-free: 1-800-814-2028 ■ Local: 502-778-2791 ■ Quote & Order Fax: 1-800-444-0602F-38311 (04/10)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 216


Vulcan VCRH36 Item#:59GRIDDLES & BROILERSVCRH SERIESRESTAURANT SERIES GAS HOTPLATEINSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS:1. A gas pressure regulator supplied with the unit must be installed:Natural Gas 4.0" (102 mm) W.C.Propane Gas 10.0" (254 mm) W.C.2. All models require a 10" (254 mm) clearance at both sides and9" (229 mm) to the rear adjacent to combustible constructions.All models require 0" clearance at both sides and to the rearadjacent to non-combustible constructions. All models require a4" (102mm) bottom clearance and must be installed with minimum4" legs.An adequate ventilation system is required for CommercialCooking <strong>Equipment</strong> (NFPA No. 96). Information may be obtainedby writing to the National Fire Protection Association,Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169.3. These units are manufactured for installation in accordance withNational Fuel Gas Code, ANSI-Z223.1/NFPA #54 (latest edition).Copies may be obtained from The American Gas Association,Accredited Standards Committee Z223 @ 400 N. Capital St. NW,Washington, DC 20001, or the Secretary Standards Council,NFPA, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.NOTE: In The Commonwealth of MassachusettsAll gas appliances vented through ventilation hood or exhaustsystem equipped with a damper or with a power means of exhaustshall comply with 248 CMR.4. This appliance is manufactured for commercial installation onlyand is not intended for home use.3/4" NPTGAS INLET2.0WIDTH: 12", 24", 3629.34.013.313.011.37.010.5", 22.5", 34.5"24.7 1.5MODEL WIDTH DEPTHOVERALLHEIGHT*WORKINGHEIGHT*NO. OFBURNERSTOTALBTU/HRNO. OFDRAWERSAPPROX.SHIP. WT.VCRH12 12" 29.3" 13.3" 13" 2 50,000 1 140 lbs/63 kgVCRH24 24" 29.3" 13.3" 13" 4 100,000 1 207 lbs/93 kgVCRH36 36" 29.3" 13.3" 13" 6 150,000 2 250 lbs/113 kg*These are nominal dimensions and can vary by +1.75" with adjustable legs.a division of ITW Food <strong>Equipment</strong> Group LLCP.O. Box 696 ■ Louisville, KY 40201 ■ Toll-free: 1-800-814-2028 ■ Local: 502-778-2791 ■ Quote & Order Fax: 1-800-444-0602NOTE: In line with its policy to continually improve its products, Vulcan reserves the right to change materials and specifications without notice.F-38311 (04/10)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 217


Dormont Manufacturing 1675KITS48 Item#:59For Commercial ApplicationsJob Name ________________________________________Job Location_______________________________________Engineer _________________________________________Approval __________________________________Contractor ________________________________________Approval _________________________________________Contractor's P.O. No.________________________________Representative _____________________________________SKU ______________________________________________Single Swivel MAX ® /SnapFast ® Quick-Disconnect AssembliesSizes: ½" to 1¼" (15 to 32mm)Single Swivel MAX ® /SnapFast ® Quick-Disconnect Assemblies feature flexible movement and theone-handed, quick-disconnect fitting with a unique thermal shut-off design that automatically shuts off thegas when the internal temperature exceeds 350°F (177°C). The 360° movement of Swivel MAX adds extraprotection to the life of the connector and increases kitchen aisle space by allowing the appliance to becloser to the wall.SnapFast ®One-handedQuick-DisconnectFeaturesSwivel MAX ®Multi-plane Fitting ................ Aluminum body, plated steel fittingMovement ............................ 360° rotational end fittingSnapFast ® One-Handed Quick-DisconnectQuick-Disconnect..................Brass body, aluminum collarThermal Shut-off...................Shuts off gas when internal temperatures exceed 350°F (177ºC)SpecificationsThe Dormont Blue Hose ®Tubing ................................ Annealed, 304 stainless steelBraiding................................ Multi-strand, 304 stainless steel wireCoating ................................ Blue antimicrobial PVC, melts at 350ºF (177ºC),coating will not hold a flameEnd Fittings........................... Carbon steel; zinc trivalent chromateStress Guard ® ....................... 360º rotational end fitting at both endsAdditional ComponentsRestraining Device................ PVC-coated, steel multi-strand cable and mounting hardwareValve ................................ Full port, brass bodyElbow ................................ Malleable iron, 1 includedApprovals & CertificationsNSF/ANSI 169 – Special-purpose food equipment and devicesANSI Z21.69/CSA 6.16 – Connectors for moveable gas appliancesANSI Z21.41/CSA 6.9 – Quick-disconnect devices for use with gas fuel appliancesANSI Z21.15/CSA 9.1 – Manually operated gas valves for appliances, appliance connectorUL 567 – Pipe connectors for flammable and combustible liquids and LP gasMeets requirements of ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code.Refer to the catalog for additional approvals and certifications or go to www.dormont.com.Not for use in temperatures less than 32°F (0°C). For indoor use only.Maximum operating pressure 1/2 psi.A restraining device is required for all moveable gas equipment.Swivel MAX ®Multi-planeRotation FittingStress Guard ®Rotation TechnologyReduces Stress at BothEnds of the HoseThe DormontBlue Hose ®Stainless Steel ConstructionStainless Steel BraidBlue AntimicrobialPVC Coating(<strong>Cut</strong>away shown)The Dormont Safety System is the first and only complete gas equipmentconnection system specifically engineered for the commercial kitchen.The Safety System consists of the famous Dormont Blue Hose and a variety ofaccessories designed for improved safety and performance in commercial kitchens. Because they aremanufactured in the USA under an ISO qualified production process and to multiple design certifications,you can Connect with Confidence with the Dormont Safety System.Stress Guard ®Rotation TechnologyReduces Stress at BothEnds of the HosePIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 218


Dormont Manufacturing 1675KITS48 Item#:59Single Swivel MAX ® with SnapFast ® Quick-Disconnect Deluxe Kit AssemblyOrdering InformationLENGTHConfiguration Size I.D. 24" (607mm) 36" (914mm) 48" (1,219mm) 60" (1,524mm) 72" (1,829mm)Deluxe Kit* 1650KITS24 1650KITS36 1650KITS48 1650KITS60 1650KITS72Basic Kit** ½" (15mm) 1650BPQSR24 1650BPQSR36 1650BPQSR48 1650BPQSR60 1650BPQSR72Hose Assembly*** 1650BPQS24 1650BPQS36 1650BPQS48 1650BPQS60 1650BPQS72Deluxe Kit* 1675KITS24 1675KITS36 1675KITS48 1675KITS60 1675KITS72Basic Kit** ¾" (20mm) 1675BPQSR24 1675BPQSR36 1675BPQSR48 1675BPQSR60 1675BPQSR272Hose Assembly*** 1675BPQS24 1675BPQS36 1675BPQS48 1675BPQS60 1675BPQS72Deluxe Kit* 16100KITS24 16100KITS36 16100KITS48 16100KITS60 16100KITS72Basic Kit** 1" (25mm) 16100BPQSR24 16100BPQSR36 16100BPQSR48 16100BPQSR60 16100BPQSR72Hose Assembly*** 16100BPQS24 16100BPQS36 16100BPQS48 16100BPQS60 16100BPQS72Deluxe Kit* 16125KITS24 16125KITS36 16125KITS48 16125KITS60 16125KITS72Basic Kit** 1¼" (32mm) 16125BPQSR24 16125BPQSR36 16125BPQSR48 16125BPQSR60 16125BPQSR72Hose Assembly*** 16125BPQS24 16125BPQS36 16125BPQS48 16125BPQS60 16125BPQS72BTU/hr Flow Capacity Natural Gas (Flow rating BTU/hr 0.64 SP. GR. @ 0.5 inch WC pressure drop)LENGTHModel Size I.D. 24" (607mm) 36" (914mm) 48" (1,219mm) 60" (1,524mm) 72" (1,829mm)1650BPQS ½" (15mm) 81,000 72,000 63,000 56,000 51,0001675BPQS ¾" (20mm) 216,000 203,000 167,000 147,000 130,00016100BPQS 1" (25mm) 385,000 353,000 310,000 274,000 260,00016125BPQS 1¼" (32mm) 535,000 491,000 482,000 463,000 460,000*Deluxe Kits include: The Dormont Blue Hose, Swivel MAX, SnapFast, restraining device, full port valve, street elbow and display box**Basic Kits include: The Dormont Blue Hose, Swivel MAX, SnapFast, restraining device and street elbow***Hose Assemblies include: The Dormont Blue Hose, Swivel MAX, SnapFast and street elbowTypical InstallationThe Dormont Blue Hose ®The Dormont Blue Hose is a commercial, moveable-grade gasconnector designed for use with moveable equipment.Moveable equipment is defined in ANSI Standard Z21.69/CSA 6.16as gas utilization equipment that may be mounted on casters orotherwise be subject to movement.• Reduces stress on connector• Increases kitchen aisle space by allowing connector to bepositioned closer to the wall• One-handed quick-disconnect fitting• Thermal shut-off when internal temperature exceeds 350°F (177°C)Restraining Device• ANSI Z21.69 Standard section 1.7.4 states: Connectors whenused on caster-mounted equipment shall be installed with arestraining device, which prevents transmission of the strain tothe connectorGAS CONNECTORLimitedLIFETIMESee catalog for detailsWAR RA N T YWe guarantee our commercial gas connectors for thelife of the original appliance to which it is connected.A Watts Water Technologies CompanyUSA: Export, PA • Tel. (724) 733-4800 • Fax: (724) 733-4808 • www.dormont.comES-D-SwivelSnapFast 1205© 2012 DormontPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 219


Vulcan STAND/C-36 Item#:59Item # __________________________C.S.I. Section 11420COUNTER EQUIPMENTSTAINLESS STEEL STANDSBASIC MODELS:STAND/CSTAND/C-VCCBStand with 5" CastersStand with 5" CastersSTAND/FSTAND/F-VCCBStand with Flanged LegStand with Flanged LegVulcan-Hart Co.A2780ISO9001Listed by the National Sanitation FoundationApproved by_______________________Date:______________________________Stand/C-48MODEL: Counter <strong>Equipment</strong> Stainless Steel StandsVULCAN-HART COMPANY, P.O. BOX 696, LOUISVILLE, KY 40201, TEL. 1-800-814-2028F-36963 (04-07)502-778-2791 QUOTE & ORDER FAX: 1-800-444-0602PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 220


Vulcan STAND/C-36 Item#:59COUNTER EQUIPMENTSTAINLESS STEEL STANDSPRODUCTFAMILYACCESSORYCODE - CASTERSACCESSORYCODE - FLANGEDLEGSDIM “A”DIM “B”AGEAGM900REVACBVHPMSAVCCBSTAND/C-12 STAND/F-12 12" [305]STAND/C-24 STAND/F-24 26" [660]STAND/C-36 STAND/F-36 37" [940]STAND/C-48 STAND/F-48 49" [1245]STAND/C-60 STAND/F-60 61" [1550]STAND/C-72 STAND/F-72 73" [1854]STAND/C-VCCB25 STAND/F-VCCB25 26" [660]STAND/C-VCCB36 STAND/F-VCCB36 37" [940]STAND/C-VCCB47 STAND/F-VCCB47 49" [1245]STAND/C-VCCB60 STAND/F-VCCB60 61" [1550]STAND/C-VCCB72 STAND/F-VCCB72 73" [1854]24”[610]23”[584]NOTE: In line with its policy to continually improve its products, Vulcan-Hart Company reserves the right to change materials andspecifications without notice.VULCAN-HART COMPANY, P.O. BOX 696, LOUISVILLE, KY 40201, TEL. 1-800-814-2028F-36963 (04-07)502-778-2791 QUOTE & ORDER FAX: 1-800-444-0602PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 221Printed On Recycled Paper


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 222Continental Refrigerator Model: DL72G Item #60SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 60 - REFRIGERATED EQUIPMENT STAND (1 REQ'D)Continental Refrigerator DL72GRefrigerator Griddle Stand, two-section, (4) drawers - two drawers accommodates (1) 12" x 20" x 6" &(1) 6" x 20" x 6", two drawers accommodates (2) 12" x 20" x 6", dial thermometer stainless steel topwith drip guard marine edge, stainless steel exterior, interior and back, 4" casters, self-containedrefrigeration, 1/4 hp, 10' cordACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental RefrigeratorContinental Refrigerator1111ELECTRICAL115v/60/1, 10' cord, NEMA 5-15P, standardSelf-Contained refrigeration, 1/4 hp, standardStandard warranty (for the United States &Canada Only): 3 year parts and labor; 5 yearcompressor4" Casters, standard1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN115 60 1 Cord & PlugAFFNEMA5-15PAMPSKWHP1/4MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Continental Refrigerator DL72G Item#:60GRIDDLE STAND REFRIGERATORProduct SpecificationsDL72G - 72” Griddle StandRefrigeratorFront breathing with stainless steel interior and exterior. Easy-glide drawershold 6” deep pans side-by-side. Rear coil air flow allows even distributionof cold across drawers. Drawers designed to hold up to 250 lb. capacity.DIMENSIONAL DATANet Capacity (cu. ft.) 16.4 ( 464 cu l)Width, Overall (in.)72 (1829 mm)Depth, Overall (incl. handles) (in.)34 3 /4 (883 mm)Height, Overall (incl. 4” casters) (in.)26 3 /8 (670 mm)No. of Drawers 4No. of 12 x 20 x 6 pans (not furnished) 6No. of 6 x 6 x 6 pans (not furnished) 6REFRIGERANT DATACondensing Unit Size (H.P.) 1/4Capacity (BTU/Hr)* 1940ELECTRICAL DATACabinet 115/60/1Feed Wires (incl. ground) 3Condensing Unit 115/60/1Total Amps 6.1Cabinet Amps 2.2Power Supply CordSHIPPING DATAHeight - Crated (in.)Width - Crated (in.)Depth - Crated (in.)Yes44 (1118 mm)90 (2286 mm)39 (991 mm)Volume - crated (cu. ft.) 89 (2520 cu l)Weight - Crated (lbs.)* Rating @ +25°F evaporator, 90°F ambientFigures in parentheses reflect metric equivalents.550 (249 kg)OPTIONS AND ACCESSORIES• Doors in lieu of drawers • Adjustable legs• Cylinder locks • Remote models• Stainless steel top extensions • Digital thermometer• Stainless steel pans • Flat top in lieu of marine edge• Automatic, electric condensate evaporator• Condensing unit left or right• Special electrical requirements(consult factory)Project Name:Consult factory for other model configurations, options and accessories.Model Specified:Location:Toll-Free: 800-523-7138Phone: 215-244-1400Fax: 215-244-9579539 Dunksferry RoadBensalem, PA 19020www.continentalrefrigerator.comItem No:APPROVAL:Quantity:PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 223


05/27/10Continental Refrigerator DL72G Item#:60Standard Design FeaturesGRIDDLE STAND REFRIGERATORREFRIGERATION SYSTEMEnvironmentally-safe R-134a refrigerantCABINET ARCHITECTUREHigh density, non-CFC polyurethane foam insulationStainless steel interior and exteriorStainless steel case backChrome-plated hardwareReinforced stainless steel finished work topwith drip guard marine edgeHeavy-duty drawer track with built-in safety clipsDrawers designed to hold 250 lb. capacity4” casters welded on support platesOne piece, snap-in, magnetic gasketsMODEL FEATURESEasy glide, fully extendable drawers designedto hold 6” deep pans side-by-sideCapillary dial thermometerRear-mounted, automatic, non-electric condensate evaporatorEasily accessible and serviceable front slide-out condensing unitFront breathing72”(1829 mm)DL72G - 72” Griddle StandRefrigerator72”(1829 mm)FRONT VIEW34 3 /4”(883 mm)33 9 /16”(852 mm)26 3 /8”(670 mm)26 3 /8”(670 mm)SIDE VIEWEquipped with one NEMA-5-15P PlugToll-Free: 800-523-7138Phone: 215-244-1400Fax: 215-244-9579539 Dunksferry RoadBensalem, PA 19020www.continentalrefrigerator.comDRAWER PAN CONFIGURATIONSDue to our continued efforts in developing innovative products, specifications subject tochange without notice.®© Copyright 2013. Continental Refrigerator.A Division of National Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Products, Inc.MADE IN THE U.S.A.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 224DL72G (3/13/13)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 225Wells Model: 2436G Item #61SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 61 - COUNTERTOP GRIDDLE (1 REQ'D)Wells 2436GGriddle, natural gas, counter unit, smooth polished steel griddle plate, 36" wide x 20" deep grill area,zoned thermostatic heat control, stainless steel construction, with splashguard, 75,000 BTU/HR, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecWells1 st20563Legs, 4", stainless steel, set of four, adjustable,for counter modelsELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 3/4" 75.01LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Wells 2436G Item#:61W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N GSpecificationsI T E M N O .WG-2424G, WG-2436G,WG-3036G & WG-3048GWG-2424Overall Dimensions: W (In.) D (In.)WG-2424G 23 3/4 25 3/8WG-2436G 35 3/4 25 3/8WG-3036G 35 3/4 30WG-3048G 47 13/16 30Griddle Surface Dimensions: W (In.) D (In.)WG-2424G 23 7/8 20 1/2WG-2436G 35 7/8 20 1/2WG-3036G 35 7/8 24WG-3048G 47 3/4 24Typical Production Per Load Per HourWG-2424GHamburgers 37 555Steaks 14 160Pancakes 30 360Eggs 40 560WG-2436GHamburgers 55 825Steaks 21 250Pancakes 44 528Eggs 57 798WG-3036GHamburgers 73 1095Steaks 26 310Pancakes 60 720Eggs 79 1106WG-3048GHamburgers 87 1392Steaks 34 408Pancakes 68 816Eggs 90 1260Weights: Lbs. KGWG-2424G 190 210WG-2436G 257 291WG-3036G 305 325WG-3048G 359 423Wells Gas Countertop Griddles are designed foruse with natural or LP gas. In addition to the standardgrill surface there are two options to choose from,grooved or chrome-plated. The griddles have u-shapedburners and internal baffling to direct heat and airflowfor greater efficiency.Features• Stainless steel hinged front panel protectscontrol knobs.• Each individual snap-action thermostatcontrols twelve inches of the cooking surface.• Griddle surface is a 3⁄4" thick, steel plateheated by u-shaped burners that provideeven heat distribution over the entire surface.• Each burner has an adjustable air shutter toprovide optimum combustion.• Full width front grease trough allows convenientcleaning of entire griddle surface.• Integral splashguard makes clean up ofsurrounding surfaces easier.• The removable front grease drawer has afour-quart capacity.• Available for use with natural or LP gas.• The WG-2424G – WG-3048G gas griddlesmeet ANSI Z83 and NSF International standards.• A one-year warranty against defects coversparts and labor.Accessories / OptionsChrome-plated griddle surface, allows moreefficient heat transfer throughout the cookingarea, available by special order.Grooved griddle surface, 3/4-inch thick ribbedsteel plate that allows for the “branding” of meatproducts, available by special order.WELLSGAS COUNTERTOP GRIDDLESPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 226


RW E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N GCEDE SRTIG NIWells 2436G Item#:61FIDESTD.4M O D E L SW G - 2 4 2 4 G , W G - 2 4 3 6 GG A S C O U N T E R TO P G R I D D L E SD I M E N S I O N S :MODELWG-2424GINCH(MM)MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNITTO THE NEAREST COMBUSTIBLE OBJECTBACK SIDE BOTTOM TOP3 3 4 NA(76) (76) (102) NA11 1/2(292)GAS INLET3/4 IN N.P.T.2 1/4(57)8 3/8(213)23 3/4(603)5 9/16(141)SPLASHGUARD25 3/8(645)1 1/2(38)2(51)1 9/16(40)1 9/16(40)4(102)OPTIONALGAS INLET2 3/16(56)20 9/16(522)2 3/16(56)23 1/2(597)8 1/4(210)MODELWG-2436G11 1/2(292)GAS INLET3/4 IN N.P.T.35 3/4(908)5 9/16(141)SPLASHGUARD25 3/8(645)1 1/2(38)2 1/4(57)8 3/8(213)2(51)1 9/16(40)32 9/16(827)1 9/16(40)4(102)2 3/16(56)OPTIONALGAS INLET21(533)8 1/2(216)2 3/16(56)W G - 2 4 2 4 , W G - 2 4 3 6 G E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S :NUMBER NUMBER GAS CONSUMPTION MANIFOLD PRESSUREMODELS OF OFBURNERS THERMOSTATS BTU/HR/BURNER TOTAL BTU/HR NATURAL PROPANEWG-2424G 2 2 25000 50000 5.0 In. W.C. 10.0 In. W.C.WG-2436G 3 3 25000 75000 5.0 In. W.C. 10.0 In. W.C.NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 227


RWells 2436G Item#:61W E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N GCEDE SRTIG NIFIDESTD.4M O D E LW G - 3 0 3 6 GG A S C O U N T E R TO P G R I D D L ED I M E N S I O N S :11 1/2(292)INCH(MM)GAS INLET3/4 IN N.P.T.MINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNITTO THE NEAREST COMBUSTIBLE OBJECTBACK SIDE BOTTOM TOP3 3 4 NA(76) (76) (102) NA2 3/4(70)35 3/4(908)5 9/16(141)30(762)SPLASHGUARD1 1/2(38)8 3/8(213)2(51)2 15/16(75)29 13/16(757)2 15/16(75)4(102)2 1/16(52)26 11/16(678)OPTIONALGAS INLET8 1/2(216)2 1/16(52)W G - 3 0 3 6 G E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S :NUMBER NUMBER GAS CONSUMPTION MANIFOLD PRESSUREMODELS OF OFBURNERS THERMOSTATS BTU/HR/BURNER TOTAL BTU/HR NATURAL PROPANEWG-3036G 3 3 25000 75000 5.0 In. W.C. 10.0 In. W.C.NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 228


RW E L L S M A N U F A C T U R I N GC EDE SRTIG NIWells 2436G Item#:61FIDESTD.4D I M E N S I O N S :11 1/2(292)INCH(MM)GAS INLET3/4 IN N.P.T.M O D E LW G - 3 0 4 8 GG A S C O U N T E R TO P G R I D D L EMINIMUM CLEARANCE REQUIRED FROM UNITTO THE NEAREST COMBUSTIBLE OBJECTBACK SIDE BOTTOM TOP3 3 4 NA(76) (76) (102) NA2 3/4(70)47 13/16(1214)5 9/16(141)30(762)SPLASHGUARD1 1/2(38)8 3/8(213)2(51)3 1/16(78)41 5/8(1057)3 1/16(78)4(102)2 1/16(52)26 11/16(678)OPTIONALGAS INLET8 1/2(216)2 1/16(52)W G - 3 0 4 8 G E L E C T R I C A L S P E C I F I C AT I O N S :NUMBER NUMBER GAS CONSUMPTION MANIFOLD PRESSUREMODELS OF OFBURNERS THERMOSTATS BTU/HR/BURNER TOTAL BTU/HR NATURAL PROPANEWG-3048G 4 4 25000 100000 5.0 In. W.C. 10.0 In. W.C.NOTE: Specifications are subject to change without notice.WELLS MANUFACTURING COMPANY2 ERIK CIRCLE, PO BOX 280, VERDI, NV 89439 U.S.A.USA PHONE: (775) 689-5700 • FAX: (775) 689-5972FOR ORDERS ONLY: (888) 356-5362 • FAX: (800) 356-5142www.wells-mfg.com© 2002 WELLS MANUFACTURING • PRINTED IN THE U.S.A.02/02 • REV(C) • PART NO. 45988PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 229


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 230Vulcan Model: VTEC36 Item #62SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 62 - CHARBROILER (1 REQ'D)Vulcan VTEC36Infrared Charbroiler, 66,000 BTU, 36-1/2"W, countertop, (3) 22,000 BTU conversion burner withpatented steel infrared emitter panel, high range manual gas valve control, rotary piezoelectric igniter,stainless steel front, sides, top trim, backsplash, patented stainless steel top grates, 4" adjustable legs,CSA, NSFACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecVulcanVulcan11ELECTRICALNatural gas (add -1 suffix) (specify elevation ifover 2,000 ft.)1 year limited parts & labor warranty, standardVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 3/4" 66.01LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Vulcan VTEC36 Item#:62G R I D D L E S & B R O I L E R SItem # C.S.I. Section 11420VTEC SERIESCOUNTER MODEL GAS INFRARED CHARBROILERVTEC14VTEC25VTEC36VTEC48VTEC6014 1 ⁄2" wide25 1 ⁄2" wide36 1 ⁄2" wide47 1 ⁄2" wide58 1 ⁄2" wideSTANDARD FEATURESSPECIFICATIONSModel VTEC48High efficiency gas infrared charbroiler, Vulcan Model No.___________. Stainless steel front, sides and top trim. Fullwidth, stainless steel front crumb tray. Heavy duty, steelinfrared emitter panels. 11" x 25" stainless steel cookinggrids. One 22,000 BTU/hr. patented infrared burner systemfor each cooking grid. Direct ignition piezo spark igniters.One high range heat control valve for each burner. Chromeburner knobs. 4" adjustable legs. 3 ⁄4" NPT rear gas connectionand gas pressure regulator.Exterior Dimensions:_____" wide x 35 1 ⁄8" deep x 12 1 ⁄2" working height.CSA design certified. NSF listed.SPECIFY TYPE OF GAS WHEN ORDERING.SPECIFY ALTITUDE WHEN ABOVE 2,999 FT.■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■Stainless steel sides, control panel, top trim andbacksplashFull width, stainless steel front crumb trayHeavy duty steel infrared emitter panels11" x 25" stainless steel cooking grids (providing275 square inches of cooking area in each burner zone)Energy efficient 22,000 BTU/hr., patented infrared burnersystem in each cooking zoneDirect ignition piezo spark ignitersOne high range heat control valve for each burnerChrome burner control knobsRemovable, stainless steel heat shield and splash guard4" adjustable legs■ ■3 ⁄4" NPT rear gas connection and gas pressure regulatorprovided■■One year limited parts and labor warrantyACCESSORIESOrdered separately and field installedStainless steel “Fish Grates” with smaller, 1 ⁄4" rib spacing.Stainless steel stand with undershelf and casters.a division of ITW Food <strong>Equipment</strong> Group LLCP.O. Box 696 ■ Louisville, KY 40201 ■ Toll-free: 1-800-814-2028 ■ Local: 502-778-2791 ■ Quote & Order Fax: 1-800-444-0602F-38331 (11/11)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 231


Vulcan VTEC36 Item#:62G R I D D L E S & B R O I L E R SVTEC SERIESCOUNTER MODEL GAS INFRARED CHARBROILERINSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS:1. A gas pressure regulator supplied with the unit must be installed:Natural Gas 4.0" (102 mm) W.C.Propane Gas 10.0" (254 mm) W.C.2. An adequate ventilation system is required for commercialcooking equipment. Information may be obtained by writing to theNational Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy,MA 02269. When writing refer to NFPA No. 96.3. These units are manufactured for installation in accordance withNational Fuel Gas Code, ANSI-Z223.1/NFPA #54 (latest edition).Copies may be obtained from The American Gas Association,Accredited Standards Committee Z223 @ 400 N. Capital St. NW,Washington, DC 20001, or the Secretary Standards Council,NFPA, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.NOTE: In The Commonwealth of MassachusettsAll gas appliances vented through a ventilation hood or exhaustsystem equipped with a damper or with a power means of exhaustshall comply with 248 CMR.4. CLEARANCESNon-CombustibleRear 0"Sides 0"5. This appliance is manufactured for commercial installation onlyand is not intended for home use.MODEL WIDTH DEPTHVTEC14 14.4"OVERALLHEIGHTWORKINGHEIGHT*BROILINGAREA#BURNERSTOTALBTU/HRAPPROX SHIPWT (LB/KG)11" x 25.25" 1 22,000 97/44VTEC25 25.4" 22" x 25.25" 2 44,000 151/68VTEC36 36.4" 35.1" 16.4" 12.5" 33" x 25.25" 3 66,000 210/95VTEC48 47.4" 44" x 25.25" 4 88,000 264/120VTEC60 58.4" 55" x 25.25" 5 110,000 309/140a division of ITW Food <strong>Equipment</strong> Group LLCP.O. Box 696 ■ Louisville, KY 40201 ■ Toll-free: 1-800-814-2028 ■ Local: 502-778-2791 ■ Quote & Order Fax: 1-800-444-0602NOTE: In line with its policy to continually improve its products, Vulcan reserves the right to change materials and specifications without notice.F-38331 (11/11)PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 232


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 233Item #63SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 63 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 234Greenheck Fan Model: XXX Item #64SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 64 - EXHAUST HOOD (1 REQ'D)Greenheck Fan XXXExhaust HoodELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 235Simplex Grinnell Model: ANSUL Item #65SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 65 - FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM (1 REQ'D)Simplex Grinnell ANSULFire Protection systemELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 236Custom Model: S/S WALL FLASHING Item #66SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 66 - CUSTOM FAB (1 REQ'D)Custom S/S WALL FLASHINGS/S Wall Flashing bottom of hood to top of cove base, verify with local code if flashing needs to extendbeyond hood.ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 237Item #67SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 67 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 238Item #68SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 68 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 239Cambro Model: CMBHC1826LC192 Item #69SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 69 - PLASTIC FOOD CARRIER INSULATED (6 REQ'D)Cambro CMBHC1826LC192Camtherm® Hot/Cold Cart, electric, low profile, single door, insulated, poly construction, temp. set dial,on-off power switch, universal pan slides, C therm., serving top, menu clip, 6" front & 10" rear casters,6' cord with plug, granite green, 120v/50/60/1-ph, 1100 watts, UL & NSFELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN120 50/60 1AFFNEMAAMPSKW1.1HPMCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZELB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)1 1


Cambro CMBHC1826LC192 Item#:69Item No.Camtherm ® Bulk Food Cabinets, Hot / ColdLow Profile, Single Door & CavityExternal Fahrenheit ThermometerModel CMBHC1826LFExternal Centigrade ThermometerModel CMBHC1826LCSpecifier Identification No.Model No.QuantityFeatures & Benefits•Unique and versatile plastic-based thermoelectric cart is designed for holding andtransporting food on or off-premise. Food remains at safe serving temperatures. Holdshot or cold food temperatures without electrical source for hours.• Thermoelectric unit located on back of unit is completely enclosed in a protective,powder coated, steel encasement. When the power is on, it will maintain the airtemperature inside the cavity at an even range of 150˚F (65˚C) to 165˚F (74˚C) or 37˚F(2,8˚C) in accordance with HACCP guidelines. When heated to 165˚F (74˚C) and thenturned off for passive holding or transporting, the temperature inside the cavity staysabove 140˚F (60˚C) for 8 hours when the cabinet is full. When cooled to 37˚F (2,7˚C) andthen turned off, the internal cavity temperature will remain below 41˚F (5˚C) for 2 hourwhen cabinet is full. Electrical cord length is 10' (305 cm) and there is a wrapping hookfor easy storage.•Easy-to-use control panel includes a virtually unbreakable, polycarbonate waterproofcover, on-off power switch, temperature setting dial, auto green light for “power on”indicator and auto red light for “set temperature achieved.”•Internal thermometer has a solar powered external digital display available in eitherFahrenheit or Centigrade so cavity temperatures can be checked at a glance.•Double wall, polyethylene external construction is impact resistant and will not dent,crack, bubble, chip or break. Thick, polyurethane foam insulation helps to ensureexcellent food temperature retention during holding and transporting.• Includes anodized aluminum uprights and six sets of easy to remove chrome platedsteel slide rails for full size food pans and/or 18" x 26" (45,7 x 66 cm) sheet pans.• GN 1/1 Full Size Food Pan capacity:12 each 2 1/2" (6,5 cm) deep8 each 4" (10 cm) deep6 each 6" (15 cm) deep4 each 8" (20 cm) deep• Sheet Pan capacity:11 each (requires 5 additional sets of slide rails)• Marine rail on top holds two each full size food pans, on 18" x 26" (45,7 x 66 cm) sheetpan or a cutting board to stage service.• Inside cavity floor design allows water condensation or spills to be collected at thebottom without leaking out of the unit. Can be easily wiped down.•Aluminum louvers located in the back wall of the cavity direct air flow for evendistribution and are easy to remove and clean.• Vent cap allows steam to be released and keeps menu items from becoming soggy.•Durable nylon door latch is easy to open and closes securely to provide maximumtemperature retention. Magnetic seal gasket provides a tight seal for enhanced hot orcold temperature retention while still permitting easy opening and closing of the door.• Doors swing open 270˚ to provide easy access to contents and keeps the door out ofthe way when removing or inserting food pans or sheet pans. Knuckle hingemechanism makes them extra sturdy and easy to remove for cleaning.• Ergonomic, molded-in steering handles provide comfortable, easy transporting.• Four each non-marking high modulus rubber casters provide easy transporting andmaneuvering. Includes two each 6" (15,2 cm), front swivel with brake and nickel platedhub and two each 10" (25,4 cm) rear rigid with aluminum hub.•Minimal assembly required.• Available in 3 colors.ApprovalsFront ViewRear View®© 2004 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A.Telephone (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Hot Line 800 833 3003LIT FCST-0704PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 240


40 9 ⁄16"(103,4 cm)Cambro CMBHC1826LC192 Item#:69Camtherm ® Bulk Food Cabinets, Hot / ColdLow Profile, Single Door & CavityExternal Fahrenheit ThermometerModel CMBHC1826LFExternal Centigrade ThermometerModel CMBHC1826LC42" (106,7 cm)42 3 ⁄8"(107,7 cm)30 1 ⁄2" (77,5 cm)Item No.Specifier Identification No.Model No.QuantityHOT HOLDINGTIME 150˚F (65˚C) 165˚F (74˚ C)WARM UP TIME 33 minutes 45 minutes(from ambient to temperature)RECOVERY TIME* 2 minute 4 minutes(time to recover to temperatureafter door is held open for 30 seconds)TRANSPORT TIME* 5 hours 8 hours(after reaching temperature, amount of time unit can be heldpassively/ unplugged until temperature reaches 140˚F (60˚C).* Based on test with 6 each full size 6” (15,2cm) deep H-Pans filled with190˚F (87,7˚C) hot water.ELECTRICALSide ViewTop ViewFront View110VMaximum amp draw 9.1Amps run on 8.5Watts 1100Hertz 50/60Power input (ground fault protected)120 VACCOLD HOLDINGTIME37˚F (2,7˚C)COOLING TIME (empty)50 minutes(from ambient to temperature)RECOVERY TIME*4 minutes(time to recover to temperatureafter door is held open for 30 seconds)TRANSPORT TIME*2 hours(after reaching temperature, amount of time unit can be heldpassively/ unplugged until temperature reaches 41˚F (5˚C).* Based on test with 6 each full size 6” (15,2cm) deep Camwear ® Pansfilled with 34˚F (1,1˚C) cold water.HOLDING CAPACITY (Includes 6 Rail Sets)SIZEQUANTITY18" x 26" (45,7 x 66 cm) Sheet Pan 11*12" x 20" (32,5 x 53 cm) Full Size Food Pan 2 1 /2" (6,5 cm) Deep 1212" x 20" (32,5 x 53 cm) Full Size Food Pan 4" (10 cm) Deep 812" x 20" (32,5 x 53 cm) Full Size Food Pan 6" (15 cm) Deep 612" x 20" (32,5 x 53 cm) Full Size Food Pan 8" (20 cm) Deep 4*Requires five additional rail sets.SpecificationsDimension Tolerance: +/- 1 /4" (0,64 cm)Code Thermometer External Dimensions W x D x H Internal Dimensions W x D x H Unit Weight Lbs. (Kg) Case Lbs. (cube) Case kg (m 3 )CMBHC1826TLF Fahrenheit 30 1 /2" x 42" x 42 3 /8" 22 1 /2" x 23 1 /8" x 26 3 /4" 222 (100,7) 237 (32.85) 107,5 (0,93)(77,5 x 106,7 x 107,6 cm) (57,2 x 58,7 x 68 cm)CMBHC1826TLC Celsius 30 1 /2" x 39" x 64 3 /4" 22 1 /2" x 23 1 /8" x 26 3 /4" 222 (100,7) 237 (32.85) 107,5 (0,93)(77,5 x 106,7 x 107,6 cm) (57,2 x 58,7 x 68 cm)Colors: Granite Gray (191), Granite Green (192), Granite Sand (194).Caster Configuration:2 each 6" (15,2cm) front swivel w/brake, 2 rear 10" (25, 4cm) Big WheelsCode Description External Dimensions W x D Case Lbs. (cube) Case kg (m 3 )AccessoriesCB1220 <strong>Cut</strong>ting Board 21" x 13 1 /8" x 1 /2" (53,3 x 33,5 x 1,3 cm) 5.5 (.15) 2,5 (0,004)CMBR Slide Rail Set 20" x 4 13 /16" (50,8 x 12,2 cm) 2.25 (.11) 1,02 (0,003)Camwear ® Clear Polycarbonate and/or H-Pan ® High Heat Food Pans are recommended for use with Camtherm Cabinets.Architect SpecsThe Low Profile Camtherm Bulk Food Holding Cabinet, Hot/Cold, shall be CambroModel…manufactured by Cambro Manufacturing Company, Huntington Beach, CA 92647. Eachcabinet shall be made of a polyethylene shell filled with foamed-in-place polyurethane andheated via a thermoelectric unit enclosed in a powder-coated steel encasement on the back ofthe unit. It shall have a nylon latch, magnetic gaskets, self-ventilating caps and knuckle doorhinges. It shall include a solar powered Centigrade or Fahrenheit themometer with externaldigital dislay. It shall have four non-making High Modulus Rubber Casters, two front 6" (15,2cm) swivel with brake and two rear 10" (25,4 cm) rigid. It shall be available in Granite Gray (191),Granite Green (192), and Granite Sand (194).Approvals®© 2004 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A.Telephone (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Hot Line 800 833 3003Printed in USAPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 241


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 242Cambro Model: 1826LTC3401 Item #70SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 70 - FOOD TRANSPORT CART (6 REQ'D)Cambro 1826LTC3401Cart, for trays & sheet pans, 3" clearance between trays, holds up to 7 18"x 26" trays or sheet/bunpans, 32"L x 21-1/2"D x 37-1/2"H, slate blue, NSFELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


Cambro 1826LTC3401 Item#:70Item No.Features & Benefits• These single compartment Camcarts easily handle foodstorage and transport for any catering job and for a widevariety of food delivery needs.• Tray and Sheet Pans storage capacity:Model 1826LTC- 13 each 18” x 26” (46 x 66 cm), 1 3 /4” (4,5 cm) clearanceModel 1826LTC3- 7 each 18” x 26”, (46 x 66 cm), 3” (7,6 cm) clearance• Food Storage Box storage capacity per compartment:Model 1826LBC- 5 each 3 1 /2" (8,9 cm) deep- 3 each 6" (15,2 cm) and 1 each 3 1 /2" (8,9 cm) deep- 2 each 9" (22,9 cm) and 1 each 3 1 /2" (8,9 cm) deepor 1 each 15" (38,1 cm) and 1 each 6" (15,2 cm) d e e p• Standard removable <strong>Cut</strong>ting Board on top is included for allmodels.• Tough, one-piece seamless, double-wall, polyethyleneconstruction is easy to maintain and won’t dent, crack,rust, chip or break.• Thick polyurethane foam insulated compartments and airtight door gaskets help to retain food quality andtemperatures without the use of external heat sources.• Vent cap allows steam to be released and keeps menu itemsfrom becoming soggy.• Recessed corrosion-free stainless steel hinges and latchesare long lasting and prevent accidental openings.• Molded-in horizontal handle on the back of each cartensures easy maneuvering during transport.• Four each 6” (15,24 cm) casters, 2 fixed, 2 swivel, 1 w/ brakeprovide for smooth transporting and maneuvering across alltypes of terrain.• Models available with a Security Package for correctionalfacility use.• Non electrical.• No assembly required.• Available in 9 colors.Camcarts ®Single CompartmentFor Trays and Sheet PansModels 1826LTC, 1826LTC3,1826LTCSP (Security Package)For Food Storage BoxesModels 1826LBC, 1826LBCSP (Security Package)Specifier Identification No.Model No.Quantity1826LTC(For Trays & Sheet Pans)1826LBC(For Food Storage Boxes)1826LTC3(For Trays & Sheet Pans)1826LBCSP(With Security Package)Note: Trays and Sheet Pans must be cooled down to250˚F (121˚C) before placing in Camcarts.(1826LBC Only)Approvals© 2002 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A.T e l e p h o n e (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Hot Line 800 833 3003LIT FCST-0102-31PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 24331


Cambro 1826LTC3401 Item#:70Camcarts ®Single CompartmentFor Trays and Sheet PansModels 1826LTC, 1826LTC3,1826LTCSP (Security Package)For Food Storage BoxesModels 1826LBC, 1826LBCSP (Security Package)Item No.Specifier Identification No.Model No.Quantity1826LTC/1826LTC3/1826LTCSP1826LBC/1826LBCSPSpecificationsExterior DimensionsCase lbs./cubeCode Description W x D x H Kg/m 3Without Security Package1826LTC Camcart For Trays & Sheet Pans 21 7 ⁄16" x 32" x 37 1 ⁄2" 86 (16.39)(54 x 81 x 95 cm) 39 (0,46)1826LTC3 Camcart For Trays & Sheet Pans 21 7 ⁄16" x 32" x 37 1 ⁄2" 86 (16.39)(54 x 81 x 95 cm) 39 (0,46)1826LBC Camcart For Food Storage Boxes 21 7 ⁄16" x 32" x 37 1 ⁄2" 86 (16.39)(54 x 81 x 95 cm) 39 (0,46)With Security Package1826LTCSP Camcart For Trays & Sheet Pans 21 7 ⁄16" x 32" x 37 1 ⁄2" 86 (16.39)(54 x 81 x 95 cm) 39 (0,46)1826LBCSP Camcart For Food Storage Boxes 21 7 ⁄16" x 32" x 37 1 ⁄2" 86 (16.39)(54 x 81 x 95 cm) 39 (0,46)Optional AccessoriesLifting strap❏ 1826STPBeige (100)Dimension Tolerance: +/- 1 /4" (0,64 cm)Standard Colors❏ Slate Blue (401) ❏ Coffee Beige (157) ❏ Dark Brown (131)❏ Gray (180) ❏ Brick Red (402) ❏ Navy Blue (186)❏ Cold Blue (159) ❏ Green (519) ❏ Hot Red (158)Architect SpecsThe non-electrical food service and transport cart shall be a singlecompartment Camcart, Model..., manufactured by Cambro Mfg. Co., HuntingtonBeach, CA 92648 U.S.A. It shall be made of one-piece, seamless, double-wall,high-density, polyethylene. It shall have one insulated polyurethane foaminjectedcompartment. It shall accommodate either 18” x 26” (46 x 66 cm) Traysand Sheet Pans or Food Storage Boxes. It shall be available with a removable<strong>Cut</strong>ting Board. It shall have recessed, corrosion free, stainless steel doorlatches and hinges. It shall have a vent cap. It shall have a molded-in horizontalhandle located on the back of the cart. It shall have 4 each 6” (15,24 cm)casters, 2 fixed, 2 swivel, 1 w/ brake. It shall be available with a SecurityPackage. It shall require no assembly. It shall be available in 9 colors.(1826LBC Only)Approvals© 2002 Cambro Manufacturing Company 5801 Skylab Road, Huntington Beach, California 92647-2056-U.S.A.T e l e p h o n e (1)714 848 1555 Toll Free 800 854 7631 Customer Service Hot Line 800 833 3003Printed in USAPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 244


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 245T&S Brass Model: B-1436 Item #71SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 71 - HOSE REEL (1 REQ'D)T&S Brass B-1436Hose Reel Assembly, open, 35' hose, mounted on stainless steel backplate, 8" deck mounted mixingfaucet, control valve in riser, continuous pressure vacuum breakerELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZE1 3/8"3/8"1INDIRECTSIZEDIRECTSIZE


T&S Brass B-1436 Item#:71SEE HOSE JACKET FOR MAXIMUM HOSE PRESSURE2 SADDLEBACK COVE, P.O. BOX 1088TRAVELERS REST, SC 29690PHONE 1-864-834-4102MODEL NO.300DB330MAX. REEL PSIS/N:MADE IN CHINARELIABILITYBUILT INPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 246


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 247Item #72SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 72 - MOP SINKMOP SINK By PCELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 248Manitowoc Model: IY-0504A Item #73SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 73 - ICE CUBER (1 REQ'D)Manitowoc IY-0504AIndigo Series Ice Maker, cube-style, air-cooled, self-contained condenser, up to 560-lbapproximately/24 hours, DuraTech exterior (stainless finish with innovative clear-coat resistsfingerprints & dirt), half-dice size cubes, ENERGY STAR® QualifiedACCESSORIESMfr Qty Model SpecManitowocManitowocManitowocManitowocManitowocManitowocManitowocManitowocManitowoc111111111AR-PREB-970K-003693 year parts & labor Commercial warranty5 year parts & labor Commercial warranty onevaporator5- year parts & 3- year labor Commercialwarranty on compressor(-161) 115v/60/1ph, std. 14.2 amps,Arctic Pure® Pre-Filter Assembly, 5 micronfiltration includes head, shroud, hardware,mounting assembly, and one filter cartridge,(NOT stand-alone; should be used inconjunction with primary water filter assembly)Ice Bin, with top-hinged front-opening door,approximately 710 lb ice storage capacity, fortop-mounted ice maker, stainless steel exteriorBin Adapter, 30" S ice machine to 48" B-970bin, weight limit 180 lbs. maximum3 year parts & labor Commercial warranty6" adjustable stainless steel legs, std.ELECTRICAL1VOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONN115 60 1AFFNEMAAMPS KW HP14.2 3/4MCAMOCPGASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)WATERWASTEHOTSIZEHOTAFFHOTGPHCOLDSIZECOLDAFFFILTEREDSIZEFILTEREDAFFCONDENSERINLET SIZECONDENSEROUTLET SIZE1 3/8"12 2INDIRECTSIZE1/2"3/4"DIRECTSIZE


Manitowoc IY-0504A Item#:73Indigo Series 500 Ice Cube MachineModel:IR-0500A ID-0502A IY-0504A IR-0501W ID-0503W IY-0505WSpecificationsID-0592NBTU Per Hour:6,100 (average) 6,900 (peak)Refrigerant:R-404A CFC-freeOperating Limits:• Ambient TemperatureRange:35˚ to 110˚F (1.7˚ to 43.3˚C)Water Temperature Range:35˚ to 90˚F (1.7˚ to 32.2˚C)• Water Pressure Ice MakerWater In:Min. 20 psi (137.9 kPA)Max. 80 psi (551.1 kPA)IY-0594NIndigo Series i-500Ice Machine on B-570 BinIce Machine Electric115/60/1 standard.(208-230/60/1 and 230/50/1also available)Minimum circuit ampacity:Air cooled: 14.2Water Cooled: 13.5Remote: 20.0Maximum fuse size:Air Cooled: 20.0Water Cooled: 20.0Remote: 25.0Ice ShapeHalf Dice3⁄8" x 1 1 ⁄8" x 7 ⁄8"(.95 x 2.86 x 2.22 cm)Designed for operators who know that ice is criticalto their business, the Indigo Series ice machine'spreventative diagnostics continually monitor itself forreliable ice production. Improvements in cleanabilityand programmability make your ice machine easy toown and less expensive to operate.• Space-Saving Design – Up to 560 lbs. (254 kgs.)daily ice production and only 30" (76.20 cm) wide.• Intelligent Diagnostics – provide 24 hourpreventative maintenance and diagnostic feedbackfor trouble free operation.• Acoustical Ice Sensing Probe – for reliableoperation in challenging water conditions.• EasyRead Display – communicates operating status,cleaning reminders, and asset information through ablue illuminated display.• Programmable Ice Production – by On/Off Time, IceVolume or Bin Level (with accessory bin level control)further improves energy efficiency and savings.• Easy to Clean Foodzone – Hinged front doorswings out for easy access. Removable water-trough,distribution tube, curtain, and sensing probes for fastand efficient cleaning. Select components made withAlphaSan® antimicrobial.• DuraTech Exterior – provides superior corrosionresistance. Stainless finish with innovative clear-coatresists fingerprints and dirt.• Available LuminIce Growth Inhibitor controls thegrowth of bacteria and yeast within the foodzone.ICE MAKERYEAR YEARPARTS AND LABORDice7⁄8" x 7 ⁄8" x 7 ⁄8"(2.22 x 2.22 x 2.22 cm)EVAPORATORCOMPRESSORYEAR PARTS3 YEAR LABORRegular1 1 ⁄8" x 1 1 ⁄8" x 7 ⁄8"(2.86 x 2.86 x 2.22 cm)Indigo Series 500 Ice Cube Machine2110 South 26th StreetPO Box 1720Manitowoc, WI 54221-1720 USATel: 1.920.682.0161Fax: 1.920.683.7589www.manitowocice.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 249


ACManitowoc IY-0504A Item#:73BDDCEFEF44.00"(111.76 cm)44.00"(111.76 cm)G6.00"(15.24 cm)34.00" (86.30 cm)Indigo Series 500 Ice Cube MachineElectrical Entrance (2) Options3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Water Condenser Inlet(water-cooled units)1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Water Condenser Outlet(water-cooled units)Gi-500 on B-570Storage BinInstallation NoteMinimum installationclearance:Top/sides: 8" (20.32 cm);Back is 5" (12.7 cm)Specificationsair-cooledwater-Cooledremote-Cooled34.00" (86.30 cm)30.00" (76.20 cm)34.00" (86.30 cm)A Electrical Entrance (2) OptionsB 3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Water Condenser Inlet(water-cooled units)C 1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Water Condenser Outlet(water-cooled units)GEF24.50" (62.23 cm)30.00" (76.20 cm)21.50"(54.6 cm)44.00"(111.76 cm)6.00"(15.24 cm)D 1/2" (1.27 cm) Auxillary Base Drain SocketE 3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water InletF 1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water DrainG 3/4" Ice (1.91 Production cm) Bin Drain 24 HoursPower UsagekWh/100 lbs.@90°Air/70°FWater Usage/100 lbs.45.4 kgs. of IceModel Ice Shape 70°Air/50°F Water 90°Air/70°F Water 1 Ph Potable WaterIR-0500Aregular 500 lbs. 370 lbs.19.9 Gal.5.94227 kgs. 168 kgs. 75.3 LID-0502Adice 530 lbs. 390 lbs.19.9 Gal.5.79240 kgs. 177 kgs. 75.3 LIY-0504Ahalf-dice 560 lbs. 410 lbs.19.9 Gal.5.73254 kgs. 186 kgs. 75.3 LIR-0501Wregular 500 lbs. 420 lbs.19.9 Gal.4.58227 kgs. 191 kgs. 75.3 LID-0503Wdice 550 lbs. 430 lbs.19.9 Gal.4.58249 kgs. 195 kgs. 75.3 LIY-0505Whalf-dice 550 lbs. 440 lbs.19.9 Gal.4.52249 kgs. 200 kgs. 75.3 L* Water-cooled Condenser Water Usage / 100 lbs. /45.4 kgs. of Ice: 165 gal/625 L. * Water-cooled models are excluded from ENERGY STAR qualification.ID-0592NIY-0594Ndice 480 lbs. 430 lbs.19.9 Gal.5.79218 kgs. 195 kgs. 75.3 Lhalf-dice 510 lbs. 440 lbs.19.9 Gal.5.73231 kgs. 200 kgs. 75.3 LOrder ice storage bin separately. Ice storage bin and JC-0495 remote condenser must be ordered separately. Consult remote condenser specification sheet for details.AccessoriesLuminIceGrowth Inhibitorreduces yeast andbacteria growth for acleaner ice machine.6.00"(15.24 cm)30.00" (76.20 cm)A Electrical Entrance (2) OptionsD 1/2" (1.27 cm) Auxillary Base Drain SocketB 3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Water Condenser Inlet(water-cooled units)E 3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water InletC 1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Water Condenser Outlet F 1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water DrainA(water-cooled units)G 3/4" (1.91 cm) Bin DrainD 1/2" (1.27 cm) Auxillary Base Drain SocketBE 3/8" (0.95 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water InletF 1/2" (1.27 cm) F.P.T. Ice Making Water DrainCG 3/4" (1.91 cm) Bin DrainDBin Level ControlAllows ice bin levelto be automaticallyset. Built-in LED lightilluminates bin.Arctic Pure®Water FiltersReducessediment andchlorine odors forbetter tasting ice.Space-Saving Designsi-500 i-500B-400 B-570Height 59.50" 71.50"151.13 cm 181.61 cmWidth 30.00" 30.00"76.20 cm 76.20 cmDepth 34.00" 34.00"86.30 cm 86.30 cmBin 290 lbs. 430 lbs.Storage 131.54 kgs. 195.04 kgs.Height includes adjustable bin legs 6.00" to 8.00",(15.24 to 20.32 cm) set at 6.00" (15.24 cm).AuCS®schedules andperforms routine icemachine cleaningautomatically.ENERGYSTAR ®HHHNANANAHH4769A ©2011 Manitowoc 5/11 Continuing product improvement may necessitate change of specifications without notice.2110 South 26th StreetPO Box 1720Manitowoc, WI 54221-1720 USATel: 1.920.682.0161Fax: 1.920.683.7589www.manitowocice.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 250


Manitowoc AR-PRE Item#:73ModelsAR-PRE AR-10000 AR-20000 AR-40000AR-PRE AR-10000 AR-20000 AR-40000• Pre-filter, dirt and rustsediment reduction• 1 micron particle reduction• 14,000 gal. capacity• 1 micron particle reduction• 20,000 gal. capacity• 1 micron particle reduction• 40,000 gal. capacity• 20 grams siliphos• 40 grams siliphos• 80 grams siliphosLbs. of ice per day 0-600Lbs. of ice per day 601-1000Lbs. of ice per day1001-2,500Standard FeaturesOver 60% of ice machine maintenance calls are waterrelated!Arctic Pure® water filters are designed exclusively forice machine applications and will reduce these calls.Graded density carbon block filter.• Provides superior dirt holding capacity and finesediment reduction.Built-in scale inhibitor.• Siliphos is designed into the filters to reduce scale buildupeven under the hardest water conditions.Reduces chlorine taste and odor.• All filtration and scale reduction material is NSF and/orFDA compliant and is engineered to reduce chlorine tasteand odor. Ice looks and tastes better.Sanitary quick change housing.• Design minimizes contamination of filter media duringfilter cartridge change-out. All filters are provided withautomatic shut-off and pressure relief valves.Warranty3-Year parts and labor warranty on head, shroud, hardware,and mounting assembly (water filter cartridge not included).AR-10000AR-20000AR-40000Chlorine reduction tasteand odor reduction Class I.Visit www.nsf.org for listed product claims.2110 South 26th StreetPO Box 1720Manitowoc, WI 54221-1720 USATel: 1.920.682.0161Fax: 1.920.683.7589www.manitowocice.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 251


Manitowoc AR-PRE Item#:73DimensionsDimensionsMtg. HolesHeight Width DepthCenter toCenter WeightModel inches cm inches cm inches cm inches cm lbs. kgs.AR-Pre 17.09 43.41 6.72 17.10 4.00 10.16 1.50 3.81 4 1.81AR-10000 17.09 43.41 5.72 14.50 4.00 10.16 1.50 3.81 5 1.81AR-20000 21.34 54.2 5.72 14.50 4.00 10.16 1.50 3.81 5 2.27AR-40000 21.23 54.1 15.88 40 5.00 12.7Top11.50 29.2Bottom9.75 24.812 5.44SpecificationsMaximum Operating Pressure:25–125 psi (1.7–8.6 bar)Maximum Operating Temperature:35°–100°F (1.7°–38°C)Flow Rate: AR-100000 .75 gpm (2.84 LPM)AR-20000 0.75 gpm (2.84 LPM)AR-40000 1.5 gpm (5.68 LPM)Cartridge Housing Material:Talc Filled PolypropylenePrimary Filter1 micron particle reduction. Filtermedia is graded density carbon blockcontaining Siliphos scale inhibitor,which holds dissolved minerals insuspension. (AR-10000/20 grams siliphos,AR-20000/40 grams siliphos, AR-40000/80grams siliphos – 40 grams per cartridge).Inlet/Outlet Fittings:- 3/8" John GuessOptional Pre-Filter:An optional pre-filter is recommendedfor ice machine installations in areas withhigh particulate matter (dirty water). Thepre-filter extends the filtration efficiencyand working life of the primary filtercartridge where this condition exists. TheManitowoc pre-filter is a cost-efficientsolution to the particulate matter (dirtywater) problem because pre-filterreplacements are more economical thana primary filter cartridge.Replacement Cartridges:Pre-Filter .................K-00337Primary Filter AR-10000 .........K-00338AR-20000/40000. ..K-00339To insure maximum filtration efficiency,replace the primary filter cartridge every6 months. A filter gauge will indicateif replacement is necessary prior to sixmonths usage (below 20 psig).Important Notice:Read this performance sheet andcompare the capabilities of this unit withyour actual water treatment needs. It isrecommended that you have your watersupply tested to determine your actualwater treatment needs before purchasinga water treatment unit.Warning:Do not use with water that ismicrobiologically unsafe or of unknownquality without adequate disinfectionsbefore or after the unit.Caution:The filter must be protected fromfreezing. Failure to do so may resultin cracking of the filter housing andwater leakage.Note:Before using the Arctic Pure on non-Manitowoc machines consult the icemachine manufacturer for water supplyusage requirements.IceModelModelAR-PRE AR-10000 AR-20000 AR-40000QM30 O OQM45 O OQ-130 O OQ-170 O OQ-210 O OQ-270 O Oi-300 O OS-322 O OS-422 O Oi-450 O Oi-500 O Oi-600 O Oi-850 O Oi-1000 O Oi-1200 O OS-1400 O OS-1600 O OS-1800 O OS-1470C O OS-1870C O OS-2170C O OIB-600 O OIB-800 O OIB-1000 O OSN-12/20 O ORF-0244 O ORF-0266 O ORFS-0300 O ORF-0385 O ORF-0399 O ORFS-0650 O ORFS-1200 O ORF-0644 O ORF-1278C O ORF-2300 O ORF-2378C O ORN-400 O ORN-1000 O ORN-1078C O ORN-1278C O ORN-1400 O O2189G ©2011 Manitowoc 3/11 Continuing product improvement may necessitate change of specifications without notice.2110 South 26th StreetPO Box 1720Manitowoc, WI 54221-1720 USATel: 1.920.682.0161Fax: 1.920.683.7589www.manitowocice.comPIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 252


Manitowoc B-970 Item#:73PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 253


Manitowoc B-970 Item#:73PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page: 254


PIONEER MANOR - EQUIPMENT United Restaurant Supply Page 255Item #74-100SPECIFICATION SHEET5/2/2013ITEM# 74-100 -ELECTRICALVOLTS CYCLE PHASE CONNAFFNEMAAMPSKWHPMCAMOCP1GASSTEAMSIZE MBTU KWINLET SIZE RETURN SIZE1 1LB/HRPSIG (min)PSIG (max)

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!